Network Impact Report (RAN15.0 - 05)

WCDMA RAN
Network Impact Report

Issue
05
Date
2013-12-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address:
Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
support@huawei.com
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
Contents
Contents
1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1
1.1 Purpose...........................................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................1
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................1
2 General Impact...............................................................................................................................4
2.1 Version Requirements....................................................................................................................................................4
2.2 Capacity and Performance..............................................................................................................................................5
2.2.1 RNC.............................................................................................................................................................................5
2.2.2 NodeB..........................................................................................................................................................................8
2.2.3 M2000..........................................................................................................................................................................9
2.3 Hardware........................................................................................................................................................................9
2.3.1 RNC.............................................................................................................................................................................9
2.3.2 NodeB........................................................................................................................................................................14
2.3.3 M2000........................................................................................................................................................................15
2.4 Implementation.............................................................................................................................................................15
2.4.1 Upgrade Path.............................................................................................................................................................15
2.4.2 Upgrade from RAN14.0 to RAN15.0........................................................................................................................15
2.4.3 Upgrade from RAN13.0 to RAN15.0........................................................................................................................15
2.5 License..........................................................................................................................................................................16
2.5.1 Changes in License Control Items.............................................................................................................................16
2.5.2 Changes in License Control Modes...........................................................................................................................22
2.6 Inter-NE Interfaces.......................................................................................................................................................38
2.7 Operation and Maintenance..........................................................................................................................................38
2.8 Other NEs.....................................................................................................................................................................38
3 Summary of Feature Impacts.....................................................................................................39

4 Impacts of RAN15.0 Features on RAN14.0.............................................................................45
4.1 WRFD-141101 System Improvement for RAN15.0 (New/Basic)...............................................................................45
4.1.1 Feature Description....................................................................................................................................................45
4.1.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.............................................................................................................45
4.1.3 NEs............................................................................................................................................................................45
4.1.4 Hardware...................................................................................................................................................................45
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

ii
WCDMA RAN
Contents
4.1.5 Inter-NE Interfaces....................................................................................................................................................46

4.1.6 Operation and Maintenance.......................................................................................................................................46
4.1.7 Related Features........................................................................................................................................................46
4.2 WRFD-150230 DPCH Pilot Power Adjustment (New/Basic).....................................................................................46
4.2.3 NEs............................................................................................................................................................................47
4.2.4 Hardware...................................................................................................................................................................47
4.3 WRFD-141102 RNC User Plane and Control Plane Static Sharing (New/Basic).......................................................50
4.3.3 NEs............................................................................................................................................................................52
4.3.4 Hardware...................................................................................................................................................................52
4.3.5 Inter-NE Interface......................................................................................................................................................52
4.4 WRFD-141103 Automatic NodeB and Cell Allocation in the RNC(New/Basic).......................................................54
4.4.3 NEs............................................................................................................................................................................56
4.4.4 Hardware...................................................................................................................................................................56
4.5 WRFD-010101 Compliance with 3GPP Specifications (Enhanced /Basic)................................................................59
4.5.3 NEs............................................................................................................................................................................60
4.5.4 Hardware...................................................................................................................................................................60
4.6 WRFD-031103 NodeB Self-test (Enhanced/Basic).....................................................................................................61
4.6.3 NEs............................................................................................................................................................................61
4.6.4 Hardware...................................................................................................................................................................61
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

iii
WCDMA RAN
Contents

4.7 MRFD-210101 System Redundancy (Enhanced /Basic).............................................................................................62
4.7.1 Description.................................................................................................................................................................62
4.7.2 Capacity and Performance.........................................................................................................................................64
4.7.3 Impact on NEs...........................................................................................................................................................64
4.7.4 Impact on Hardware..................................................................................................................................................64
4.8 WRFD-141201 RNC User Plane and Control Plane Dynamic Sharing (New/Optional)............................................64
4.8.3 NEs............................................................................................................................................................................65
4.8.4 Hardware...................................................................................................................................................................66
4.9 WRFD-150201 Macro & Micro Co-carrier Uplink Interference Control (New/Optional)..........................................66
4.9.2 System Capacity and Network Performance (for Scenarios Where Some Cells Operate at the Same Frequency Band)
............................................................................................................................................................................................69
4.9.3 System Capacity and Network Performance (for Scenarios Where All Cells Operate at the Same Frequency Band)
............................................................................................................................................................................................71
4.9.4 NEs............................................................................................................................................................................73
4.9.5 Hardware...................................................................................................................................................................73
4.10 WRFD-15020101 Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection (New/Optional)............................................74
4.10.1 Feature Description..................................................................................................................................................74
4.10.2 System Capacity and Network Performance...........................................................................................................74
4.10.3 NEs..........................................................................................................................................................................75
4.10.4 Hardware.................................................................................................................................................................75
4.10.5 Inter-NE Interface....................................................................................................................................................75
4.10.6 Operation and Maintenance.....................................................................................................................................75
4.10.7 Related Features......................................................................................................................................................77
4.11 WRFD-15020102 Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover (New/Optional)...............................................78
4.11.3 NEs..........................................................................................................................................................................78
4.11.4 Hardware.................................................................................................................................................................78
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

iv
WCDMA RAN
Contents

4.12 WRFD-15020103 Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control (New/Optional)......................................................85
4.12.3 NEs..........................................................................................................................................................................86
4.12.4 Hardware.................................................................................................................................................................86
4.13 WRFD-150204 Platinum User Prioritizing (New/Optional)......................................................................................91
4.13.3 NEs..........................................................................................................................................................................92
4.13.4 Hardware.................................................................................................................................................................92
4.13.5 Inter-NE Interfaces..................................................................................................................................................93
4.14 WRFD-150205 Layered Paging in Idle Mode (New/Optional).................................................................................98
4.14.3 NEs..........................................................................................................................................................................99
4.14.4 Hardware.................................................................................................................................................................99
4.14.5 Inter-NE Interfaces..................................................................................................................................................99
4.14.7 Related Features....................................................................................................................................................105
4.15 WRFD-150206 Turbo IC (New/Optional)...............................................................................................................106
4.15.1 Description.............................................................................................................................................................106
4.15.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.........................................................................................................106
4.15.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................107
4.15.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................107
4.15.5 Inter-NE Interfaces................................................................................................................................................107
4.15.6 Operation and Maintenance...................................................................................................................................107
4.16 WRFD-150207 4C-HSDPA (New/Trial).................................................................................................................113
4.16.1 Feature Description................................................................................................................................................113
4.16.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................114
4.16.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................114
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

WCDMA RAN
Contents

4.17 WRFD-150250 3C-HSDPA (New/Trial).................................................................................................................122
4.17.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................123
4.17.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................123
4.18 WRFD-150208 Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA (New/Optional)..............................................................................131
4.18.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................131
4.18.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................132
4.19 WRFD-150209 DB-HSDPA (New/Trail)................................................................................................................137
4.19.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................138
4.19.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................138
4.20 WRFD-150211 RNC in Pool Load Sharing (New/Optional)...................................................................................144
4.20.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................146
4.20.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................146
4.21 WRFD-150212 RNC in Pool Node Redundancy (New/Optional)...........................................................................159
4.21.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................160
4.21.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................161
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

vi
WCDMA RAN
Contents

4.22 WRFD-150240 RNC in Pool Multiple Logical RNCs (New/Optional)...................................................................168
4.22.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................168
4.22.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................168
4.23 WRFD-150213 MOCN Independent Iub Transmission Resource Allocation (New/Optional)...............................170
4.23.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................170
4.23.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................171
4.24 WRFD-150214 MOCN Independent CE Resource Allocation (New/Optional).....................................................172
4.24.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................173
4.24.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................173
4.25 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover (New/Optional).................................................174
4.25.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................175
4.25.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................175
4.26 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE (New/Optional).................................................177
4.26.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................177
4.26.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................177
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

vii
WCDMA RAN
Contents
4.27 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE (New/Optional)...................................................179

4.27.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................180
4.27.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................180
4.28 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE(New/Optional)...........................................182
4.28.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................183
4.28.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................183
4.29 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE (New/Optional)............................................203
4.29.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................204
4.29.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................204
4.30 WRFD-150222 HSUPA Time Division Scheduling (New/Optional)......................................................................220
4.30.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................221
4.30.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................221
4.31 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE (New/Optional)...............................................222
4.31.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................223
4.31.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................223
4.32 WRFD-150232 Multiband Direct Retry Based on UE Location (New/Optional)...................................................224
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

viii
WCDMA RAN
Contents

4.32.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................225
4.32.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................225
4.33 WRFD-150233 Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation (New/Optional).......................................231
4.33.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................232
4.33.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................232
4.34 WRFD-150235 DPCH Maximum Power Restriction (New/Optional)....................................................................234
4.34.2 System Capacity and Network Impact..................................................................................................................234
4.34.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................235
4.34.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................235
4.35 WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH (New/Optional)....................................................238
4.35.2.1 System Capacity.................................................................................................................................................238
4.35.2.2 Network Performance.........................................................................................................................................238
4.35.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................239
4.35.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................239
4.36 WRFD-140225 Narrowband Interference Suppression (New/Optional).................................................................244
4.36.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................244
4.36.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................245
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

ix
WCDMA RAN
Contents
4.37 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package (Enhanced/Optional)......................................................................246

4.38 WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in NodeB (Enhanced/Optional)................................246
4.38.2 Capacity and Performance.....................................................................................................................................246
4.38.3 Impact on NEs.......................................................................................................................................................247
4.38.4 Impact on Hardware..............................................................................................................................................247
4.38.5 Impact on Inter-NE Interfaces...............................................................................................................................248
4.39 WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA (Enhanced/Optional)..................................................................................................251
4.39.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................252
4.39.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................252
4.40 WRFD-010703 HSPA+Downlink 84Mbit/s per User (Enhanced/Optional)...........................................................253
4.40.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................253
4.40.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................253
4.41 WRFD-010712 Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA (Enhanced/Optional)........254
4.41.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................254
4.41.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................254
4.42 WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup (Enhanced/Optional)......................................256
4.42.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................257
4.42.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................257
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

WCDMA RAN
Contents
4.43 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Enhanced/Optional).......................261

4.43.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................262
4.43.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................262
4.44 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE (Enhanced/Optional).......................................265
4.44.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................266
4.44.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................266
4.45 WRFD-140219 Micro NodeB Self-Planning (Enhanced/Optional).........................................................................267
4.45.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................................267
4.45.2 Capacity and Performance.....................................................................................................................................267
4.45.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................268
4.45.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................268
4.45.5 Inter-NE Interface..................................................................................................................................................268
4.46 WRFD-150223 MC-HSDPA+MIMO (New/Trial)..................................................................................................269
4.46.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................270
4.46.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................270
4.47 WRFD-150224 HSPA+Downlink 168 Mbit/s per User (New/Trial).......................................................................274
4.47.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................275
4.47.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................275
4.48 WRFD-150227 DB-HSDPA+MIMO (New/Trial)...................................................................................................277
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

xi
WCDMA RAN
Contents

4.48.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................277
4.48.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................278
4.49 WRFD-150243 Iub IP Transmission Based on Dynamic Load Balance (New/Optional).......................................282
4.49.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................282
4.49.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................282
4.50 WRFD-150244 Iu/Iur IP Transmission Based on Dynamic Load Balance (New/Optional)...................................284
4.50.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................284
4.50.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................284
4.51 WRFD-150242 HSDPA Scheduler Pool (New/Optional)........................................................................................285
4.51.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................286
4.51.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................286
4.52 WRFD-150241 RRU PA Efficiency Improvement (New/Optional).......................................................................288
4.52.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................288
4.52.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................288
4.53 WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH (Enhanced/Optional)..................................................................289
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

xii
WCDMA RAN
Contents

4.53.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................291
4.53.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................291
4.54 MRFD-210305 Security Management (Enhanced/Basic)........................................................................................293
4.54.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................293
4.54.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................293
4.55 WRFD-150104 Sleeping Cell Detection and Recovery (New/Basic)......................................................................294
4.55.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................295
4.55.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................295
4.56 WRFD-150246 Service Steering and Load Sharing in CELL_FACH State (New/Trial)........................................296
4.56.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................297
4.56.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................297
4.57 WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA (Enhanced/Optional)........................................................................................300
4.57.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................301
4.57.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................301
4.58 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA (Enhanced/Optional)........................................................................................304
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

xiii
WCDMA RAN
Contents
4.58.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................305
4.58.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................305
4.59 WRFD-150251 HSPA+ Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User (New/Trial)........................................................................306
4.59.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................307
4.59.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................307
4.60 WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment (New/Optional)............................................................................................308
4.60.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................309
4.60.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................309
4.61 MRFD-211901/ MRFD-221901 Multi-RAT Carrier Joint Intelligent Shutdown (Optional/New).........................312
4.61.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................313
4.61.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................313
4.62 WRFD-140104 Enhanced Combined Services (Enhanced/Basic)...........................................................................316
4.62.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................317
4.62.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................317
4.63 WRFD-140213 Intelligent Access Class Control (Enhanced/Optional)..................................................................321
4.63.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................322
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

xiv
WCDMA RAN
Contents
4.63.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................322
4.64 WRFD-020114 Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC)(EnhancedOptional).....................................................323
4.65 WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction(EnhancedOptional)................................................................................324
4.66 WRFD-141202 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple Small Cell RRUs in One Cell (New/Optional)
..........................................................................................................................................................................................324
4.66.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................326
4.66.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................326
4.67 WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption (New/Trial).....................................................................................330
4.67.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................331
4.67.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................331
4.68 WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management (New/Trial)..................................................................................336
4.68.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................337
4.68.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................337
4.69 WRFD-150254 Differentiated Service Based on Application Resource Reservation (New/Trial).........................342
4.69.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................343
4.69.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................343
4.70 WRFD-150255 Differentiated Service Based on Terminal (New/Trial).................................................................346
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

xv
WCDMA RAN
Contents
4.70.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................347
4.70.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................347
4.71 WRFD-020132 Web Browsing Acceleration (Enhancement/Optional)..................................................................349
4.71.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................349
4.71.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................350
4.72 WRFD-020133 P2P Downloading Rate Control During Busy Hour (Enhancement/Optional)..............................351
4.72.3 NEs........................................................................................................................................................................352
4.72.4 Hardware...............................................................................................................................................................352
5 Glossary.......................................................................................................................................355
6 Reference Documents...............................................................................................................359
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

xvi
WCDMA RAN
1 About This Document
About This Document
1.1 Purpose
This document describes the impacts of new and enhanced RAN15.0 features on RAN14.0 and
provides information that network planning personnel and operation and maintenance (O&M)
personnel need to prepare for upgrades to RAN15.0.
Information in this document is for reference only and is subject to change during the
development of this new release.
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for:
l
Network planning engineers
System engineers
Network operators
1.3 Change History

Changes between document versions are cumulative. The latest document version contains all
the changes in earlier versions.
05 (2013-12-30)
This is the fifth commercial release for RAN15.0.
Compared with 04 (2013-12-30), this issue incorporates the following changes:
l
Added the network impact of the following features:

WRFD-141202 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple Small Cell RRUs
in One Cell
WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

WCDMA RAN
WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management

WRFD-150254 Differentiated Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
WRFD-150255 Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
WRFD-020132 Web Browsing Acceleration
WRFD-020133 P2P Downloading Rate Control During Busy Hour
04 (2013-09-30)
This is the fourth commercial release for RAN15.0.
l
Added description of a new NodeB board. For details, see section 2.3.2 NodeB.
Modified the changes in the NodeB license control modes. For details, see section 2.5.2
Changes in License Control Modes.

MRFD-221901 Multi-RAT Carrier Joint Intelligent Shutdown
WRFD-140213 Intelligent Access Class Control
WRFD-020114 Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC)
WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction
03 (2013-08-15)
This is the third commercial release for RAN15.0.
l
Added license control items for the existed optional features in RAN15.0. For details, see
Table 2-14.
Modified the network impact of the following features:

WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment
WRFD-150251 HSPA+Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User
02 (2013-06-30)
This is the second commercial release for RAN15.0.
l

WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH
WRFD-150104 Sleeping Cell Detection and Recovery
MRFD-210305 Security Management
WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment
WRFD-150251 HSPA+Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User
Deleted the network impact of the following feature:

WRFD-150237 Horizon Beam-Width Adjustment
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

WCDMA RAN
WRFD-150238 Azimuth Adjustment

MRFD-221901 Multi-RAT Carrier Joint Intelligent Shutdown
01 (2013-04-28)
This is the first commercial release for RAN15.0.
Compared with Draft B (2013-02-28), this issue incorporates the following changes:
l

WRFD-150237 Horizon Beam-Width Adjustment
WRFD-150238 Azimuth Adjustment
WRFD-150242 HSDPA Scheduler Pool
WRFD-150243 Iub IP Transmission Based on Dynamic Load Balancing
WRFD-150244 Iu/Iur IP Transmission Based on Dynamic Load Balancing
WRFD-150241 RRU PA Efficiency Improvement
Added a table describing the feature updated in RAN15.0. For details, see Table 3-10.
Deleted the network impact of the following feature:

MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(NodeB)
Draft B (2013-02-28)
This is a draft for RAN15.0.
Compared with issue Draft A (2013-01-30), this issue:
l
Added the modified specifications on the number of neighboring cells of BSC6900.
Updated the modified specifications on the number of neighboring cells of BSC6910.
Updated the management capability of M2000.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
This is a draft for RAN15.0.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
General Impact
2.1 Version Requirements

Table 2-1 lists the products versions required for RAN15.0.
Table 2-1 Product versions required for RAN15.0
Product
Version
RNC
l BSC6900 V900R015C00
l BSC6910 V900R015C00
NodeB
3812 series base stations:

l BTS3812E: BTS3812E V100R015C00
l BTS3812A: BTS3812A V100R015C00
l BTS3812AE: BTS3812AE
V100R015C00
l DBS3800: DBS3800 V100R015C00
3900 series base stations:
l BTS3900: BTS3900 WCDMA
V200R015C00
l BTS3900A: BTS3900A WCDMA
V200R015C00
l BTS3900C: BTS3900C WCDMA
V200R015C00
l BTS3900L: BTS3900L WCDMA
V200R015C00
l BTS3900AL: BTS3900AL WCDMA
V200R015C00
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Product
Version
l BTS3902E: BTS3902E WCDMA
V200R015C00
l BTS3803E: BTS3803E WCDMA
V200R015C00
l DBS3900: DBS3900 WCDMA
V200R015C00
l DBS3900 (supporting the WBBPf board):
DBS3900 WCDMA V200R015C00
M2000
l iManager M2000 V200R013C00
CME
l iManager M2000-CME V200R013C00
2.2 Capacity and Performance

2.2.1 RNC
The RNC models for RAN15.0 are BSC6900 and BSC6910.
BSC6900
l
Resource optimization on the user plane and control plane

During service access, to improve the RNC reliability and utilization of resources on
the control plane and user plane, the DSP for carrying user-plane services and SPU subsystem for carrying control-plane services are optimized in terms of the following
aspects:
Resource management on the control plane and user plane: Resources on the control
plane and user plane are allocated based on the capacity of each SPU sub-system rather
than centralized management of the MPU.
DSP selection algorithm based on load balancing: The DSP is selected based on the
actual CPU usage rather than the GBR capability consumption.
Inter-subrack load sharing algorithm: Load sharing in the control-plane and user-plane
resource pools is performed based on the physical subracks rather than the logical
subracks managed by the MPU. The inter-subrack load on the user plane is calculated
using the average DSP CPU usage rather than the average GBR capability consumption
and average DSP CPU usage.
The load sharing threshold for the inter-subrack user-plane resource pool is set to 50%
by default so that loads are evenly allocated among the subracks.
Resource management on the user plane does not depend on GBR admission.
Impact on Capacity and Performance

The CPU usage of the MPU sub-system declines.
The DPU CPU usage slightly increases and its absolute value does not exceed 2%.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
The SPU CPU usage and DSP CPU usage change as follows:
If the SPU or DPU and the bound MPU are installed in different physical subracks, the
SPU or DSP CPU usage changes because inter-subrack load sharing is performed on a
per physical subrack basis rather than on a per logical subrack (managed by the MPU)
basis.
If the DSP CPU usage is low, service access failures have no correlation with GBR
capability admission failures.
If the traffic volume remains unchanged, the CPU load of SPU subsystems becomes
more balanced. The CPU usage of SPU subsystems whose usage was low before the
upgrade may increase after the upgrade. Similarly, the CPU usage of SPU subsystems
whose usage was high before the upgrade may decrease after the upgrade.
If the traffic volume remains unchanged, the CPU load of DSP subsystems becomes
more balanced. The CPU usage of DSP subsystems whose usage was low before the
upgrade may increase after the upgrade. Similarly, the CPU usage of DSP subsystems
whose usage was high before the upgrade may decrease after the upgrade. If both DPUb
and DPUe boards are installed in a physical subrack, the load becomes more balanced
among the DSP subsystems of the DPUb and DPUe boards.
l
Modified specifications on the number of neighboring cells

For a cell, the maximum number of neighboring LTE cells increases from 32 to 96.
For the RNC, the maximum number of intra-frequency neighboring UMTS cells, interfrequency neighboring UMTS cells, or neighboring GSM cells is all changed to
163,200. In this way, the required memory for the SPUa or SPUb board is reduced.
NOTE
Configuration of neighboring cells must be modified if more than 163,200 intra-frequency neighboring
UMTS cells, inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells, neighboring GSM cells, or neighboring LTE cells
are configured for the UTRAN before an upgrade to RAN15.0.
BSC6910
The BSC6910, a new-generation BSC product, is introduced in RAN15.0. Compared with the
BSC6900, the BSC6910 has a higher system capacity and improved networking capability.
l
Improved system capacity
RAN15.0 BSC6910 uses new cabinets, subracks, and boards to greatly improve capacity
specifications, as listed in Table 2-2.
Table 2-2 RAN15.0 BSC6910 capacity specifications
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Item
Specifications
BHCA (K)
64,000
BHCA (K) (SMS included)
70,000
PS (UL+DL) throughput (Mbit/s)
120,000
CS traffic volume (Erlang)
250,000

WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
NOTE
In Table 2-2:
l BHCA and CS traffic volume can be reached only in the Huawei traffic model for smartphones.
l PS throughput can be reached only in the Huawei high-PS traffic model.
l CS and PS capacities cannot reach the maximum specifications simultaneously.
l The BSC6910 can reach its maximum capacity specifications only when it is configured with two
cabinets and six subracks. The actual BSC6910 capacity varies depending on the traffic model and
hardware configurations.
The following describes the maximum BSC6910 capacity specifications in typical traffic
models:
l
Huawei high-PS traffic model

This traffic model is applicable to networks where data cards account for a large proportion
of the total number of admitted terminals. Table 2-3 provides the BSC6910 capacity
specifications in the Huawei high-PS traffic model.
Table 2-3 BSC6910 capacity specifications in the Huawei high-PS traffic model
Online
Users
CS Traffic
Volume
(Erlang)
PS (UL
+DL)
Throughpu
t (Mbit/s)
BHCA (K)
BHCA (K)
(SMS
Included)
Configurat
ion
1,380,000
5700
59,500
4300
5600
1 cabinet and
3 subracks
2,760,000
11,400
120,000
8600
11,400
2 cabinets
and 6
subracks
NOTE
In the Huawei high-PS traffic model, the BHCA, CS traffic volume, and PS throughput can reach the
maximum specifications simultaneously.
Huawei traffic model for smartphones
In this traffic model, the average PS throughput is low and the number of calls is high. Table
2-4 provides the BSC6910 capacity specifications in the Huawei traffic model for smart phones.
Table 2-4 BSC6910 capacity specifications in the Huawei traffic model for smartphones
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Number
of Users
CS Traffic
Volume
(Erlang)
PS (UL
+DL)
Throughpu
t (Mbit/s)
BHCA (K)
BHCA (K)
(SMS
Included)
Configurat
ion
3,830,000
124,000
4500
31,900
34,900
1 cabinet and
3 subracks

WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Number
of Users
CS Traffic
Volume
(Erlang)
PS (UL
+DL)
Throughpu
t (Mbit/s)
BHCA (K)
BHCA (K)
(SMS
Included)
Configurat
ion
7,660,000
250,000
9100
64,000
70,000
2 cabinets
and 6
subracks
NOTE
In the Huawei traffic model for smartphones, the BHCA, CS traffic volume, and PS throughput can reach
the maximum specifications simultaneously.
Improved networking capability

The following table compares the BSC6910 with the BSC6900 in terms of networking
capability.
Networking
Specifications
BSC6900
BSC6910
Number of NodeBs
3060
10,000
Number of cells
5100
20,000
Number of MGW/MSC
servers
32
64
Number of SGSNs
32
64
Number of neighboring
RNCs
50
128
GSM cells
163,200
640,000
LTE cells
163,200
640,000
Number of intra-frequency
neighboring UMTS cells
163,200
640,000
Number of inter-frequency
neighboring UMTS cells
163,200
640,000
NOTE
For detailed specifications of the BSC6910, see BSC6910 Product Description.
2.2.2 NodeB
The capacity and performance specifications of the RAN15.0 NodeB are the same as those of
the RAN14.0 NodeB except that the maximum number of HSUPA users served by a WBBPd2
board of the RAN15.0 NodeB increases from 96 to 114.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
2.2.3 M2000
Compared with iManager M2000 V200R012, iManager M2000 V200R013C00 improves
management capability as follows:
l
For the M2000 multi-server load-sharing system (SLS) running on ATAE servers, the
maximum management capability increases from 800 equivalent network elements (NEs)
(40,000 cells) to 1200 equivalent NEs (60,000 cells).
For the M2000 running on Sun servers, the maximum management capability remains
unchanged. The M2000 manages a maximum of 2040 equivalent NEs (102,000 cells).
For the M2000 running on HP servers, the maximum management capability remains
unchanged. The M2000 manages a maximum of 280 equivalent NEs (14,000 cells).
For the M2000 running on IBM servers, the maximum management capability remains
unchanged. The M2000 manages a maximum of 70 equivalent NEs (3500 cells).
The performance specifications of iManager M2000 V200R013C00 are the same as those of
iManager M2000 V200R012.
2.3 Hardware
2.3.1 RNC
BSC6900
Compared with RAN14.0 BSC6900, RAN15.0 BSC6900 has a new interface board, as described
in Table 2-5.
Table 2-5 New BSC6900 board
Board Type
Board Name
Full Name
Function
Interface processing
board
PEUc
32-port Packet over

E1/T1 interface Unit
REV:c
l Provides 32
channels of IP
over E1/T1.
l Extracts clock
signals and sends
the signals to the
GCUa/GCGa
board.
BSC6910
The BSC6910 is introduced in RAN15.0.
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Cabinets
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
The BSC6910 uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet or earthquake-proof N68E-21-N cabinet.
The BSC6910 cabinets are not interchangeable with the BSC6900 cabinets because each
subrack in a BSC6910 cabinet is independently powered.
l
Subracks
The BSC6910 uses new-generation Platform of Advanced Radio Controller REV:b
(PARCb) subracks. The PARCb subrack has a standard width of 19 inches, which complies
with IEC60297. The height of each subrack is 12 U. Boards are installed on the front and
rear sides of the backplane, which is positioned in the center of the subrack. The PARCb
subrack provides powerful power supply and heat dissipation capabilities for the BSC6910.
The PARCb subrack differs from the PARC subrack used in the BSC6900 in terms of power
supply, cable layout, and heat dissipation methods. For details, see BSC6910 Hardware
Description for RAN15.0.
Boards
For RAN15.0, BSC6910 uses the same boards as BSC6900. BSC6910 also uses additional
boards exclusively.
Table 2-6 describes the boards used by both RAN15.0 BSC6910 and RAN15.0 BSC6900.
Table 2-6 Boards used by both BSC6910 and BSC6900

Board Type
Board Name
Full Name
Function
Switching processing
board
SCUb
GE Switching
network and Control
Unit REV:b
l Provides MAC/
GE switching and
enables the
convergence of
ATM and IP
networks. (MAC
is short for Media
Access Control
and ATM is short
for asynchronous
transfer mode.)
l Provides data
switching
channels.
l Provides systemlevel or subracklevel
configuration and
maintenance.
l Distributes clock
signals for the
BSC6910 and
BSC6900.
Clock processing
board
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
GCUa
General Clock Unit

REV:a

l Obtains the
system clock,
performs the
functions of
10
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Board Type
Board Name
Full Name
GCGa
General Clock unit

with GPS REV:a
Function
phase-lock and
holdover, and
provides clock
signals.
l Unlike the GCUa
board, theGCGa
board can receive
and process GPS
signals.
board
FG2c
12-port FE or 4-port
electronic GE
interface unit REV:c
l Provides 12 FE
electrical ports or
4 GE electrical
ports.
l Supports IP over
FE/GE.
GOUc
AOUc
4-port packet over

GE Optical interface
Unit REV:c
l Provides 4 GE
optical ports.
4-port ATM over

channelized Optical
STM-1/OC-3
interface Unit REV:c
l Provides four
ATM over
channelized
STM-1/OC-3
optical ports.
l Supports IP over
GE.
l Supports ATM
over E1/T1 over
SDH/SONET.
l Provides 252 E1s
or 336 T1s.
l Extracts clock
signals and sends
the signals to the
GCUa/GCGa
board.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

11
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Board Type
Board Name
Full Name
Function
UOIc
8-port ATM over

Unchannelized
Optical STM-1/
OC-3 Interface unit
REV:c
l Provides eight
unchannelized
STM-1/OC-3c
optical ports.
l Supports ATM
over SDH/
SONET.
l Extracts clock
signals and sends
the signals to the
GCUa/GCGa
board.
Table 2-7 describes the boards used exclusively by RAN15.0 BSC6910. For details about the
boards, see BSC6910 Hardware Description for RAN15.0. BSC6910 boards are the general
processing board, O&M board, service identification board, interface processing board,
switching processing board, and clock processing board.
Table 2-7 New BSC6910 boards
Board Type
Board Name
Full Name
Function
General processing
board
EGPUa
Evolved General
Processing Unit
REV:a
l Manages user
plane and control
plane resource
pools.
l Processes user
plane and control
plane services for
GSM and UMTS.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

12
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Board Type
Board Name
Full Name
Function
O&M board
EOMUa
Evolved Operation
and Maintenance
Unit REV:a
l Performs
configuration
management,
performance
management,
fault
management,
security
management, and
loading
management for
the BSC6910.
l Works as the
O&M agent of the
LMT/M2000 to
provide the
BSC6910 O&M
interface for the
LMT/M2000 and
to enable
communication
between the
BSC6910 and
LMT/M2000.
l Provides the
interface for webbased online help.
ESAUa
Evolved Service
Aware Unit REV:a
l Collects call
history record
(CHR) data and
pre-processes the
collected data.
l Filters and
summarizes
BSC6910 raw
data required by
the Nastar and
uploads the preprocessed data to
the Nastar
through the
M2000 for
analysis.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

13
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Board Type
Board Name
Full Name
Function
Service
identification board
ENIUa
Evolved Network
Intelligence Unit
REV:a
Provides the service

identification
function and works
with service
processing boards to
schedule services
based on priorities.
board
EXOUa
Evolved 2-port 10GE

Optical interface
Unit REV:a
l Provides two 10
GE optical ports.
l Supports IP over
GE.
2.3.2 NodeB
RAN15.0 NodeB includes the following hardware changes:
l
Added a board, as listed in Table 2-8.
Added a NodeB model, as listed in Table 2-9
Added hardware modules, as listed in Table 2-10
Table 2-8 New board

Board Type
Board
Name
Full Name
Function
Main control
board
UMPTa2
Universal
Main
Processing
&
Transmissi
on unit
l Performs OM functions, such as configuration

management, device management,
performance monitoring, signaling message
processing, radio resource management, and
active/standby switchover.
UMPTb2
l Provides a reference clock, transmission ports,

and an OM channel to the OMC (LMT or
M2000).
l Connects to the UCIU in another BBU3900 to
transfer control signals, data signals, and clock
signals between BBUs.
Table 2-9 New NodeB model
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
NodeB Model
NodeB Name
New
Micro base station
BTS3803E

14
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Table 2-10 New hardware modules

Change Type
Module Type
Module Name
New
RF module
MRFUV2
New
RF module
RRU3841
New
RF module
RRU3936
New
RF module
RRU3938
New
RF module
RRU3832
New
RF module
WRFUa
New
AAS
AAU3910
2.3.3 M2000
The hardware of iManager M2000 V200R013C00 is the same as that of iManager M2000
V200R012.
2.4 Implementation
2.4.1 Upgrade Path
In live networks, RAN13.0 and RAN14.0 can be upgraded to RAN15.0.
2.4.2 Upgrade from RAN14.0 to RAN15.0

Before performing an upgrade from RAN14.0 to RAN15.0, ensure that all required hardware
has been installed and you have obtained the licenses that allow the required network capacity.
Perform the upgrade in the following order:
1.
Upgrade the M2000 to iManager M2000 V200R013C00.
2.
Upgrade the CME to iManager M2000-CMEV200R013C00.
3.
Upgrade the BSC6900 to BSC6900 V900R015C00.
4.
Upgrade the NodeB to a corresponding RAN15.0 version listed in Table 2-1.

NOTE
The BSC6910 is introduced in RAN15.0 and therefore no upgrade from RAN14.0 is involved.
2.4.3 Upgrade from RAN13.0 to RAN15.0

Before performing an upgrade from RAN13.0 to RAN15.0, ensure that all required hardware
has been installed and you have obtained the licenses that allow the required network capacity.
Perform the upgrade in the following order:
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

15
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
1.
Upgrade the M2000 to iManager M2000 V200R013C00.
2.
Upgrade the CME to iManager M2000-CMEV200R013C00.
3.
Upgrade the BSC6900 to BSC6900 V900R015C00.
4.
Upgrade the NodeB to a corresponding RAN15.0 version listed in Table 2-1.

NOTE
The BSC6910 is introduced in RAN15.0 and therefore no upgrade from RAN13.0 is involved.
2.5 License
2.5.1 Changes in License Control Items
Compared with RAN14.0, RAN15.0 incorporates the following changes in license control items:
l
Deleted the license control items described in Table 2-11.
Table 2-11 License control items deleted from RAN15.0
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Feature ID
Feature Name
License Change
WRFD-050422
Dynamic Bandwidth Control

of Iub IP
This feature is incorporated

into the WRFD-050402 IP
Transmission Introduction
on Iub Interface feature.
WRFD-050106
AAL2 Switching Based Hub

Node B

into the WRFD-050105
ATM Switching Based Hub
NodeB feature. In addition,
WRFD-050105 ATM
Switching Based Hub NodeB
is renamed WRFD-050105
ATM/AAL2 Switching
Based Hub Node B.
WRFD-011501
PDCP Header Compression

(RoHC)

into the WRFD-010617 VoIP
over HSPA/HSPA+ feature.
WRFD-020802
OTDOA Based LCS
This feature has been

changed from an optional
feature to a basic feature.

16
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature ID
Feature Name
License Change
WRFD-020307
Video Telephony Fallback to

Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT
HO

into the following features:
l WRFD-020303 InterRAT Handover Based on
Coverage
Service
Load
l WRFD-021200 HCS
(Hierarchical Cell
Structure)
WRFD-020104
Intra Frequency Load

Balance
This feature has been

changed from an optional
feature to a basic feature.
Added license control items for the RAN15.0 new features described in Table 2-12.
Table 2-12 License control items added for RAN15.0 new features
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Configure
d on
License Control
Item
Sales Unit
WRFD-141201
RNC User Plane

and Control
Plane Dynamic
Sharing
RNC
RNC User Plane

and Control Plane
Dynamic Sharing
RNC
WRFD-150201
Macro & Micro

Co-carrier
Uplink
Interference
Control
RNC
Macro & Micro

Co-carrier Uplink
Interference
Control (per Cell)
per Cell
WRFD-150204
Platinum User
Prioritizing
RNC
Platinum User
Prioritizing (per
Erl)
Erl+Mbps
Platinum User
Prioritizing (per
kbps)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

17
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Configure
d on
License Control
Item
Sales Unit
WRFD-150205
Layered Paging
in Idle Mode
RNC
Layered Paging in
Idle mode (per Erl)
Erl+Mbps
Layered Paging in
Idle mode (per
kbps)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
WRFD-150206
Turbo IC
NodeB
Turbo IC Function
(per Cell)
per Cell
WRFD-150208
Flexible Dual
Carrier HSDPA
NodeB
Flexible Dual
Carrier HSDPA
Function (per
NodeB)
per NodeB
WRFD-150211
RNC in Pool
Load Sharing
RNC
RNC in Pool Load

Sharing (per Active
User)
per 500
Active user
WRFD-150212
RNC in Pool
Node
Redundancy
RNC
RNC in Pool Node

Redundancy (per
NodeB)
per NodeB
WRFD-150240
RNC in Pool
Multiple Logical
RNCs
RNC
RNC in Pool
Multiple Logical
RNCs (per RNC)
per Logical
RNC
WRFD-150213
MOCN
Independent Iub
Transmission
Resource
Allocation
RNC
MOCN
Independent Iub
Transmission
Resource
Allocation (per
NodeB)
per NodeB
WRFD-150214
MOCN
Independent CE
Resource
Allocation
NodeB
MOCN CE
resource
independent
allocate (per cell)
per Cell
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
RNC
SRVCC from LTE

to UMTS with PS
Handover (per Erl)
Erl+Mbps

SRVCC from LTE

to UMTS with PS
Handover (per
kbps)
18
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
2 General Impact
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Configure
d on
License Control
Item
Sales Unit
WRFD-150216
Load Based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
RNC
Load based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE (per
kbps)
Mbps
WRFD-150217
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
RNC
Load based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE (per
kbps)
Mbps
WRFD-150219
Coverage Based
PS Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
RNC
Coverage based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE (per
kbps)
Mbps
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
RNC
Coverage based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE (per
kbps)
Mbps
WRFD-150222
HSUPA Time
Division
Scheduling
NodeB
HSUPA Time
Division
Scheduling
Function (per Cell)
per Cell
WRFD-150231
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
RNC
RIM based UMTS

Target Cell
Selection for LTE
(per cell)
per Cell
WRFD-150232
Multiband
Direct Retry
Based on UE
Location
RNC
Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location (per Cell)
per Cell
WRFD-150233
Differentiated
Service Based on
Resource
Reservation
RNC
Differentiated
Service based on
Resource
Reservation (per
kbps)
Mbps
WRFD-150235
DPCH
Maximum
Power
Restriction
NodeB
DPCH Maximum
Power Restriction
(per Cell)
per Cell
WRFD-150236
Load Based
Dynamic
Adjustment of
PCPICH
RNC
Load Based
Dynamic
Adjustment of
PCPICH (per cell)
per Cell

19
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Configure
d on
License Control
Item
Sales Unit
WRFD-140225
Narrowband
Interference
Suppression
NodeB
Narrowband
Interference
Suppression (per
Cell)
per Cell
WRFD-150243
Iub IP
Transmission
Based on
Dynamic Load
Balancing
RNC
Iub IP
Transmission
Based on Dynamic
Load Balancing
Erl+Mbps
WRFD-150244
Iu/Iur IP
Transmission
Based on
Dynamic Load
Balancing
RNC
Iu/Iur IP
Transmission
Based on Dynamic
Load Balancing
Erl+Mbps
WRFD-150237
Horizon BeamWidth
Adjustment
NodeB
Horizon BeamWidth Adjustment

(per NodeB)
per NodeB
WRFD-150238
Azimuth
Adjustment
NodeB
Azimuth
Adjustment (per
NodeB)
per NodeB
WRFD-150242
HSDPA
Scheduler Pool
NodeB
HSDPA Scheduler
Pool (per NodeB)
NodeB
WRFD-150241
RRU PA
Efficiency
Improvement
NodeB
RRU PA
Efficiency
Improvement (per
RRU)
per RRU
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
2 General Impact
Added license control items for the RAN15.0 optional features, changed from RAN14.0
try features, as described in Table 2-13.

20
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Table 2-13 License control items added for RAN15.0 optional features changed from RAN14.0
try features
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Configured
on
License
Control Item
Sales Unit
WRFD-140222
Adaptive
Adjustment of
HSUPA Small
Target
Retransmission
s
RNC
Adaptive
Adjustment of
HSUPA Small
Target
Retransmission
s (per kbps)
Mbps
WRFD-140226
Fast Return
from UMTS to
LTE
RNC
Fast Return
from UMTS to
LTE (per Erl)
Erl+Mbps
Fast Return
from UMTS to
LTE (per kbps)
Added license control items for the existed optional features in RAN15.0, as described in
Table 2-14.
Table 2-14 License control items added for the existed optional features
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Configure
d on
License Control Item
Sales Unit
WRFD-01020
9
4-Antenna
Receive
Diversity
NodeB
4-Antenna Receive
Diversity (per NodeB)
per NodeB
WRFD-02130
8
Extended Cell
Coverage up to
200km
NodeB
Extended Cell Coverage up

to 200km (per NodeB)
per NodeB
WRFD-01020
6
High Speed
Access
NodeB
High Speed Access (per

NodeB)
per NodeB
WRFD-04020
3
RRU
Redundancy
NodeB
RRU Redundancy (per

Sector)
per NodeB
WRFD-01020
3
Transmit
Diversity
NodeB
Transmit Diversity (per

NodeB)
per NodeB

21
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
2.5.2 Changes in License Control Modes

Table 2-15 and Table 2-16 describe the changes in the RNC and NodeB license control modes,
respectively.
Table 2-15 Changes in the RNC license control modes
Feature
ID
License
Configur
ed on
Feature
Name
Change Description
None
RNC
Capacity
redundancy
1. CS calls:
If the consumed CS Erlangs reach the licensed
value, the RNC rejects the access requests of
CS calls except emergency calls. Obtain
sufficient CS Erlang licenses to solve this
problem.
2. PS services:
The RNC reduces the data rates of admitted PS
users if the following condition is met:
PS throughput in use + Throughput converted
from the CS Erlangs in use > Licensed PS
throughput + Throughput converted from
licensed CS Erlangs
However, the rate reduction affects user
experience. Obtain sufficient PS throughput
licenses to solve this problem.
3. HSDPA/HSUPA services:
The RNC reduces the data rates of admitted
HSDPA/HSUPA users if the following
condition is met:
HSDPA/HSUPA throughput in use > Licensed
HSDPA/HSUPA throughput
However, the rate reduction affects user
experience. Obtain sufficient HSDPA/HSUPA
throughput licenses to solve this problem.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

22
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature
ID
License
Configur
ed on
Feature
Name
Change Description
WRFD-01
0652
RNC
SRB over
HSDPA
l In the DSP LICUSAGE command output, the

license information has been changed from
LQW1HSDPA14 SRB over HSDPA (per
Mbps) to LQW1HSDPA14RES SRB over
HSDPA (per Mbps).
l In the LST LICENSE command output, the
SRB over HSDPA=ON to SRB over HSDPA
(per kbps)=xxx.
l To enable the SRB over HSDPA feature
together with the MOCN or RAN Sharing
feature, you need to set the SRBoverHSDPA
parameter in the SET LICENSE command.
l When the license expires, it enters a 60-day
grace period. When the grace period elapses,
PS services will be limited to use the SRB over
HSDPA feature.
WRFD-01
0685
RNC
Downlink
Enhanced
L2

LQW1DLE01 Downlink Enhanced L2 (per
Mbps) to LQW1DLE01RES Downlink
Enhanced L2 (per Mbps).
Downlink Enhanced L2=ON to Downlink
Enhanced L2 (per kbps)=xxxx.
l To enable the Downlink Enhanced L2 feature
feature, you need to set the DownlinkEnhancedL2 parameter in the SET LICENSE
command.
PS services will be limited to use the Downlink
Enhanced L2 feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

23
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature
ID
License
Configur
ed on
Feature
Name
Change Description
WRFD-02
0806
RNC
Differentiat
ed Service
Based on
SPI Weight

LQW1DSSPI01 Differentiated Service Based
on SPI Weight (per Mbps) to
LQW1DSSPI01RES Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight (per Mbps).
Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight
=ON to Differentiated Service Based on SPI
Weight (per kbps)=xxxx.
l To enable the Differentiated Service Based on
SPI Weight feature together with the MOCN or
RAN Sharing feature, you need to set the
DifferServiceonSPI parameter in the SET
LICENSE command.
PS services will be limited to use the
Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight
feature.
WRFD-02
0132
RNC
Web
Browsing
Acceleratio
n

LQW1DSSPI01 Web Browsing Acceleration
(per PS Active User) to LQW1WPAA01 Web
Browsing Acceleration (per PS Active User).
Web Browsing Acceleration=ON to Web
Browsing Acceleration (per PS Active User)
=xxxx.
l To enable the Web Browsing Acceleration
feature together with the MOCN or RAN
Sharing feature, you need to set the
WebPSActiveUsersparameter in the SET
LICENSE command.
PS services will be limited to use the Web
Browsing Acceleration feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

24
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature
ID
License
Configur
ed on
Feature
Name
Change Description
WRFD-02
0133
RNC
P2P
Downloadi
ng Rate
Control
during
Busy Hour

LQW1P2PRR01 P2P Rate Control (per PS
Active User) to LQW1WPAA01 P2P Rate
Control (per PS Active User).
license information has been changed from P2P
Rate Control=ON to P2P Rate Control (per PS
Active User)=xxxx.
l To enable the P2P Downloading Rate Control
during Busy Hour feature together with the
MOCN or RAN Sharing feature, you need to
set the P2PPSActiveUsersparameter in the
SET LICENSE command.
PS services will be limited to use the P2P
Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour
feature.
WRFD-02
0123
RNC
TCP
Accelerator

LQW1TCPACC01 TCP Accelerator (per
Mbps) to LQW1TCPACC01RES TCP
Accelerator (per Mbps).
TCP Accelerator (per kbps)=ON to TCP
Accelerator (per kbps)=xxxx.
l To enable the TCP Accelerator feature together
with the MOCN or RAN Sharing feature, you
need to set the TCPAcceleratorparameter in
the SET LICENSE command.
PS services will be limited to use the TCP
Accelerator feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

25
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature
ID
License
Configur
ed on
Feature
Name
Change Description
WRFD-02
0128
RNC
Quality
Improveme
nt for
Subscribed
Service

LQW1QIFSS01 Quality Improvement for
Subscribed Service (per Mbps) to
LQW1QIFSS01RES Quality Improvement for
Subscribed Service (per Mbps).
Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service
(per kbps)=ON to Quality Improvement for
Subscribed Service (per kbps)=xxxx.
l To enable the Quality Improvement for
Subscribed Service feature together with the
MOCN or RAN Sharing feature, you need to
set the SubscribedServiceImproveparameter
in the SET LICENSE command.
PS services will be limited to use the Quality
Improvement for Subscribed Service feature.
WRFD-02
1311
RNC
MOCN
Introductio
n Package
l In the DSP LICUSAGE command output, a

new resource item LQW1MOCN01RES
MOCN Introduction Package (per Cell) has
been added.
l In the LST LICENSE command output, a new
resource item MOCN Introduction Package
(per Cell)=xxx has been added.
l To activate the MOCN feature, run either of the
following commands:
1. ADD UCELLLICENSE:
FuncSwitch1=MOCN_INTRODUCE_PA
CK_SWITCH-1;
2. SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS,
OperatorType=PRIM,
FUNCTIONSWITCH4=MOCN_PACKAGE-1;
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

26
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature
ID
License
Configur
ed on
Feature
Name
Change Description
WRFD-14
0205
RNC
Voice
Service
Experience
Improveme
nt for Weak
Reception
UEs

LQW1IVEI01 Voice Service Experience
Improvement for Weak Reception UEs (per
Erl) to LQW1IVEI01RES Voice Service
Experience Improvement for Weak Reception
UEs (per Erl).
l In the LST LICENSEcommand output, the
Voice Service Experience Improvement for
Weak Reception UEs (per Erl)=ON to Voice
Service Experience Improvement for Weak
Reception UEs (per Erl)=xxxx.
l To enable the Voice Service Experience
Improvement for Weak Reception UEs feature
feature, you need to set the VoiceExperienceImproveparameter in the SET LICENSE
command.
PS services will be limited to use the Voice
Service Experience Improvement for Weak
Reception UEs feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

27
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature
ID
License
Configur
ed on
Feature
Name
Change Description
WRFD-14
0206
RNC
Layered
Paging in
URA_PCH

LQW1LPURA01 Layered Paging in
URA_PCH (per Mbps) and LQW1LPURA01
Layered Paging in URA_PCH (per Erl) to
LQW1LPURA01RESM Layered Paging in
URA_PCH (per Mbps) and
LQW1LPURA01RESE Layered Paging in
URA_PCH (per Erl), respectively.
Layered Paging in URA_PCH (per kbps)=ON
to Layered Paging in URA_PCH (per Erl)
=xxxx.
l To enable the Layered Paging in URA_PCH
feature together with the MOCN or RAN
Sharing feature, you need to set the
URAPCHLayeredPagingErl and
URAPCHLayeredPagingKbps parameters
in the SET LICENSE command.
PS services will be limited to use the Layered
Paging in URA_PCH feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
WRFD-02
0135
RNC
Intelligent
InterCarrier UE
Layered
Manageme
nt
WRFD-14
0211
RNC
Dynamic
Target ROT
Adjustment
WRFD-14
0215
RNC
Dynamic
Configurati
on of
HSDPA
CQI
Feedback
Period
After the RNC is upgraded to RAN15.0, if the

RNC detects that the number of cells enabled with
one of these features is greater than the
corresponding licensed value, ALM-20743
Insufficient License Resources is reported and the
license enters a 60-day grace period.
When the grace period elapses, if the number of
cells is still greater than the licensed value,
ALM-20741 Configuration Data Exceeding
License Capacity is reported and the following
cell-level commands cannot be executed:
l ADD ULOCELL (to add a local cell)
l ADD UCELLQUICKSETUP (to add a cell
quickly)
l ADD UCELLSETUP (to add basic
information about a cell)
Deactivate the feature in some cells or obtain
sufficient licenses to solve this problem.

28
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
2 General Impact
Feature
ID
License
Configur
ed on
Feature
Name
WRFD-14
0216
RNC
Load-based
Uplink
Target
BLER
Configurati
on
WRFD-14
0223
RNC
MOCN
Cell
Resource
Demarcatio
n
WRFD-14
0217
RNC
InterFrequency
Load
Balance
Based on
Configurab
le Load
Threshold
Change Description

29
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Table 2-16 Changes in the NodeB license control modes

Feature ID
License
Configured on
Feature Name
Change
Description
None
NodeB
HSDPA Code
After the NodeB is

upgraded to
RAN15.0, if there is
no HSDPA code
control item in the
NodeB license file,
ALM-26811
Configured Capacity
Limit Exceeding
Licensed Limit is
reported. The system
can run without the
HSDPA code control
item for a maximum
of a 60-day grace
period. When the
grace period elapses,
each NodeB under
the RNC can use only
15 HSDPA codes.
Before upgrading a
NodeB to RAN15.0,
check whether there
is an HSDPA code
control item in the
NodeB license file. If
there is no HSDPA
code control item but
HSDPA services are
required, add an
HSDPA code control
item before the
upgrade.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

30
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature ID
License
Configured on
Feature Name
Change
Description
None
NodeB
Power License
l A new control
item Power
License (per
20W) has been
added. One local
cell can use
multiple Power
License (per
20W) control
items. This
enables flexible
use of power
licenses. The
power licenses in
earlier versions
can still be used in
RAN15.0. The
new control item
Power License
(per 20W) can be
used only in
RAN15.0.
l The Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature
now consumes
power license
control items in a
different way. In
versions earlier
than RAN15.0,
this feature
requires only one
power license
control item.
From RAN 15.0
onwards each
RRU enabled
with the
Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature
requires one
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

31
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
2 General Impact
License
Configured on
Feature Name
Change
Description
power license
control item.
After the NodeB
is upgraded to
RAN15.0, if the
number of power
license control
items for the
Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature
is insufficient,
ALM-26811
Configured
Capacity Limit
Exceeding
Licensed Limit is
reported. The
system can run
with insufficient
number of power
license control
items for a
maximum of 60day grace period.
When the grace
period elapses,
each RRU
enabled with the
Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature
requires one
power license
control item.If the
Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature
is enabled, check
whether the
number of power
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

32
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
2 General Impact
License
Configured on
Feature Name
Change
Description
license control
items is sufficient
before the
upgrade. If the
number is
insufficient, add
power license
control items
before the
upgrade.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

33
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
2 General Impact
Feature ID
License
Configured on
Feature Name
Change
Description
None
NodeB
Multicarrier license
The Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature now
consumes
multicarrier license
control items in a
different way. In
versions earlier than
RAN15.0, the
Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature
requires one
control item (named
Local Cell Num on
the M2000). From
RAN15.0 onwards
each RRU enabled
with the Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature
requires one
control item. After
the NodeB is
upgraded to
RAN15.0, if the
number of
control items for the
Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature is
insufficient,
ALM-26811
Configured Capacity
Limit Exceeding
Licensed Limit is

34
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
2 General Impact
License
Configured on
Feature Name
Change
Description
can run with
insufficient number
of multicarrier
license control items
for a maximum of
60-day grace period.
When the grace
period elapses, each
RRU enabled with
the Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature
requires one
control item. If the
Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple RRUs in
One Cell feature is
enabled, check
whether the number
of multicarrier
license control items
is sufficient before
the upgrade. If the
number is
insufficient, add
control items before
the upgrade.
None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
NodeB
UL CE License

When the number of

uplink CEs used for
UE admission in a
NodeB reaches the
licensed value, the
RNC rejects access
requests of new
users. This problem
can be solved by
increasing the
number of uplink
CEs.
35
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
2 General Impact
Feature ID
License
Configured on
Feature Name
Change
Description
None
NodeB
DL CE License
When the number of

downlink CEs used
for UE admission in
a NodeB reaches the
licensed value, the
RNC rejects access
requests of new
users. This problem
can be solved by
increasing the
number of downlink
CEs.
WRFD-010683
NodeB
Downlink 64QAM
A new cell-level
downlink 64QAM
switch has been
added. If the total
number of cells
enabled with
downlink 64QAM is
greater than the
licensed value in the
NodeB license file,
reduce the number of
cells enabled with
downlink 64QAM or
obtain sufficient
licenses. Otherwise,
after the NodeB is
upgraded to
RAN15.0,
ALM-26811
Configured Capacity
Limit Exceeding
Licensed Limit is
can run with
insufficient number
of licenses for a
maximum of 60-day
grace period. When
the grace period
elapses, downlink
64QAM cannot be
used in excess cells.

36
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature ID
License
Configured on
Feature Name
Change
Description
WRFD-021001
NodeB
Flexible frequency
bandwidth of UMTS
carrier
After the NodeB is

upgraded to
RAN15.0, if
Frequency Min
Bandwidth in the
SET FREQBWH
command is set to a
value within the
range from 4.2 MHz
and 4.8 MHz and the
license for the
Flexible frequency
bandwidth of UMTS
carrier is
unavailable,
ALM-26811
Configured Capacity
Limit Exceeding
Licensed Limit is
can run without the
license for a
maximum of 60-day
grace period. When
the grace period
elapses, the Flexible
frequency bandwidth
of UMTS carrier
feature cannot take
effect. The UMTS
carriers run on a
standard 5-MHz
bandwidth. You can
run the DSP
LICENSE
command to check
whether the license
control item for the
Flexible frequency
bandwidth of UMTS
carrier feature is
available. If not, the
license has not been
purchased.
Before upgrading the
NodeB to RAN15.0,
check whether there
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

37
WCDMA RAN
2 General Impact
Feature ID
License
Configured on
Feature Name
Change
Description
is a license for the
Flexible frequency
bandwidth of UMTS
carrier feature in the
NodeB license file. If
not, add the license
before the upgrade.
2.6 Inter-NE Interfaces

In RAN15.0, interfaces between each RNC and other NEs and between each NodeB and UEs
comply with 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Release 10 and are backward
compatible with 3GPP Releases 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, and 99. These interfaces are Iu, Iub, Iur, and Uu.
In addition, RAN15.0 introduces the Iur-p interface, which is a Huawei proprietary interface
used in the RNC in Pool feature. The Iur-p interface is used to transmit control plane signaling
between different physical RNCs.
For the impacts of each feature on these interfaces, see chapter 4 Impacts of RAN15.0 Features
on RAN14.0.
2.7 Operation and Maintenance

RAN15.0 introduces new and enhanced features and internal system optimizations. Therefore,
MML commands, parameters, performance counters, alarms, events, and licenses have changed.
For the impacts of each new and enhanced feature on operation and maintenance, see chapter 4
Impacts of RAN15.0 Features on RAN14.0 The operation and maintenance changes for the
RNC and NodeB are closely related to the software version. For detailed changes in a specific
software version, see the following change documents in the RNC and NodeB release
documentation:
l
MML command and parameter changes
Performance counter changes
Alarm changes
Event changes
License changes
2.8 Other NEs

For the impacts of each new and enhanced feature on other NEs, see chapter 4 Impacts of
RAN15.0 Features on RAN14.0.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

38
WCDMA RAN
3 Summary of Feature Impacts
Summary of Feature Impacts
Table 3-1 through Table Features incorporated into other features in RAN15.0 list the
impact severity of new and enhanced features in RAN15.0. For details about the impacts of each
new and enhanced feature, see chapter 4 Impacts of RAN15.0 Features on RAN14.0.
Feature impacts are categorized as "Major" when either of the following conditions is met:
l
The feature requires new or additional hardware.
The feature impacts RAN14.0 features or NEs.
All other impacts are categorized as "Minor."

Table 3-1 Impact severity of new/basic features in RAN15.0
Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact
Severity
WRFD-141101
System Improvement for RAN15.0
Minor
WRFD-150230
DPCH Pilot Power Adjustment
Minor
WRFD-141102
RNC User Plane and Control Plane Static

Sharing
Minor
WRFD-141103
Automatic NodeB and Cell Allocation in the

RNC
Major
WRFD-150104
Sleeping Cell Detection and Recovery
Minor
Table 3-2 Impact severity of enhanced/basic features in RAN15.0
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact
Severity
WRFD-010101
Compliance with 3GPP Specifications
Minor
WRFD-031103
NodeB Self-test
Minor

39
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact
Severity
MRFD-210101
System Redundancy
Minor
MRFD-210305
Security Management
Minor
WRFD-140103
Call Reestablishment
Minor
WRFD-140104
Enhanced Combined Services
Minor
Table 3-3 Impact severity of new/optional features in RAN15.0
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact
Severity
WRFD-141201
RNC User Plane and Control Plane Dynamic

Sharing
Major
WRFD-150201
Macro & Micro Co-carrier Uplink Interference

Control
Minor
WRFD-15020101
Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency

Redirection
Minor
WRFD-15020102
Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover
Minor
WRFD-15020103
Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control
Minor
WRFD-150204
Platinum User Prioritizing
Minor
WRFD-150205
Layered Paging in Idle Mode
Minor
WRFD-150206
Turbo IC
Major
WRFD-150208
Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA
Minor
WRFD-150211
RNC in Pool Load Sharing
Major
WRFD-150212
RNC in Pool Node Redundancy
Major
WRFD-150240
RNC in Pool Multiple Logical RNCs
Major
WRFD-150213
MOCN Independent Iub Transmission Resource

Allocation
Minor
WRFD-150214
MOCN Independent CE Resource Allocation
Minor
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
Major
WRFD-150216
Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
Minor
WRFD-150217
Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
Major
WRFD-150219
Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to

LTE
Minor

40
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact
Severity
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE
Major
WRFD-150222
HSUPA Time Division Scheduling
Major
WRFD-150231
RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for

LTE
Major
WRFD-150232
Multiband Direct Retry Based on UE Location
Minor
WRFD-150233
Differentiated Service Based on Resource

Reservation
Minor
WRFD-150235
DPCH Maximum Power Restriction
Minor
WRFD-150236
Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH
Minor
WRFD-140225
Narrowband Interference Suppression
Major
WRFD-150243
Iub IP Transmission Based on Dynamic Load

Balancing
Minor
WRFD-150244
Iu/Iur IP Transmission Based on Dynamic Load

Balancing
Minor
WRFD-150237
Horizon Beam-Width Adjustment
Major
WRFD-150238
Azimuth Adjustment
Major
WRFD-150242
HSDPA Scheduler Pool
Minor
WRFD-150241
RRU PA Efficiency Improvement
Major
MRFD-221901
Multi-RAT Carrier Joint Intelligent Shutdown

( NodeB)
Minor
Table 3-4 Impact severity of enhanced/optional features in RAN15.0
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact
Severity
WRFD-010612
HSUPA Introduction Package
Minor
WRFD-01061209
HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node

B
Minor
WRFD-010696
DC-HSDPA
Minor
WRFD-010703
HSPA+Downlink 84Mbit/s per User
Minor
WRFD-010712
Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power

offset for HSUPA
Minor

41
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact
Severity
WRFD-020119
Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup
Minor
WRFD-020129
Service-Based PS Service Redirection from

UMTS to LTE
Minor
WRFD-140218
Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
Minor
WRFD-140219
Micro NodeB Self-Planning
Minor
WRFD-010701
Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH
Minor
WRFD-010652
SRB over HSDPA
Minor
WRFD-010636
SRB over HSUPA
Minor
WRFD-140213
Intelligent Access Class Control(Enhanced/

Optional)
Minor
WRFD-021103
Access Class Restriction(Enhanced/Optional)
Minor
WRFD-020114
Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC)
Minor
Table 3-5 Impact severity of new/trial features in RAN15.0

Feature ID
Feature Name
Impact Severity
WRFD-150209
DB-HSDPA
Minor
WRFD-150250
3C-HSDPA
Minor
WRFD-150207
4C-HSDPA
Minor
WRFD-150223
MC-HSDPA+MIMO
Minor
WRFD-150251
HSPA+Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User
Minor
WRFD-150224
HSPA+Downlink 168 Mbit/s per User
Minor
WRFD-150227
DB-HSDPA+MIMO
Minor
WRFD-150246
Service Steering and Load Sharing in

CELL_FACH State feature is optional
Minor
Table 3-6 Features deleted from RAN15.0
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Feature ID
Feature Name
License Change
WRFD-012001
RNC offload
This is a try feature in RAN14.0. RAN15.0

does not support this feature.

42
WCDMA RAN
Table 3-7 RAN15.0 basic features changed from RAN14.0 optional features
Feature ID
Feature Name
Change Description
WRFD-020104
Intra Frequency Load Balance
This feature has been changed

from an optional feature to a basic
feature.
WRFD-020802
OTDOA Based LCS

from an optional feature to a basic
feature.
Table 3-8 RAN15.0 optional features changed from RAN14.0 try features
Feature ID
Feature Name
Change Description
WRFD-140222
Adaptive Adjustment of
HSUPA Small Target
Retransmissions

from a try feature to an optional
feature.
WRFD-140226
Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

from a try feature to an optional
feature.
Table 3-9 Features incorporated into other features in RAN15.0
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Feature ID
Feature Name
Change Description
WRFD-050422
Dynamic Bandwidth Control of

Iub IP
This feature is incorporated into

the WRFD-050402 IP
Transmission Introduction on Iub
Interface feature.
WRFD-050106
AAL2 Switching Based Hub

Node B

the WRFD-050105 ATM
Switching Based Hub NodeB
feature. In addition,
WRFD-050105 ATM Switching
Based Hub NodeB is renamed
WRFD-050105 ATM/AAL2
Switching Based Hub Node B.
WRFD-011501
PDCP Header Compression

(RoHC)

the WRFD-010617 VoIP over
HSPA/HSPA+ feature.

43
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
Feature Name
Change Description
WRFD-020307
Video Telephony Fallback to

Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT
HO

the following features:
l WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT
Handover Based on Coverage
Handover Based on Service
Handover Based on Load
l WRFD-021200 HCS
(Hierarchical Cell Structure)
Table 3-10 Feature updated in RAN15.0
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Feature ID
Feature Name
Change Description
WRFD-031101
NodeB Self-discovery Based on

IP Mode
The DHCP+AACP function in

this feature is replaced by the
DHCP relay function.

44
WCDMA RAN
4 Impacts of RAN15.0 Features on RAN14.0
Impacts of RAN15.0 Features on RAN14.0
4.1 WRFD-141101 System Improvement for RAN15.0 (New/

Basic)
4.1.1 Feature Description
This feature is available from RAN15.0.
RAN15.0 has the following system improvements compared with RAN14.0:
l
Supports new features specified in 3GPP Release 10 (March 2012).
Uses a new type of base station controller BSC6910, which provides higher system capacity
and stronger service processing capability.
Supports the RNC in Pool solution.
Enhances system maintainability.
4.1.2 System Capacity and Network Performance

System Capacity
See section 2.2 Capacity and Performance.
Network Performance
See section 2.2 Capacity and Performance.
4.1.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC, NodeB, and M2000.
4.1.4 Hardware
See section 2.3 Hardware.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

45
WCDMA RAN
4.1.5 Inter-NE Interfaces

See section 2.6 Inter-NE Interfaces.
4.1.6 Operation and Maintenance

License
This feature is not under license control.
Configuration Management
No impact.
Performance Management
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.
4.1.7 Related Features

Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features

None
Impacted Features
None
4.2 WRFD-150230 DPCH Pilot Power Adjustment (New/

Basic)
This is a basic feature.
When the downlink non-HSDPA transmit power in a cell is high, this feature reduces the
downlink DPCH power consumption. The saved power can admit more UEs or promote HSDPA
throughput.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

46
WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
When the downlink load in a cell is heavy, this feature reduces downlink DPCH power
consumption by configuring a shorter bit length and smaller power offset for the pilot field.
Ultimately, this feature reduces the power requirements of each UE in this cell. If HSDPA UEs
are in the majority in this cell, the mean transmit power of the downlink DPCH carrying HSDPA
UEs is estimated to decrease by 5% to 20%. The saved power can admit 5% to 10% extra UEs
if non-HSPA load remains unchanged. This capacity gain is affected by the proportion of UEs
processing real-time services. The higher this proportion is, the less the gain this feature provides.
Network Performance
Because the saved power can admit more UEs or increase the downlink throughput of a cell,
this feature positively affects network performance as follows:
l
When the number of UEs in a cell remains unchanged and the traffic volume in this cell is
sufficient, more power will be saved to increase downlink cell throughput.
When potential UEs attempt to access a cell in the case of downlink power congestion, this
feature increases the access success rate during busy hours.
This feature also has negative impact on network performance. If the power offset or bit length
of the pilot field is reduced, SIR estimations will become less accurate and Uu-interface
synchronization probability is reduced. This increases the call drop rate. Calls drops become
more noticeable in lightly loaded cells.
4.2.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC.
4.2.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
No impact.
The following parameters have been introduced on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

47
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-1 New parameters
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
PcSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_S
WITCH
SET
UCORRMALGOSWI
TCH
When this switch is turned

on and the cell downlink
non-HSPA power is
exceeds the value of
LoadStateForPilotPwrAdj
(BSC6900,BSC6910), the
power offset configured in
the pilot domain on the DL
DPCH is
NonCsOptiPilotPo
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
(SET UFRC) or
CsOptiPilotPo
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
(SET UFRC). When the
spreading factor (SF) is
256, the number for bits of
pilot bits of the DPCH is
DlDpchSf256OptiPilotBit(BSC6900,BSC6910)
(SET UFRC). Regardless
of the switch state, if the
downlink non-HSPA
power for the cell is
smaller than or equals to
the threshold for the
downlink non-HSPA
power, the pilot power
offset for the DPCH is
PilotPo
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
(SET UFRC). If the SF is
256, the number for bits of
pilot bits over the DPCH
is DlDpchSf256PilotBit
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
(SET UFRC).
New
NonCsOptiPilotPo
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
This parameter specifies

the optimized pilot-field
power offset for the
downlink DPCH not
carrying CS services if
downlink non-HSPA
transmit power in a cell is
limited.

48
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
CsOptiPilotPo
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC

power offset for the
downlink DPCH carrying
CS services if downlink
non-HSPA transmit
power in a cell is limited.
New
DlDpchSf256OptiPilotBit
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC

bit length for the downlink
DPCH with a spreading
factor of 256 if downlink
non-HSPA transmit
power in a cell is limited.
New
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC

the RNC-level initial load
state after the DPCH Pilot
Power Adjustment feature
takes effect. This feature
takes effect on the
downlink DPCH when
non-HSPA power load in
a cell is equal to or larger
than the value of this
parameter.
New
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD UCELLFRC

the cell-level initial load
state after the DPCH Pilot
Power Adjustment feature
takes effect. This feature
takes effect on the
downlink DPCH when
non-HSPA power load in
a cell is equal to or larger
than the value of this
parameter.
The following counters have been introduced on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

49
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-2 New counters

Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.DL.DPCH.OptiPilotPOAttNum
ALGO2.Cell
Number of Pilot PO
Optimization
Attempts in the DL
DPCH for Cell
New
VS.DL.DPCH.NormalPilotPOAttNum
ALGO2.Cell
Number of Normal
Pilot PO Attempts in
the DL DPCH for
Cell
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
This feature can be activated together with the WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA feature.
However, when the SRB over HSDPA feature is activated, downlink signaling will not be
transmitted on the downlink DPCH. As a result, the application scope of the DPCH Pilot Power
Adjustment feature is narrowed.
The cell capacity gains provided by this feature have a negative correlation with the number of
UEs using the SRB over HSDPA feature in the cell.
4.3 WRFD-141102 RNC User Plane and Control Plane Static

Sharing (New/Basic)
The EGPUa boards in a BSC6910 form two resource pools: the UP pool for processing UP data
and the CP pool for processing CP data. Operators can set the ratio of resources allocated to
process UP data and that to process CP data (referred to as the UP/CP ratio in this document)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

50
WCDMA RAN
based on the traffic model. For example, when the CP central processing unit (CPU) usage is
above a specified threshold, a certain amount of resources in the UP pool are reallocated to the
CP. Figure 4-1 shows the resource reallocation between the CP and UP.
Figure 4-1 Resource reallocation between the CP and UP
This feature reduces the operator's purchasing and maintenance costs because fewer board types
are needed. It also improves the hardware usage because operators can adjust the UP/CP ratio
based on the traffic model. However, ongoing services on the adjusted processing units are
interrupted during the adjustment.

System Capacity
This feature improves system capacity in the following ways:
l
If CP resources are insufficient and UP resources are sufficient, a certain amount of

hardware resources in the UP pool are reallocated to the CP. This increases BHCA capacity.
If UP resources are insufficient and CP resources are sufficient, a certain amount of

hardware resources in the CP pool are reallocated to the UP.
Network Performance
This feature balances the load between the CP and UP to prevent critical CP/UP overload. This
improves system reliability. When the UP/CP ratio is changed, ongoing processes are stopped
and then new processes are started. Therefore, this feature has the following impact on ongoing
services during resource reallocation between the CP and UP:
l
NodeBs, cells, transmission links, and signaling links controlled by the adjusted process
are redistributed. This causes some NodeBs to go out of service for about 20 seconds.
Services allocated to the adjusted process are interrupted, increasing the call drop rate. PS
services are reestablished after being interrupted.
If the UP/CP ratio is set inappropriately, a large number of NodeBs and cells may not be
allocated suitable CP and UP resources. This results in network disconnection and alarm
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

51
WCDMA RAN
reporting. To prevent this problem, operators must set the ratio to a proper value based on
the board specifications and the number of configured boards.
Setting the UP/CP ratio may have severe negative effects. Therefore, this operation should be
performed during off-peak hours. When adjusting the ratio, do not drastically change the settings.
Make moderate changes to avoid impacting ongoing services.
4.3.3 NEs
4.3.4 Hardware
Only the BSC6910 supports this feature.
4.3.5 Inter-NE Interface

No impact.

License
The amount of available CP and UP resources and the effect of ratio adjustment change when
both of the following are true:
l
Before the ratio adjustment, a board is not installed or a board is faulty.
After the ratio adjustment, a board is added or the faulty board recovers or is replaced.
Therefore, resolve any related problems before adjusting the ratio. After adding or replacing a
board, check the resource usage of the CP and UP pools and determine whether to readjust the
ratio.
Table 4-3 describes the new RNC MML commands related to this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

52
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-3 New RNC MML commands related to this feature

Change Type
MML Command
Description
New
SET UCPUPFLEXCFG
Use this command to set the

following parameters related
to the WRFD-141102 RNC
User Plane and Control Plane
Sharing andWRFD-141201
RNC User Plane and Control
Plane Dynamic Sharing
features:
l FlexCfgMode
l FlexCfgPeriod
l Flex Cfg Act Time
New
LST UCPUPFLEXCFG
Use this command to query

the parameters related to the
WRFD-141102 RNC User
Plane and Control Plane
Sharing andWRFD-141201
Plane Dynamic Sharing
features.
New
DSP UCPUPFLEXCFG

dynamic RNC information
about the WRFD-141102
Plane Sharing and
WRFD-141201 RNC User
Plane and Control Plane
Dynamic Sharing features.
New
DSP URSVCAP

the number of NodeBs and
cells that can be added.
Table 4-4 describes the new RNC parameters related to ALM-22015 Resource Overload on the
Control Plane.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

53
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-4 New RNC parameters related to ALM-22015 Resource Overload on the Control Plane
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
CtrlPlnCPUAlmThd
SET UALMTHD
Average CP CPU
usage threshold at
which ALM-22015
Resource Overload
on the Control Plane
is reported
New
CtrlPlnCPUClrThd
SET UALMTHD
Average CP CPU
usage threshold at
which ALM-22015
Resource Overload
on the Control Plane
is cleared
No new counters related to this feature have been added. The DSP UCPUPFLEXCFG
command has been added to monitor the CP and UP CPU usages before and after resource
reallocation.
Fault Management
Two alarms related to transmission resource pools have been added on the RNC side:
l
ALM-22015 Resource Overload on the Control Plane
ALM- 22016 Restricted Flexible Deployment

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.4 WRFD-141103 Automatic NodeB and Cell Allocation in

the RNC(New/Basic)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

54
WCDMA RAN

When an operator configures NodeBs, cells, NodeB Control Ports (NCPs), and Communication
Control Ports (CCPs), the BSC6910 automatically allocates the NodeBs, cells, NCPs, and CCPs
to CP subsystems of the EGPUa boards. Operators no longer need to specify the subrack No.,
slot No., or subsystem No..
The BSC6910 monitors the traffic load on the EGPUa boards. If the traffic load becomes
unbalanced due to heavy traffic, the BSC6910 dynamically redistributes the NodeBs, cells,
NCPs, and CCPs among CP subsystems of the EGPUa boards. The BSC6910 implements the
dynamic redistribution by means of:
l
Periodic redistribution
Periodic redistribution applies to NodeBs, cells, NCPs, and CCPs, and balances NodeB/
cell/NCP/CCP resource management load. Periodic redistribution should be performed in
the early morning when the traffic is light.
Immediate redistribution
Immediate redistribution applies only to cells and balances cell resource management load
when heavy traffic bursts occur in a subsystem.

System Capacity
This feature allows NodeB/cell/NCP/CCP resource management load to be shared among CP
subsystems. This balances CP load and improves system capacity.
Network Performance
This feature automatically allocates NodeBs, cells, NCPs, and CCPs, and dynamically
redistributes them based on the load. This reduces manual maintenance and configuration
workload. However, load-based dynamic redistribution affects ongoing services as follows:
l
During immediate redistribution, which takes about 10 seconds, UEs in the cell cannot
initiate a call.
NOTE
UEs in the CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state do not drop from the network.
UEs in idle mode continue to camp on the cell.
During periodic redistribution:

UEs in the CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state drop from
the network.
UEs in idle mode may temporarily drop from the network.
Cells are automatically reestablished. A NodeB with 12 cells will be out of service for
about 20 seconds.
NOTE
During either immediate or periodic redistribution, NodeBs, cells, NCPs, and CCPs will be removed and
then reestablished. Therefore, the values of the performance counters for monitoring the NodeBs, cells,
NCPs, and CCPs may be inaccurate.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

55
WCDMA RAN
4.4.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC and M2000.
4.4.4 Hardware

No impact.

License
This feature is a basic feature and is not under license control.
Table 4-5 describes the new RNC MML commands related to this feature.
Table 4-5 New and modified RNC MML commands related to this feature
Change Type
MML Command
Description
New
SET
UCELLAUTOHOMING
Use this command to set the

following parameters related
to load-based dynamic
redistribution:
l SchedHomingSwitch
l ImmdHomingSwitch
l SchedAssignOutCpuThd
l SchedAssignInCpuThd
l SchedAssignInCpuThd
l ImmdAssignInCpuThd
l SchedHomingMode
New
LST
UCELLAUTOHOMING

the parameters related to
load-based dynamic
redistribution.
New
ACT UNODEB
Use this command to activate

a NodeB.
Table 4-6 describes the modified RNC parameters related to this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

56
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-6 Modified RNC parameters related to this feature

Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Added value
DSPT
DSP UCELL
A value
BYHOMELESSCELL
is added to this
parameter. If this
parameter is set to
BYHOMELESSCELL,
the Homeless Cell table
is queried.
Added value
DSPT
DSP UNODEB
A value
BYHOMELESSCELL
is added to this
parameter. If this
parameter is set to
BYHOMELESSCELL,
the Homeless NodeB
table is queried.
Added value
IDTYPE
DSP UIUBCP
A value
BYHOMELESSIUB
CP is added to this
parameter. If this
parameter is set to
BYHOMELESSIUBC
P, the Homeless IubCp
table is queried.
Table 4-7 describes the new RNC counters related to this feature.
Table 4-7 New RNC counters related to this feature
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Counter
Measurement
Unit
Meaning
New
VS.AutoHoming.AttNodeB
ALGO.RNC
This counter
measures the
number of
attempts to
dynamically
redistribute
NodeBs from one
subsystem to
another.

57
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Counter
Measurement
Unit
Meaning
New
VS.AutoHoming.SuccNodeB
ALGO.RNC
This counter
measures the
number of
successful
attempts to
dynamically
redistribute
NodeBs from one
subsystem to
another.
New
VS.AutoHoming.AttCell
ALGO.RNC
This counter
measures the
number of
attempts to
dynamically
redistribute cells
from one
subsystem to
another.
New
VS.AutoHoming.SuccCell
ALGO.RNC
This counter
measures the
number of
successful
attempts to
dynamically
redistribute cells
from one
subsystem to
another.
New
VS.AutoHoming.AttIubcp
ALGO.RNC
This counter
measures the
number of
attempts to
dynamically
redistribute NCPs/
CCPs from one
subsystem to
another.

58
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Counter
Measurement
Unit
Meaning
New
VS.AutoHoming.SuccIubcp
ALGO.RNC
This counter
measures the
number of
successful
attempts to
dynamically
redistribute NCPs/
CCPs from one
subsystem to
another.
Fault Management
This feature enables dynamic redistribution of NodeBs, cells, NCPs, and CCPs based on the
board status and system resource usage. The Subrack No., slot No., and subsystem No. do not
need to be specified. Therefore, alarms related to the NodeBs, cells, NCPs, and CCPs do not
provide information about subracks, slots, or subsystems.
The cause value CP Congestion is added to four alarms:
l
ALM-21511 CCP Faulty
ALM-22202 UMTS Cell Unavailable
ALM-22214 NodeB Unavailable
ALM-21510 NCP Faulty

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.5 WRFD-010101 Compliance with 3GPP Specifications

(Enhanced /Basic)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

59
WCDMA RAN

RAN15.0 complies with 3GPP Release 10 (March 2012). The new features and enhanced
functions in RAN15.0 provide more high-performance services and increases operators'
competitiveness.
This feature enables interconnection with other NEs that comply with 3GPP R99/R4/R5/R6/R7/
R8/R9/R10 specifications, protecting operators' investment.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.5.3 NEs
Some new features in RAN15.0 require the UE and CN to support 3GPP Release 10. For details,
see the impacts of each feature.
4.5.4 Hardware
No impact.

The CN and subscriber interfaces must be upgraded to support 3GPP Release 10.

License
No impact.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

60
WCDMA RAN

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.6 WRFD-031103 NodeB Self-test (Enhanced/Basic)

The engineering quality check has been enhanced for the NodeB Self-test feature in RAN15.0:
l
Software commissioning, fault diagnosis, and service verification have been removed.
Voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) testing, crossed-pair connection detection, and
intermodulation interference testing have been added. These enhancements help
commissioning engineers quickly detect engineering problems.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.6.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the NodeB. Only the 3900 series base stations support this
feature.
The M2000 must support this feature.
4.6.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

61
WCDMA RAN

License
No impact.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.7 MRFD-210101 System Redundancy (Enhanced /Basic)

4.7.1 Description
This feature is an enhancement to the MRFD-210101 System Redundancy feature.
The BSC6910 uses all-IP switching. The switching boards, clock boards, interface boards, and
resource management boards work in active/standby mode. That is, the boards of the same type
in two adjacent slots are a pair of active and standby boards.
Figure 4-2 shows the active and standby boards in the BSC6910.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

62
WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-2 Active and standby boards in the BSC6910
The EGPUa boards in the BSC6910 form a transmission resource pool. In the pool, CP processes
of the EGPUa boards work in backup mode to improve CP reliability. The CP processes of
different EGPUa boards can work in active/standby mode, as shown in Figure 4-3. When a
process is faulty, cells and established calls are not affected.
Figure 4-3 CP processes in backup mode
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

63
WCDMA RAN
4.7.2 Capacity and Performance

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.7.3 Impact on NEs

4.7.4 Impact on Hardware

No impact.

No impact.

License
No impact.
The EGPUa board can provide multiple logical functions. If the EGPUa board is used to manage
system resources, it works in 1+1 backup mode. If the EGPUa board is used to process services,
it works in resource pool mode.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

No impact.
4.8 WRFD-141201 RNC User Plane and Control Plane

Dynamic Sharing (New/Optional)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

64
WCDMA RAN

The BSC6910 automatically monitors the CP and UP load. When the difference between them
reaches a specified threshold during busy hours, the BSC6910 automatically adjusts the UP/CP
ratio. Figure 4-4 shows the automatic UP/CP ratio adjustment.
Figure 4-4 Automatic UP/CP ratio adjustment
When the UP/CP ratio is adjusted, services on the processing units involved are interrupted.
Operators can set the time at which the UP/CP ratio is automatically adjusted. The adjustment
should be performed during off-peak hours to reduce the impact on ongoing services.
This feature reduces maintenance costs and increases the hardware usage by automatically
adjusting the UP/CP ratio based on the traffic model.

System Capacity
For details, see section 4.3.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.
Network Performance
For details, see section 4.3.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.
The impact of this feature on ongoing services can be reduced by setting the following
parameters:
l
CPOverUPDeltaThd
UPOverCPDeltaThd
FlexCfgPeriod
FlexCfgActTime
Setting FlexCfgActTime to an off-peak time (for example, in the early morning) prevents
frequent adjustments.
4.8.3 NEs
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

65
WCDMA RAN
4.8.4 Hardware

No impact.

License
An RNC-level license for this feature has been added on the RNC side.
For details, see section 4.3.6 Operation and Maintenance.
Fault Management

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.9 WRFD-150201 Macro & Micro Co-carrier Uplink

Interference Control (New/Optional)
On macro-micro co-carrier networks, a macro cell generally transmits at a maximum power of
20 W and a micro cell transmits at a maximum power of 1 W or 5 W. This results in a difference
of 13 dB or 6 dB in the downlink pilot power between the macro cell and micro cell. The
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

66
WCDMA RAN
difference also produces two problem areas: a soft handover (SHO) area and a non-SHO area,
as shown in Figure 4-5.
Figure 4-5 Macro-micro problem areas
SHO Area
An SHO area has the following characteristics:
l
The best cell for a UE is a macro cell.
The link between the UE and the micro cell is added to the active set.
In an SHO area, both the macro cell and micro cell perform uplink inner-loop power control on
the UE. Inner-loop power control performed by the micro cell plays the leading role because the
SIR on the DPCCH received in the micro cell is greater than that received in the macro cell. This
affects the HSDPA or HSUPA throughput for the macro cell and the radio link for the macro
cell may be out-of-synchronization in the uplink.
Non-SHO Area
A non-SHO area has the following characteristics:
l
The best cell for a UE is a macro cell.
The link between the UE and the micro cell is not added to the active set.
The uplink path loss of the UE is smaller for the micro cell than for the macro cell.
The UE is closer to the micro cell than to the macro cell. Therefore, the UE's signal reception is
greater in the micro cell, but the UE also causes greater interference to the micro cell.
The Macro & Micro Co-carrier Uplink Interference Control feature resolves the proceeding
problems by using the following three sub-features:
l
Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection
Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover
Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control
The first two sub-features redirect the UEs in the RRC connection setup procedure to an interfrequency macro cell that has no intra-frequency neighboring micro cells. If the UEs are in
connected mode, the two sub-features hand over these UEs to an inter-frequency macro cell that
has no intra-frequency neighboring micro cells. In this way, few UEs will be implementing
services in macro-micro problem areas. This prevents HSPA throughput drops in the macro cell
and minimizes the uplink interference to the micro cell caused by UEs in the macro cell.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

67
WCDMA RAN
Upon detecting a UE in macro-micro problem area, the Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity
Control sub-feature is used to reduce the receive sensitivity for the micro cell to eliminate the
differences between the uplink boundary and the downlink boundary for both the macro and
micro cells. This mitigates the uplink interference to the micro cell caused when a UE is in the
macro cell and increases the HSPA throughput for UEs in the problem areas. When no UE is
detected in macro-micro problem areas, Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control restores the
receive sensitivity for the micro cell, excising a post-desensitization uplink interference to the
macro cell.
Using the three sub-features together is ideal for the target macro cell that meets the UE transfer
requirements. Specifically, use the first two sub-features to transfer UEs in macro-micro problem
areas. If the transmission fails, use the third sub-feature to reduce the receive sensitivity for the
micro cell to restore it after the UEs leave the problem areas or their connections have been
released.
Figure 4-6 Desensitization after a UE transfer failure
Use the Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control feature only if there is no target macro cell
meets the UE transfer requirements. This applies to the scenarios where a single-carrier macro
cell is configured with only intra-frequency neighboring micro cells or a multi-carrier macro
cell is configured with only intra-frequency neighboring micro cells.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

68
WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-7 Desensitization when users are detected in problem areas
4.9.2 System Capacity and Network Performance (for Scenarios

Where Some Cells Operate at the Same Frequency Band)
As shown in Figure 4-8, when only part of the cells operate at the same frequency band, at least
one macro cell is not configured with intra-frequency neighboring micro cells. For example, in
a macro cell operating at multiple frequencies, at least two frequencies are configured for the
same NodeB and serve two co-coverage cells. The two cells are mutually neighboring cells for
blind handovers, but only one of them has an intra-frequency neighboring micro cell.
Figure 4-8 Some cells operating at the same frequency band
System Capacity
As shown in Figure 4-8, the NodeB is configured with two frequencies for macro cells: F1 and
F2. F1 is configured for macro and micro cells operating at the same frequency band, whereas
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

69
WCDMA RAN
F2 is configured for macro cells only. In this scenario, the total system capacity equals the F1
cell capacity plus the F2 cell capacity.
On networks where macro and micro cells operate at the same frequency band, the maximum
transmit power of the macro cell is 20 W and that of the micro cell is 5 W, and the difference in
the downlink P-CPRICH pilot power between the macro cell and micro cell is 6 dB. When all
of the three sub-features of WRFD 150201 Macro & Micro Co-carrier Uplink Interference
Control are enabled, the impact on the system capacity varies depending on the scenario as
follows:
Scenario: The micro cell is initially activated and the Macro & Micro Co-carrier Uplink
Interference Control feature is enabled when all intra-frequency cells on the macro-micro
network are updated to RAN15.0 or later. In this scenario, this feature adds benefits to those of
the micro cell deployment. Compared with the macro dual-carrier networking mode, this feature
has the following impacts on the system capacity:
l
Positive impacts
Increases the overall system capacity when micro cells are deployed. The capacity
increment cannot be quantified because it depends on the number of micro cells, the
location of the micro cell, and the traffic absorption volume.
Eliminates the difference between the uplink boundary and the downlink boundary for
the macro and micro cells to enable micro cell deployment through micro cell
desensitization:
Micro cell desensitization mitigates interferences to the micro cell caused by worst
users, and enhances the stability and uplink capacity in the micro cell.
Micro cell desensitization minimizes the chance of HSPA throughput drops in the micro
cell caused by micro cellinitiated power control in problem areas 1A to 1D.
NOTE
In this scenario, the benefits of this feature blend with those of the micro cell deployment and therefore
cannot be evaluated separately. Therefore, the system capacity should be evaluated by comparing with the
macro dual-carrier networking mode when all the three sub-features are enabled at one time. Each subfeature in this scenario will not be evaluated separately.
Network Performance
As shown in Figure 4-8, on macro-micro co-carrier networks, the maximum transmit power of
the macro cell is 20 W and that of the micro cell is 5 W, and the difference in the downlink PCPRICH pilot power between the macro cell and micro cell is 6 dB. When all of the three subfeatures are enabled, the impact on the network performance varies depending on the scenario
as follows:
l
Positive impacts
When the micro cell is used to strengthen the network coverage, it brings the following
benefits:
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

70
WCDMA RAN
Decreases the service drop rate. The KPI values depend on live network factors and
cannot be quantified.
Increases the access success rate. The KPI values depend on live network factors and
When the micro cell is used to absorb hot spot traffic, it has the following impacts:
l
Positive impacts: Decreases the service load in the macro cell with no or little increase in
overall KPIs. The KPI values depend on live network factors and cannot be quantified.
Negative impacts
Extends the soft handoverapplied zone and increases the number of soft handover
attempts on macro-micro co-carrier networks.
Decreases the inter-frequency handover success rate. The blind handover triggered by
Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover reduces the hard handover success rate
between inter-frequency cells. The KPI values depend on live network factors and
4.9.3 System Capacity and Network Performance (for Scenarios

Where All Cells Operate at the Same Frequency Band)
In this scenario, all macro cells have neighboring micro cells operating at the same frequency
band, as shown in Figure 4-9. For example, a single-carrier macro cell has an intra-frequency
neighboring micro cell.
Figure 4-9 All cells operating at the same frequency band
However, if the macro cell uses multiple carriers on macro-micro co-carrier networks, subfeatures Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection and Macro & Micro Joint Interfrequency Handover cannot be enabled in the following two scenarios:
l
The macro cell has no inter-frequency neighboring macro cells.
The macro cell is not configured with inter-frequency neighboring macro cells.
Therefore, only the Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control sub-feature can be separately
used in these two scenarios. When this sub-feature is enabled, all micro cells are desensitized if
the RNC detects UEs in macro-micro problem areas. Compared with the combined use of all
the three sub-features, this sub-feature alone provides similar system capacity, network
performance, and handover success rate. However, the chance of global desensitization for micro
cells will increases because detected UEs are not transferred out of the problem area.
System Capacity
On macro-micro co-carrier networks, the maximum transmit power of the macro cell is 20 W
and that of the micro cell is 5 W, and the difference in the downlink P-CPRICH pilot power
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

71
WCDMA RAN
between the macro cell and micro cell is 6 dB. In this scenario, the total system capacity equals
the F1 cell capacity plus the F2 cell capacity.
l
Positive impacts
Increases the overall system capacity when micro cells are deployed. The capacity
increment cannot be quantified because it depends on the number of micro cells, the
location of the micro cell, and the traffic absorption volume.
Eliminates the difference between the uplink boundary and the downlink boundary for
the macro and micro cells to enable micro cell deployment through micro cell
desensitization:
Micro cell desensitization mitigates interferences to the micro cell caused by worst
users, and enhances the stability and uplink capacity in the micro cell.
Micro cell desensitization minimizes the chance of HSPA throughput drops in the micro
cell caused by micro cellinitiated power control in problem areas.
Negative impacts
Extends the soft handoverapplied zone and increases the number of soft handover attempts
on macro-micro co-carrier networks.
Network Performance
As shown in Figure 4-9, on macro-micro co-carrier networks, the maximum transmit power of
the macro cell is 20 W and that of the micro cell is 5 W, and the difference in the downlink PCPRICH pilot power between the macro cell and micro cell is 6 dB.
network are updated to RAN15.0 or later. In this situation, the benefits of this feature blend with
those of the micro cell deployment. Compared with the macro-only networking mode, this
feature has the following network performance impacts:
l
Positive impacts
When the micro cell is used to strengthen the network coverage, it brings the following
benefits:
Decreases the service drop rate. The KPI values depend on live network factors and
Increases the access success rate. The KPI values depend on live network factors and
When the micro cell is used to absorb hot spot traffic, it has the following impacts:
Positive impacts
Decreases the service load in the macro cell with no or little increase in overall KPIs.
The KPI values depend on live network factors and cannot be quantified.
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Negative impacts
72
WCDMA RAN
Extends the soft handoverapplied zone and increases the number of soft handover attempts
on macro-micro co-carrier networks.
4.9.4 NEs
For details, see sub-features WRFD-15020101 Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency
Redirection, WRFD-15020102 Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover for inter-band
handovers, and WRFD-15020103 Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control.
4.9.5 Hardware


License
A new license item has been introduced on the RNC to control this feature at the cell level.
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-150201
WRFD-150201
Macro & Micro
Co-carrier
Uplink
Interference
Control
WRFD-150201
Macro & Micro
Co-carrier
Uplink
Interference
Control
RNC
per micro cell
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

73
WCDMA RAN
Fault Management


None
Impacted Features
4.10 WRFD-15020101 Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency

Redirection (New/Optional)
On a macro multi-carrier network where some macro cells have intra-frequency neighboring
micro cells, this feature is used to check whether there are UEs setting up PS services in problem
areas during the RRC connection. The RNC checks the signal quality difference between the
macro and micro cells carried in the RRC connection request sent from the UE. If a UE is detected
in problem areas, it is redirected to a macro cell that has no intra-frequency neighboring micro
cells. In this way, this feature protects UEs from call drops or throughput decreases caused by
the difference between the uplink boundary and the downlink boundary for the macro and micro
cells.

System Capacity
For details, see section 4.9.2 System Capacity and Network Performance (for Scenarios
Network Performance
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

74
WCDMA RAN
4.10.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC, NodeB, M2000, and CME.
4.10.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-150201
WRFD-150201
Macro & Micro
Co-carrier
Uplink
Interference
Control
Macro & Micro

Co-carrier
Uplink
Interference
Control (Per
Cell)
RNC
per cell
The following table lists the parameter that has been added on the RNC for this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

75
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
COMacroMicroIFRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
SET/LST UDRD
Specifies whether to
make the interfrequency
redirection algorithm
in macro-micro
problem areas to take
effect. When this
parameter is set to
ON, macro and micro
correlative interfrequency
redirection is
enabled. Otherwise,
the inter-frequency
redirection algorithm
in macro-micro
problem areas is
disabled.
New
Macro2MicroUlDiff
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
ADD/RMV/MOD/
LST
UCELLDESENSE
Specifies the uplink

receiving capacity
different between the
macro cell and micro
cell. The value of this
parameter depends
on the number of
antennas in the
macro and micro
cells and tower
mounted amplifier
(TMA). This
parameter is set to 3
dB in the following
conditions:
The macro cell uses
four antennas.
The micro cell uses
two antennas.
The micro cell uses
two antennas.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

76
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
Total2PartDesenseDiff
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
ADD/RMV/MOD/
LST
UCELLDESENSE
Specifies the
difference between
global
desensitization
intensity and partial
desensitization
intensity of a micro
cell.
Partial
desensitization
intensity = Full
desensitization
intensity C
This feature has an impact on the following RNC counters:
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.
CoMacroMicro
RRC.SetupFail.Cell
Specifies the number

of outgoing macro &
micro joint interfrequency
redirections.
This feature has no impact on the NodeB counters.
Fault Management
No impact.

This feature depends on the following features:
l
WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package
WRFD-150201 Macro & Micro Co-carrier Uplink Interference Control
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

77
WCDMA RAN

None
Impacted Features
None
4.11 WRFD-15020102 Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency

Handover (New/Optional)
On a macro multi-carrier network where some macro cells have intra-frequency neighboring
micro cells, this feature is used to check whether there are UEs in connected mode setting up
HSUPA or HSDPA services in problem areas. The RNC checks the signal quality difference
between the macro and micro cells reported from the UE. If a UE is detected in problem areas,
it is blindly redirected to an inter-frequency macro cell that has no intra-frequency neighboring
micro cells. In this way, this feature protects UEs from call drops or throughput drops caused
by the difference between the uplink boundary and the downlink boundary for the macro and
micro cells, thereby minimizing the uplink interference in the micro cell.

System Capacity
Network Performance
4.11.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC, NodeB, M2000, and CME.
4.11.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

78
WCDMA RAN

License
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15020
1
WRFD-150201
Macro & Micro
Co-carrier
Uplink
Interference
Control
Macro & Micro

Co-carrier
Uplink
Interference
Control (Per
Cell)
RNC
per cell
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

79
WCDMA RAN
Cha
nge
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FRE
Q_OUT_SWITCH
SET/LST
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH
Specifies
whether the subfeature Macro &
Micro Joint
Inter-frequency
Handover is
enabled. When
this parameter is
set to ON, the
sub-feature is
enabled. When
this parameter is
set to OFF, the
sub-feature is
disabled.
This feature
checks whether
UEs are located
in problem areas
of intrafrequency
networks with
macro and micro
cells. Then, the
feature instructs
these UEs to
move to other
cells through
blind interfrequency
handovers.
New
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
ReportIntervalfor1APre
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET/LST
UHOCOMM

Specifies the
interval between
the reports that
are triggered by
event 1A' in
macro-micro
problem areas.
80
WCDMA RAN
Cha
nge
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
MacroMicro1APreMeasSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET/LST
UHOCOMM
Specifies
whether to send
the event 1A'
measurement
control
message. If the
parameter is set
to ON, the RNC
sends the event
1A'
measurement
control message
to identify users
in the macromicro problem
areas 1A'-1A. If
the parameter is
set to OFF, the
RNC does not
send the event
1A'
measurement
control
message.
ADD/RMV/
MOD/LST
UCELLHOCO
MM
When a user
whose best cell
is the macro cell
moves to an area
near to the micro
cell and its link
to the micro cell
has not been
added to the
active set, the
user causes large
interference to
the micro cell in
the uplink. This
type of area is
referred to as the
macro-micro
problem area
and event 1A' is
added to identify
this type of
users.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

81
WCDMA RAN
Cha
nge
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
Event 1A' is
reported when a
user moves to
the macro-micro
problem area
and
ReportInterval
for1APre
specifies the
interval of
periodic reports.
Events 1A and
1APre have the
same
measurement
reports and their
only difference
lies in
measurement
IDs. That is, the
RNC
differentiates
between event
1A and event
1A' only by the
measurement
ID.
When the Micro
Cell Dynamic
Rx Sensitivity
Control feature
is enabled in the
micro cell, the
event 1APre
threshold is the
value of
Total2PartDes
enseDiff in the
ADD
UCELLDESE
NSE command.
Otherwise, the
event 1A'
threshold is
equal to the
global
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

82
WCDMA RAN
Cha
nge
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
desensitization
intensity.
New
Macro2MicroUlDiff(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/RMV/
MOD/LST
UCELLDESEN
SE
Specifies the
uplink receiving
capacity
different
between the
macro cell and
micro cell. The
value of this
parameter
depends on the
number of
antennas in the
macro and micro
cells and tower
mounted
amplifier
(TMA). This
parameter is set
to 3 dB in the
following
conditions:
The macro cell
uses four
antennas.
The micro cell
uses two
antennas.
The micro cell
uses two
antennas.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

83
WCDMA RAN
Cha
nge
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/RMV/
MOD/LST
UCELLDESEN
SE
Specifies the
difference
between global
desensitization
intensity and
partial
desensitization
intensity of a
micro cell.
Partial
desensitization
intensity = Full
desensitization
intensity-C
Total2PartDese
nseDiff
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.HHO.AttInterFr
eqOut.PS.CoMacroMicro
HHO.Cell

of outgoing macro &
micro joint interfrequency handover
attempts in PS
domain for cell.
New
VS.HHO.SuccInterF
reqOut.PS.CoMacroMicro
HHO.Cell

of successful
outgoing macro &
micro joint interfrequency handovers
in PS domain for cell.
Fault Management
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

84
WCDMA RAN

This feature depends on the following features:
l
WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management

None
Impacted Features
None
4.12 WRFD-15020103 Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity

Control (New/Optional)
With this feature enabled, the micro cell adjusts its receive sensitivity by implementing
desensitization. Desensitization is a process in which the micro NodeB fills in the white noise
to the RRU receive channel. The micro NodeB makes the uplink boundary coincide with the
downlink boundary by adjusting desensitization intensity to eliminate the difference in the uplink
between the macro and micro cells.
Reducing the receive sensitivity of the micro cell raises the uplink transmit power for all UEs
in the micro cell. Therefore, worst users in the micro cell, which are close to the macro cell,
cause more interference to the macro cell. To minimize the interference, the receive sensitivity
for the micro cell is reduced only if there are UEs in the macro-micro problem area. If a UE is
detected in the macro-micro problem area, the RNC instructs the micro cell to implement
desensitization to reduce the receive sensitivity. If all UEs move out of the macro-micro problem
area or their RRC connections are released, the micro cell cancels desensitization to restore the
receive sensitivity.

Independent use of WRFD-15020103 Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control will affect
the system capacity and network performance as follows.
System Capacity
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

85
WCDMA RAN
Network Performance
4.12.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC, NodeB, M2000, and Configuration Management
Express (CME).
4.12.4 Hardware
No impact.

An information element (IE) has been added for this feature.
A private IE DesensPower has been added in the Physical Shared Channel Reconfiguration
Request IE. The DesensPower IE indicates the absolute value of the current desensitization
power in the unit of dBm.

License
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-150201
WRFD-150201
Macro & Micro
Co-carrier
Uplink
Interference
Control
Macro & Micro

Co-carrier
Uplink
Interference
Control (Per
Cell)
RNC
per cell
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

86
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
COMacroMicroDesenseSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
ADD/RMV/MOD/
LST
UCELLDESENSE
Specifies whether the

current cell supports
macro-micro
correlative
desensitization.
When this parameter
is set to ON, the
current cell supports
macro-micro
correlative
desensitization.
When this parameter
is set to OFF, the
current cell does not
support macro-micro
correlative
desensitization.
Only BTS3902E of
RAN15.0 or later
allows this parameter
setting to ON.
Otherwise the
throughput rate in the
micro cell is
abnormal.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
New
ReportIntervalfor1
APre
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
SET/LST
UHOCOMM
Specifies the interval

between the reports
that are triggered by
event 1A' in macromicro problem areas.
New
TotalDesensCancelTimeLen
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
ADD/RMV/MOD/
LST
UCELLDESENSE
Specifies the length

of a timer for
periodically
canceling global
desensitization. Each
time when this timer
expires, the RNC
determines whether
to cancel the global
desensitization on
the current micro
cell. After the global
desensitization
cancelation, the
current micro cell
enters the partial
desensitization state.

87
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
Macro2MicroUlDiff
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
ADD/RMV/MOD/
LST
UCELLDESENSE
Specifies the uplink

receiving capacity
different between the
macro cell and micro
cell. The value of this
parameter depends
on the number of
antennas in the
macro and micro
cells and tower
mounted amplifier
(TMA). For
example, this
parameter is set to 3
dB in the following
conditions:
The macro cell uses
four antennas.
The micro cell uses
two antennas.
The micro cell uses
two antennas.
New
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
ADD/RMV/MOD/
LST
UCELLDESENSE
Specifies the
difference between
global
desensitization
intensity and partial
desensitization
intensity of a micro
cell.
Partial
desensitization
intensity = Full
desensitization
intensityTotal2PartDesenseDiff.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

88
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
MacroMicro1APreMeasSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
SET/LST
UHOCOMM
Specifies whether to
send the event 1A'
measurement control
message. If the
parameter is set to
ON, the RNC sends
the event 1A'
measurement control
message to identify
users in the macromicro problem areas
1A'-1A. If the
parameter is set to
OFF, the RNC does
not send the event
1A' measurement
control message.
ADD/RMV/MOD/
LST
UCELLHOCOMM
When a user whose

best cell is the macro
cell moves to an area
near to the micro cell
and its link to the
micro cell has not
been added to the
active set, the user
causes large
interference to the
micro cell in the
uplink. This type of
area is referred to as
the macro-micro
problem area and
event 1A' is added to
identify this type of
users. Event 1A' is
reported when a user
moves to the macromicro problem area
and
ReportIntervalfor1A
Pre specifies the
interval of periodic
reports.
Events 1A and 1APre
have the same
measurement reports
and their only
difference lies in
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

89
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
measurement IDs.
That is, the RNC
differentiates
between event 1A
and event 1A' only by
the measurement ID.
When the Micro Cell
Dynamic Rx
Sensitivity Control
feature is enabled in
the micro cell, the
event 1APre
threshold is the value
of Total2PartDesenseDiff in the ADD
UCELLDESENSE
command.
Otherwise, the event
1A' threshold is equal
to the global
desensitization
intensity.
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.TotalDesense.N
um
ALGO.Cell
Specifies the total

number of times a
micro cell transits to
the total
desensitization state.
New
VS.TotalDesense.Ti
me
ALGO.Cell
Specifies the
duration of the total
desensitization state
for a micro cell.
New
VS.MeanDesensePwr
ALGO.Cell
Specifies the average

desensitization
intensity for a micro
cell.

Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

90
WCDMA RAN
Fault Management
No impact.


None
Impacted Features
Working with WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA, the Micro Cell
Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control feature can raise the received total wideband power (RTWP)
and reduce uplink coverage of the micro cell.
Working with WRFD-140211 Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment, the Micro Cell Dynamic Rx
Sensitivity Control feature can reduce uplink capacity gains generated by the WRFD-140211
Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment feature for the micro cell.
Working with Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Switch, the Micro Cell Dynamic Rx
Sensitivity Control feature can reduce the number of times for which the switch takes effect.
When enabled, the Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control feature disables the static
desensitization function and annuls the configured desensitization intensity. When this feature
is disabled, the static desensitization function needs to be reconfigured before it is available
again.
NOTE
To specify a desensitization intensity, run SET ULOCELLDESENS:DI on the NodeB. Once specified,
the intensity will not change.
4.13 WRFD-150204 Platinum User Prioritizing (New/

Optional)
If network congestion occurs during, for example, large gatherings, sports events, or festivals,
it can become difficult for users to access the network. With the Platinum User Prioritizing
feature, the RNC allows platinum users to preferentially access the network during network
congestion. In addition, this feature improves voice quality for platinum users and increases their
HSPA throughput when downlink coverage is weak.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

91
WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
The maximum downlink transmit power for platinum users' conversational services is 3 dB
higher than that for common users. When platinum users are located in weak coverage areas,
the downlink load of the network increases. As a result, the power available to other services,
such as HSPA services, decreases. This reduces cell throughput.
l
If the proportion of platinum users is low in a cell, the impact on network capacity is very
small and can be hardly noticed.
If the proportion of platinum users is high in a cell, RLC retransmission rates and service
establishment delay increase.
Network Performance
l
RRC Connection Setup Success Rate for Cell

After the Platinum User Prioritizing feature is enabled, the RRC connection setup success
rate in a cell may increase. This is because the RRC connection setup success rate of
platinum users increases. However, if platinum users account for only a small proportion
of the total users in a cell, this feature has only a small impact on the RRC connection setup
success rate.
RAB Setup Success Rate for Cell

After the Platinum User Prioritizing feature is enabled, the RAB setup success rate in a cell
may increase. This is because the RAB setup success rate of platinum users increases.
However, if platinum users account for only a small proportion of the total users in a cell,
this feature has only a small impact on the RAB setup success rate.
CS call drop rate for Cell

Platinum users preempt the resources of common users, which increases the CS call drop
rate. However, if there are a large number of PS services in the cell, the probability that the
resources of CS services are preempted is low, and therefore the impact of this feature on
the CS call drop rate is small.
If downlink weak coverage is the major reason for call drops, the call drop rate of platinum
users decreases because NodeBs increase the maximum downlink transmit power for
platinum users' conversational services by 3 dB. Therefore, the CS call drop rate in the cell
decreases. If the proportion of platinum users is low and signal quality in the network is
good, the impact of this feature on the CS call drop rate is not obvious.
PS call drop rate for Cell

When congestion occurs, platinum users preempt the resources of PS services, increasing
the PS call drop rate. The larger the proportion of platinum users and the severer the
congestion, the higher the PS call drop rate.
4.13.3 NEs
No impact.
4.13.4 Hardware
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

92
WCDMA RAN

No impact.

License
Two RNC-level license control items have been added to the RNC for the Platinum User
Prioritizing feature.
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-150204
Platinum User
Prioritizing
l Platinum
User
Prioritizing
(per Erl)
RNC
Erl+Mbps
l Platinum
User
Prioritizing
(per kbps)
The following parameters and MML commands have been introduced or modified to
accommodate the Platinum User Prioritizing feature.
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
paramete
r
PlatinumIMSI
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/RMV/LST
UPLATINUMIMSI
This new parameter

specifies the IMSIs
of platinum users. A
maximum of 1000
platinum users can
be configured.
New
paramete
r
PlatinumUserPriErl
SET/LST LICENSE
This new parameter

specifies the
Erlangs that can be
used by an operator
for this feature.
The sum of the
Erlangs configured
for all the operators
cannot exceed the
licensed Erlangs for
this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

93
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
paramete
r
PlatinumUserPriKbps
SET/LST LICENSE
This new parameter

specifies the PS
throughput that can
be used by an
operator for this
feature.
The sum of the PS
throughput
configured for all
the operators cannot
exceed the licensed
PS throughput for
this feature.
Modified
paramete
r
PROCESSSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITC
H
SET/LST
URRCTRLSWITC
H
When this switch is

turned on, the RNC
identifies platinum
users and
preferentially
processes their
service requests.
When this switch is
turned off, the RNC
does not identify
platinum users nor
preferentially
process their service
requests.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

94
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
paramete
r
PtUserAbsolutePriority
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET/LST
UQUEUEPREEMP
T
This new parameter

specifies whether
the RNC
preferentially
processes the PS
service requests
from platinum users
when the
PriorityReference
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter in the
SET
UUSERPRIORIT
Y command is set to
TrafficClass.
When this new
parameter is set to
True, platinum
users' nonconversational
(including
streaming,
interactive, and
background)
services first
preempt the
resources occupied
by common users'
non-conversational
services and then
conversational
services. When this
new parameter is set
to False, platinum
users' nonconversational
services can
preempt the
resources occupied
by common users'
non-conversational
services but cannot
preempt the
resources for
common user'
conversational
services.

95
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Modified
comman
d
None
DSP UCELLCHK
This modified
command is used to
display the number
of current platinum
users in a cell.
The following counters have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate the Platinum
User Prioritizing feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
RRC.AttConnEstab.
Conv.Platinum
RRC.Setup.Cell
Number of RRC
Connection Setup
Requests for
Platinum UEs
Performing
Conversational
Services
New
RRC.AttConnEstab.
Platinum
RRC.Setup.Cell
Number of RRC
Connection Setup
Requests for
Platinum UEs
Performing Services
New
RRC.SuccConnEsta
b.Conv.Platinum
RRC.Setup.Cell
Number of
Successful RRC
Connection Setups
for Platinum UEs
Performing
Conversational
Services
New
RRC.SuccConnEsta
b.Platinum
RRC.Setup.Cell
Number of
Successful RRC
Connection Setups
for Platinum UEs
New
VS.RAB.AttEstabC
S.Platinum
RAB.EstabCS.Cell
Number of CS RAB
Setup Requests for
Platinum UEs

96
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.RAB.AttEstabC
S.Conv.Platinum
RAB.EstabCS.Cell
Number of CS RAB
Setup Requests for
Platinum UEs
Performing
Conversational
Services
New
VS.RAB.AttEstabP
S.Platinum
RAB.EstabPS.Cell
Number of PS RAB
Setup Requests for
Platinum UEs
New
VS.RAB.AttEstabP
S.Conv.Platinum
RAB.EstabPS.Cell
Number of PS RAB
Setup Requests for
Platinum UEs
Performing
Conversational
Services
New
VS.RAB.SuccEstab
CS.Platinum
RAB.EstabCS.Cell
Number of
Successful CS RAB
Setups for Platinum
UEs
New
VS.RAB.SuccEstab
CS.Conv.Platinum
RAB.EstabCS.Cell
Number of
Successful CS RAB
Setups for Platinum
UEs Performing
Conversational
Services
New
VS.RAB.SuccEstab
PS.Platinum
RAB.EstabPS.Cell
Number of
Successful PS RAB
Setups for Platinum
UEs
New
VS.RAB.SuccEstab
PS.Conv.Platinum
RAB.EstabPS.Cell
Number of
Successful PS RAB
Setups for Platinum
UEs Performing
Conversational
Services
Fault Management
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

97
WCDMA RAN

None

None
Impacted Features
The Platinum User Prioritizing feature affects other features as follows:
l
The initial SPI weight of platinum users is set to the highest value, 100%, which cannot be
increased. Therefore, the performance of the following features related to SPI weight
adjustment may be affected: WRFD-020132 Web Browsing Acceleration, WRFD-020133
P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour, and WRFD-140221 HSDPA
Scheduling Based on UE Location.
The initial SPI weight of platinum users is set to 100% regardless of whether the Scheduling
Based on UE Location function in the WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL
Scheduling in NodeB feature is enabled.
When WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction, WRFD-020114 Domain Specific Access

Control (DSAC), or WRFD-140213 Intelligent Access Class Control is enabled, users of access
classes 0 through 9 are barred by turns and therefore cannot initiate services. If a platinum user
is of access class 0 to 9, user experience will deteriorate. However, during the period when the
access class of the platinum user is allowed to access the network, the RNC preferentially
processes service requests from the platinum user.
4.14 WRFD-150205 Layered Paging in Idle Mode (New/

Optional)
The Layered Paging in Idle Mode feature is new in RAN15.0.
Due to the rapid rise of smartphone use in recent years, packet switched (PS) paging messages
have accounted for an increasingly large proportion of paging messages. Conventionally, PS
paging messages are sent to the entire location area (LA) or routing area (RA) because the RNC
does not know on which cell a UE in idle mode camps. Due to the large paging area, the
conventional paging mechanism causes high Uu-interface paging load and even PCH
congestion.
To address this issue, the Layered Paging in Idle Mode feature has been introduced. This feature
enables the RNC to perform layered paging on a UE in idle mode as follows:
1.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
First-layer paging: The RNC first pages the UE in the last camped-on cell and the cell's
neighboring cells under the same RNC.
98
WCDMA RAN
2.
Second-layer paging: If the first-layer paging fails, the RNC pages the UE in the entire LA
or RA.
Layered Paging in Idle Mode reduces the system paging load and prevents PCH congestion.

System Capacity
This feature reduces the paging load of UEs in idle mode and increases the system paging
capacity.
Network Performance
If the second-layer paging is initiated, the end-to-end service establishment delay increases. The
length of the increased delay depends on the length of the layered paging timer.
4.14.3 NEs
4.14.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
An RNC-level license for this feature is added on the RNC side. Table 4-8 lists the license
information for Layered Paging in Idle Mode.
Table 4-8 License information for Layered Paging in Idle Mode
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15020
5
Layered Paging
in Idle Mode
Layered Paging
in Idle Mode
RNC
Mbps+Erlang
Layered Paging in Idle Mode introduces the following RNC-level parameters and MML
commands.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

99
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Descript
ion
Modified
parameter
PROCESSSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_
SWITCH
SET
URRCTRLSWIT
CH
This
paramete
r
specifies
whether
to
activate
Layered
Paging in
Idle
Mode for
non-realtime
services.
Modified
parameter
PROCESSSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_S
WITCH
SET
URRCTRLSWIT
CH
This
paramete
r
specifies
whether
to
activate
Layered
Paging in
Idle
Mode for
real-time
services.
New
parameter
UsrLocInfoAgingTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET
USTATETIMER
This
paramete
r is an
aging
timer for
subscribe
r
informati
on in the
UE
location
informati
on table.

100
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Descript
ion
New
parameter
IdleLayeredPagingErl
SET LICENSE
This
paramete
r
specifies
the
licensed
volume
of CS
traffic
using
Layered
Paging in
Idle
Mode for
an
operator.
The
paramete
r unit is
Erlang.
When
RAN
Sharing
is
applied,
the sum
of the
licensed
volumes
of CS
traffic
using
Layered
Paging in
Idle
Mode for
all
operators
cannot
exceed
the CS
traffic
volume
specified
in the
license
for
Layered

101
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Descript
ion
Paging in
Idle
Mode.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

102
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Descript
ion
New
parameter
IdleLayeredPagingKbps
SET LICENSE
This
paramete
r
specifies
the
licensed
volume
of PS
traffic
using
Layered
Paging in
Idle
Mode for
an
operator.
The
paramete
r unit is
Kbit/s.
When
RAN
Sharing
is
applied,
the sum
of the
licensed
volumes
of PS
traffic
using
Layered
Paging in
Idle
Mode for
all
operators
cannot
exceed
the PS
traffic
volume
specified
in the
license
for
Layered

103
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Descript
ion
Paging in
Idle
Mode.
New
command
None
ADD
UUNIDLELAYER
PGCELL
This
comman
d is used
to add
blackliste
d cells
where
Layered
Paging in
Idle
Mode is
disabled.
New
command
None
RMV
This
comman
d is used
to
remove
blackliste
d cells
where
Layered
Paging in
Idle
Mode is
disabled.
New
command
None
UUNIDLELAYER
PGCELL
LST
UUNIDLELAYER
PGCELL
This
comman
d is used
to query
blackliste
d cells
where
Layered
Paging in
Idle
Mode is
disabled.
Layered Paging in Idle Mode introduces the following RNC counters.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

104
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Counter ID
Measurement
Unit
Remarks
New
VS.Paging1.Att1.Idle.None
RealTime.Cell
PAGE.CELL
Number of first-layer
paging attempts for nonreal-time services with
Layered Paging in Idle
Mode enabled
New
VS.Paging1.Succ1.Idle.No
neRealTime.Cell
PAGE.CELL
Number of successful
first-layer paging attempts
for non-real-time services
with Layered Paging in
Idle Mode enabled
New
VS.Paging1.Att1.Idle.Real
Time.Cell
PAGE.CELL
Number of first-layer
paging attempts for realtime services with Layered
Paging in Idle Mode
enabled
New
VS.Paging1.Succ1.Idle.Rea
lTime.Cell
PAGE.CELL
Number of successful
first-layer paging attempts
for real-time services with
Layered Paging in Idle
Mode enabled
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
The Layered Paging in Idle Mode feature can work with the WRFD-140206 Layered Paging in
URA_PCH feature to relieve PCH congestion on the network:
l
WRFD-140206 Layered Paging in URA_PCH reduces the Uu-interface paging load of UEs
in the URA_PCH state.
Layered Paging in Idle Mode reduces the Uu-interface paging load of UEs in idle mode.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

105
WCDMA RAN
4.15 WRFD-150206 Turbo IC (New/Optional)

4.15.1 Description
Turbo IC achieves high IC efficiency by implementing multiple-stage regeneration and
cancellation based on the uplink E-DPDCH decoding result for HSUPA 2 ms TTI UEs. Turbo
IC improves the demodulation SNR, which increases the uplink system capacity.

System Capacity
Turbo IC increases the uplink system capacity by improving E-DPDCH IC efficiency for
HSUPA 2 ms TTI UEs. Gains from Turbo IC are noticeable when HSUPA 2 ms TTI UEs with
continuous data transmission account for a large proportion of UEs in a cell or when HSUPA 2
ms TTI UEs with high throughput exist in a cell. In either of these cases, Turbo IC further
increases the uplink system capacity compared with the gains from HSUPA UL Interference
Cancellation. When the Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell
feature is used, gains from Turbo IC are noticeable only if all UEs and services in each area
covered by the RRUs are in either of the preceding cases.
Gains from Turbo IC depend on the scenario. There are two types of typical scenarios:
l
WBBPf boards form an uplink resource group.

In scenarios where there are 4 full buffer HSUPA 2 ms TTI UEs, Turbo IC increases
the uplink cell throughput by 10% to 30% compared with HSUPA UL Interference
Cancellation and 30% to 70% compared with scenarios in which IC is not enabled. Full
buffer UEs are UEs that perform continuous data transmission and have a large amount
of data to be transmitted.
Cancellation and 30% to 60% compared with scenarios in which IC is not enabled.
WBBPf boards and other boards form an uplink resource group.

Network Performance
Replace the WBBPa or WBBPb board with a WBBPf board to maximize the gains provided by
Turbo IC. The reason is as follows:
Assume that a WBBPa or WBBPb board and a WBBPf board form an uplink resource group.
When the INTERBOARDICSWparameter is set to FULL_IC for a WBBPa or WBBPb board
to benefit from Turbo IC gains provided by a WBBPf board, UEs whose data channels are carried
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

106
WCDMA RAN
on the WBBPa or WBBPb board must set up DPCCHs on the WBBPf board for power control
purposes. In addition, UEs whose downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels must set
up another HS-DPCCH on the WBBPf board. The new channels consume extra resources, which
reduces the total number of users supported by the system and decreases the access success rate.
4.15.3 NEs
Turbo IC is implemented on the NodeB.
4.15.4 Hardware
Turbo IC has the following hardware requirements for the NodeB:
l
3900 series base stations (except the BTS3902E) and BTS3803E base stations must be
configured with the WBBPf board to support Turbo IC.
To support inter-board IC, 3900 series base stations (except the BTS3902E) and BTS3803E
base stations must be configured with the WBBPf board and at least one WBBPd or WBBPf
board must be configured in slot 2 or 3. To support inter-board Turbo IC, all boards in the
uplink resource group must be configured as WBBPf boards.
UEs with their data channels carried on a WBBPa or WBBPb board can share the IC gains
from a WBBPd or WBBPf board only when the following conditions are met:
The WBBPa or WBBPb board and the WBBPd or WBBPf board are installed in one
BBU to form an uplink resource group.
INTERBOARDICSWis set to FULL_IC.
Inter-board data channels are configured for the UEs to set up control channels on the
WBBPd or WBBPf board.

Turbo IC does not affect the Uu, Iub, Iur, or Iu interface.

License
A cell-level license control item has been added to the NodeB for this feature.
The following parameter has been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

107
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
TURBOIC
ADD ULOCELL /
MOD ULOCELL
This new cell-level

switch controls
whether to enable
Turbo IC for a cell.
When this switch is
turned on in a cell,
the cell supports
Turbo IC.
The following counters have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.HSUPA.Thruput.ROTAll
HSUPA.LOCELL
Total HSUPA
user throughput
in a cell when
the Uu
interface load
varies within
the allowed
range
New
VS.HSUPA.Thruput.ROTMor3
HSUPA.LOCELL
HSUPA user
throughput in a
cell when the
Uu interface
load is 3 dB or
higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
HSUPA user
throughput in a
cell when the
Uu interface
load is 6 dB or
higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
HSUPA user
throughput in a
cell when the
Uu interface
load is 7 dB or
higher

108
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
HSUPA user
throughput in a
cell when the
Uu interface
load is 9 dB or
higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
HSUPA user
throughput in a
cell when the
Uu interface
load is 10 dB or
higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
HSUPA user
throughput in a
cell when the
Uu interface
load is 13 dB or
higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
HSUPA user
throughput in a
cell when the
Uu interface
load is 20 dB or
higher
New
VS.HSUPA.DataTtiNum.ROTMor3
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of
TTIs in which
HSUPA users
in a cell have
data to transmit
when the Uu
interface load is
3 dB or higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of
TTIs in which
HSUPA users
in a cell have
data to transmit
when the Uu
interface load is
6 dB or higher

109
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of
TTIs in which
HSUPA users
in a cell have
data to transmit
when the Uu
interface load is
7 dB or higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of
TTIs in which
HSUPA users
in a cell have
data to transmit
when the Uu
interface load is
9 dB or higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of
TTIs in which
HSUPA users
in a cell have
data to transmit
when the Uu
interface load is
10 dB or higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of
TTIs in which
HSUPA users
in a cell have
data to transmit
when the Uu
interface load is
13 dB or higher
New
HSUPA.LOCELL
Number of
TTIs in which
HSUPA users
in a cell have
data to transmit
when the Uu
interface load is
20 dB or higher

110
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.HSUPA.TurboIC. Number
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average
number of
users with
Turbo IC
enabled in a cell
New
VS.HSUPA.TTI2 msUserNumber.
0
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average
number of
HSUPA 2 ms
TTI UEs whose
average rate is
less than 150
kbit/s in a cell
New
1
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average
number of
HSUPA 2 ms
TTI UEs whose
average rate is
greater than or
equal to 150
kbit/s but less
than 700 kbit/s
in a cell
New
2
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average
number of
HSUPA 2 ms
TTI UEs whose
average rate is
greater than or
equal to 700
kbit/s but less
than 1500 kbit/
s in a cell
New
3
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average
number of
HSUPA 2 ms
TTI UEs whose
average rate is
greater than or
equal to 1500
kbit/s but less
than 3000 kbit/
s in a cell

111
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
4
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average
number of
HSUPA 2 ms
TTI UEs whose
average rate is
greater than or
equal to 3000
kbit/s but less
than 4000 kbit/
s in a cell
New
5
HSUPA.LOCELL
Average
number of
HSUPA 2 ms
TTI UEs whose
average rate is
greater than or
equal to 4000
kbit/s but less
than 12,000
kbit/s in a cell
Fault Management
After Turbo IC is enabled, an alarm indicating that Turbo IC cannot be used will be reported if
any of the following occurs:
l
The license for Turbo IC has not been obtained.
HSUPA UL IC has not been activated.
No WBBPf board exists in the uplink resource group.

This feature requires the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2 ms TTI and WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL
Interference Cancellation features.

None
Impacted Features
When Turbo IC is enabled, gains from HSUPA Time Division Scheduling decrease. Likewise,
when HSUPA Time Division Scheduling is enabled, gains from Turbo IC decrease. This is
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

112
WCDMA RAN
because Turbo IC improves demodulation performance by canceling MUI while the HSUPA
Time Division Scheduling feature prevents MUI wherever possible by enabling the signals of
UEs to be transmitted during different time divisions. When there is less MUI or multipath
interference to be canceled, there are fewer gains from Turbo IC.
4.16 WRFD-150207 4C-HSDPA (New/Trial)

4C-HSDPA was introduced by 3GPP Release 10. 4C-HSDPA uses three or four carriers enabled
with 64QAM for the HSDPA transmission of a UE, which increases the UE data rate.
When PS best effort (BE) services, streaming services, or combined services that include PS BE
or streaming services are carried on the HS-DSCH, these services can use 4C-HSDPA. In the
uplink, the UE can use DCH, HSUPA, or DC-HSUPA. The signaling radio bearer (SRB) for the
UE is carried over DCH, HSDPA, or HSUPA.
4C-HSDPA does not apply to CS services, IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) signaling, PS
conversational services, or SRB signaling, because the gains provided by this feature are not
noticeable for services that have only a small amount of data to transmit and have low
transmission delay requirements.

System Capacity
4C-HSDPA increases the cell load in the uplink, consumes more channel element (CE)
resources, and affects the number of multi-carrier HSDPA UEs supported by baseband
processing boards.
l
4C-HSDPA slightly increases the cell load in the uplink. The cell load increase is
represented by an increase in the uplink RTWP.
The increase in the uplink RTWP varies depending on the number of online 4C-HSDPA
UEs. When the number of online 4C-HSDPA UEs increases, the HS-DPCCH has more
data to transmit in the uplink and consequently requires more power resources. Uplink
interference increases as a result. The Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback
Period feature can be enabled to reduce the uplink RTWP.
For details about the Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period feature, see
Dynamic Configuration Based on the Uplink Load Feature Parameter Description.
4C-HSDPA UEs consume one CE more than SC-HSDPA UEs.
A baseband processing board supports more SC-HSDPA UEs than 4C-HSDPA UEs.
Network Performance
4C-HSDPA increases the single-user downlink throughput and deteriorates the uplink cell edge
coverage.
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Increased single-user downlink throughput

113
WCDMA RAN
The single-user downlink throughput of 4C-HSDPA is close to four times that of SC-HSDPA.
The increase in the single-user downlink throughput is noticeable even at the cell edge.
However, the increase in the single-user downlink throughput varies depending on the load of
other 4C-HSDPA cells in the same sector. For example, when other 4C-HSDPA cells in the
same sector have heavy loads, the gain provided by 4C-HSDPA is small. This is because the
NodeB considers the rate fairness among 4C-HSDPA and SC-HSDPA UEs when the load is
heavy and the downlink resources (such as power resources and code resources) are insufficient.
In this case, the throughput of 4C-HSDPA UEs is not significantly higher than that of SCHSDPA or DC-HSDPA UEs.
l
Deteriorated uplink cell edge coverage
4C-HSDPA slightly deteriorates the uplink cell edge coverage because 4C-HSDPA UEs need
to report the CQI information about all serving cells and consequently require higher uplink
power.
4.16.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the NodeB and RNC.
This feature requires support from the UE. The UE must belong to HS-DSCH category 29 or
higher.
4.16.4 Hardware
l
Dependency on RNC hardware

None
Dependency on NodeB hardware

The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPd or WBBPf board to
support 4C-HSDPA.
The BTS3902E and BTS3803E do not support 4C-HSDPA.

4C-HSDPA adds new information elements (IEs) to or enhances the existing IEs in certain
signaling messages over the Iub and Uu interfaces.
Iub
The NodeB sends an AUDIT RESPONSE or RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION message to
the RNC when one of the following occurs:
l
The NodeB receives an AUDIT REQUEST message.
A cell is established.
The capability of a cell changes.
The AUDIT RESPONSE or RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION message includes the "Local
Cell Information" IE, which carries the multi-carrier HSDPA capability of a cell. IEs in the
"Local Cell Information" IE have been enhanced as follows:
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
"Multi Cell Capability Info" IE

114
WCDMA RAN
This IE notifies the RNC of the multi-carrier HSDPA capability of a cell and of the intraband secondary cells that can form a cell group with this cell.
l
"Dual Band Capability Info" IE

This IE notifies the RNC of the multi-band capability of a cell and of the inter-band
secondary cells that can form a cell group with this cell.
"Cell Capability Container" IE

This IE notifies the RNC of whether a cell supports 4C-HSDPA.
In certain signaling messages used during the radio link setup procedure, IEs carrying
information about secondary cells have been modified, as described in Table 4-9.
Table 4-9 Impact on signaling messages used during the radio link setup procedure
Signaling Message
Impacted IE
Description
RADIO LINK ADDITION

REQUEST
Additional HS Cell
Information RL Addition
RADIO LINK ADDITION

RESPONSE
HS-DSCH Secondary
Serving Cell Change
Information Response
Now, these IEs report

information about a
maximum of three secondary
cells.
RADIO LINK ADDITION

FAILURE
RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE
Additional HS Cell
Information RL Reconf Prep
RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION
READY
Additional HS Cell
Uu
Table 4-10 describes the Uu messages and IEs affected by 4C-HSDPA.
Table 4-10 Uu messages and IEs affected by 4C-HSDPA
Signaling Message
Impacted IE
Description
RRC CONNECTION
SETUP COMPLETE
UE radio access capability
The "Radio Access

Capability Band
Combination List" IE has
been added to this IE. The
new IE specifies the
combination of frequency
bands supported by a UE and
the number of frequencies in
each frequency band.
UE CAPABILITY
INFORMATION
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

115
WCDMA RAN
Signaling Message
RADIO BEARER SETUP
Impacted IE
Description
Physical channel capability
The "HS-DSCH physical

layer category extension 4"
and "HS-DSCH physical
IEs have been added to this
IE. The "HS-DSCH physical
IE specifies whether a UE
belongs to HS-DSCH
category 29 or 30. The "HSDSCH physical layer
category extension 5" IE
specifies whether a UE
belongs to HS-DSCH
category 31 or 32.

extension
The "Additional Secondary

Cells" and "Non-contiguous
multi-cell" IEs have been
added to this IE. These IEs
specify the numbers of intraband adjacent frequencies
and intra-band non-adjacent
frequencies supported by a
UE, respectively.
None
The "Additional downlink

secondary cell info list FDD"
IE has been added. This IE
includes a maximum of two
"Downlink secondary cell
info FDD" IEs, which carry
information about the 2nd
and 3rd secondary cells.
"DPCH compressed mode

info" IE in the "Downlink
information common for all
radio links" IE
The "Frequency specific

compressed mode" IE has
been added to the "DPCH
compressed mode info" IE.
The new IE specifies whether
to perform measurements in
compressed mode in cells
operating in specified
frequencies.
RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
RADIO BEARER
RELEASE
PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM
TRANSPORT
CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
INTER RAT
HANDOVER INFO
ACTIVE SET UPDATE
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

116
WCDMA RAN
Signaling Message
Impacted IE
Description
MEASUREMENT
CONTROL
Inter-frequency measurement
The "Frequency index list for

enhanced measurement" IE
has been added to this IE. The
frequencies that need to be
measured in non-compressed
mode during the interfrequency handover.
DPCH Compressed Mode

Status Info

measured in compressed
mode.

License
The following parameters and switches have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate
this feature.
Table 4-11 New RNC parameters and switches
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Paramete
r and
Switch
Changes
Parameter ID
Switch Name
MML Command
New
parameter
SecCellLdbDrdChoice
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UDRD
New
parameter
SecCellLdbDrdChoice
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD UCELLDRD
New
parameter
DCMIMOor4CHSDP
ASwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
New
parameter
InterPlmnMultiCarrSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE
MOD UCELLDRD

117
WCDMA RAN
Paramete
r and
Switch
Changes
Parameter ID
Switch Name
MML Command
New
parameter
McHsdpaUserNumThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD
UCELLDYNSHUTDO
WN
MOD
UCELLDYNSHUTDO
WN
New
parameter
DlHghRateMacdSizeAdjSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UDPUCFGDATA
New
parameter
MacPduMaxSizeForDlHighRate
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
New
parameter
MbrThdForDlHighRate
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
New
switch
CfgSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
CFG_HSDPA_4C_S
WITCH
SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H
New
switch
HspaPlusSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
HSDPA_4C
ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
New
switch
RetryCapability
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
HSDPA_4C
SET UFRC
NOTE
The hyphen (-) in Table 4-11 indicates that a parameter, not a switch, has been introduced.
The following MML commands have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this
feature.
Table 4-12 New NodeB MML commands
MML Command
Description
ADD NODEBMULTICELLGRP
These commands are used to add, query, or

remove a multi-carrier cell group,
respectively.
RMV NODEBMULTICELLGRP
LST NODEBMULTICELLGRP
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

118
WCDMA RAN
MML Command
Description
ADD NODEBMULTICELLGRPITEM
These commands are used to add a cell to a

multi-carrier cell group or remove a cell from
a multi-carrier cell group, respectively.
RMV NODEBMULTICELLGRPITEM
The following MML commands have been removed from the NodeB side.
Table 4-13 Removed NodeB MML commands
MML Command
Description
ADD DLDUALCELLGRP

remove a DC-HSDPA group, respectively.
LST DLDUALCELLGRP
RMV DLDUALCELLGRP
ADD ULDUALCELLGRP

remove a DC-HSUPA group, respectively.
LST ULDUALCELLGRP
RMV ULDUALCELLGRP
NOTE
After RAN has been upgraded to RAN15.0, DC-HSDPA and DC-HSUPA groups are configured and
adjusted through the ADD NODEBMULTICELLGRP,LST NODEBMULTICELLGRP, and RMV
NODEBMULTICELLGRP commands. Existing DC-HSDPA and DC-HSDUPA groups automatically
become multi-carrier cell groups.
The following counters have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature. No
counters have been introduced on the NodeB side.
Table 4-14 New counters for 4C-HSDPA
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Counter Name
Measuremen
t Unit
Description
VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.CAT29
HSDPA.Cell
Average number of Category 29

HSDPA users in a cell
HSDPA.Cell
Average number of Category 31

VS.HSDPA.UE.Max.CAT29
HSDPA.Cell
Maximum number of Category 29

HSDPA.Cell
Maximum number of Category 31


119
WCDMA RAN
Counter Name
Measuremen
t Unit
Description
VS.HSDPA.RAB.4C.AttEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of RAB Setup Attempts for

Cell When 4C-HSDPA Applied
VS.HSDPA.RAB.4C.SuccEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Successful RAB Setups

for Cell When 4C-HSDPA Applied
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.4C
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Abnormal Released

RABs for Cell When 4C-HSDPA
Applied (RF Exceptions
Considered)
VS.HSDPA.RAB.NormRel.4C
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Normally Released

RABs for Cell When 4C-HSDPA
Applied
VS.HSDPA.
4C.PRIM.UE.Mean.Cell
HSDPA.Cell
Average Number of 4C-HSDPA

UEs Using This Cell as the Primary
Carrier Cell
VS.HSDPA.MC.SEC.UE.Mean.C
ell
HSDPA.Cell
Average Number of 4C-HSDPA/

DB-HSDPA/DC-HSDPA UEs
Using This Cell as the Secondary
Carrier Cell
VS.MeanTCP.HSDPA.MC
RTWPTCP.Ce
ll
Average DL Transmit Power of 4CHSDPA/DB-HSDPA/DC-HSDPA

UEs for Cell
VS.MaxTCP.HSDPA.MC
RTWPTCP.Ce
ll
Maximum DL Transmit Power of

4C-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA/DCHSDPA UEs for Cell
VS.MinTCP.HSDPA.MC
RTWPTCP.Ce
ll
Minimum DL Transmit Power of

Fault Management
4C-HSDPA adds a new alarm on the RNC side: ALM-UMTS Cell MC-HSDPA Function Fault.
The Iub and Uu interface trace functions on the LMT support 4C-HSDPA UEs.

l
WRFD-150208 Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA
WRFD-010683 Downlink 64 QAM
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

120
WCDMA RAN
WRFD-150209 DB-HSDPA
If the 4C-HSDPA cells in a multi-carrier cell group operate in two different frequency bands,
all 4C-HSDPA cells must have DB-HSDPA enabled.
l
WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA
If multiple 4C-HSDPA cells in a multi-carrier cell group operate in the same frequency band,
all of these cells must have DC-HSDPA enabled.

l
WRFD-010686 CPC-DTX/DRX
WRFD-010687 CPC-HS-SCCH Less Operation
WRFD-010713 Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier

In Multi-carrier
WRFD-021308 Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km
Impacted Features
4C-HSDPA is affected when the following features are enabled:
l
WRFD-010617 VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+

4C-HSDPA cannot be used for voice over IP (VoIP) services.
4C-HSDPA can be used for VoIP services in VoIP+PS BE or VoIP+streaming
combined services.
WRFD-010619 CS voice over HSPA/HSPA+

4C-HSDPA cannot be used for CS services.
4C-HSDPA can be used for CS services in CS+PS BE or CS+streaming combined
services.
WRFD-020134 Push to Talk

4C-HSDPA cannot be used for push to talk (PTT) services.
4C-HSDPA can be used for PTT services in PTT+PS BE or PTT+streaming combined
services.
4C-HSDPA affects the following features:

l
WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

When the number of 4C-HSDPA UEs and their traffic volume are small, 4C-HSDPA
does not affect the Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load
Threshold feature.
When the number of 4C-HSDPA UEs and their traffic volume are large, the gain
provided by the Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load
Threshold feature decreases.
NOTE
4C-HSDPA uses joint scheduling to balance the load across different carriers. The load balancing effect
depends on the number of 4C-HSDPA UEs and the traffic volume. When the number of 4C-HSDPA UEs
and the traffic volume are large, the load balancing effect is noticeable, but the gain provided by the InterFrequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold feature decreases.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

121
WCDMA RAN
WRFD-140215 Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period

4C-HSDPA can be used with the Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period
feature.
When these two features are used together, the gain (RTWP reduction) provided by the
Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period feature slightly increases,
compared with when SC-HSDPA and Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback
Period are used together. The uplink CQI feedback overhead for 4C-HSDPA is slightly
greater than that for SC-HSDPA, so the received total wideband power (RTWP) of 4CHSDPA is higher than that of SC-HSDPA. The Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI
Feedback Period feature helps reduce the RTWP.
WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package, WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Phase

2, and WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package
In RAN sharing and multioperator core network (MOCN) scenarios, the RNC determines
whether to use cells belonging to different operators for the HSDPA transmission of a 4CHSDPA UE based on the parameter settings.
WRFD-010703 HSPA+ Downlink 84Mbit/s per User

After 4C-HSDPA is introduced, the HSPA+ Downlink 84Mbit/s per User feature can
depend on the following features:
WRFD-010689 HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User
WRFD-150207 4C-HSDPA
4.17 WRFD-150250 3C-HSDPA (New/Trial)

3C-HSDPA was introduced by 3GPP Release 10. 3C-HSDPA uses three carriers enabled with
64QAM for the HSDPA transmission of a UE, which increases the UE data rate.
When PS best effort (BE) services, streaming services, or combined services that include PS BE
or streaming services are carried on the HS-DSCH, these services can use 3C-HSDPA. In the
uplink, the UE can use DCH, HSUPA, or DC-HSUPA. The signaling radio bearer (SRB) for the
UE is carried over DCH, HSDPA, or HSUPA.
3C-HSDPA does not apply to CS services, IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) signaling, PS
conversational services, or SRB signaling, because the gains provided by this feature are not
noticeable for services that have only a small amount of data to transmit and have low
transmission delay requirements.

System Capacity
3C-HSDPA increases the cell load in the uplink, consumes more channel element (CE)
resources, and affects the number of multi-carrier HSDPA UEs supported by baseband
processing boards.
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
3C-HSDPA slightly increases the cell load in the uplink. The cell load increase is
represented by an increase in the uplink RTWP.
122
WCDMA RAN
The increase in the uplink RTWP varies depending on the number of online 3C-HSDPA
UEs. When the number of online 3C-HSDPA UEs increases, the HS-DPCCH has more
data to transmit in the uplink and consequently requires more power resources. Uplink
interference increases as a result. The Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback
Period feature can be enabled to reduce the uplink RTWP.
For details about the Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period feature, see
Dynamic Configuration Based on the Uplink Load Feature Parameter Description.
l
3C-HSDPA UEs consume one CE more than SC-HSDPA UEs.
A baseband processing board supports more SC-HSDPA UEs than 3C-HSDPA UEs.
Network Performance
3C-HSDPA increases the single-user downlink throughput and deteriorates the uplink cell edge
coverage.
l
The single-user (including cell edge users) downlink throughput of 3C-HSDPA is close to three
times that of SC-HSDPA.
However, the increase in the single-user downlink throughput varies depending on the load of
other 3C-HSDPA cells in the same sector. For example, when other 3C-HSDPA cells in the
same sector have heavy loads, the gain provided by 3C-HSDPA is small. This is because the
NodeB considers the rate fairness among 3C-HSDPA and SC-HSDPA UEs when the load is
heavy and the downlink resources (such as power resources and code resources) are insufficient.
In this case, the throughput of 3C-HSDPA UEs is not significantly higher than that of SCHSDPA or DC-HSDPA UEs.
l
3C-HSDPA slightly deteriorates the uplink cell edge coverage because 3C-HSDPA UEs need
to report the CQI information about all serving cells and consequently require higher uplink
power.
4.17.3 NEs
The UE must belong to HS-DSCH category 29 or higher.
4.17.4 Hardware
l
The BTS3812A, BTS3812E, and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI or EDLP
+EULPd boards to support 3C-HSDPA. The carriers in 3C-HSDPA must operate in the
same frequency band. The HBBI and HDLP boards do not support 3C-HSDPA.
The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board to support 3C-HSDPA.
The carriers can operate in different frequency bands.
The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf
board to support 3C-HSDPA.
The BTS3902E and BTS3803E do not support 3C-HSDPA.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

123
WCDMA RAN

3C-HSDPA adds new information elements (IEs) to or enhances the existing IEs in certain
signaling messages over the Iub and Uu interfaces.
Iub
The NodeB sends an AUDIT RESPONSE or RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION message to
the RNC when one of the following occurs:
l
The AUDIT RESPONSE or RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION message includes the "Local
Cell Information" IE, which carries the multi-carrier HSDPA capability of a cell. IEs in the
"Local Cell Information" IE have been enhanced as follows:
l
"Multi Cell Capability Info" IE

This IE notifies the RNC of the multi-carrier HSDPA capability of a cell and of the intraband secondary cells that can form a cell group with this cell.
"Dual Band Capability Info" IE

This IE notifies the RNC of the multi-band capability of a cell and of the inter-band
secondary cells that can form a cell group with this cell.
"Cell Capability Container" IE

This IE notifies the RNC of whether a cell supports 3C-HSDPA.
In certain signaling messages used during the radio link setup procedure, IEs carrying
information about secondary cells have been modified, as described in Table 4-15.
Table 4-15 Impact on signaling messages used during the radio link setup procedure
Signaling Message
Impacted IE
Description
RADIO LINK ADDITION

REQUEST
Additional HS Cell
Information RL Addition
RADIO LINK ADDITION

RESPONSE
HS-DSCH Secondary
Serving Cell Change
Now, these IEs report

information about a
maximum of two secondary
cells.
RADIO LINK ADDITION

FAILURE
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE
Additional HS Cell
Information RL Reconf Prep
RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION
READY
Additional HS Cell

124
WCDMA RAN
Uu
Table 4-16 describes the Uu messages and IEs affected by 3C-HSDPA.
Table 4-16 Uu messages and IEs affected by 3C-HSDPA
Signaling Message
Impacted IE
Description
RRC CONNECTION
SETUP COMPLETE
The "Radio Access

Capability Band
Combination List" IE has
combination of frequency
bands supported by a UE and
the number of frequencies in
each frequency band.
Physical channel capability
The "HS-DSCH physical

and "HS-DSCH physical
IEs have been added to this
IE. The "HS-DSCH physical
IE specifies whether a UE
belongs to HS-DSCH
category 29 or 30. The "HSDSCH physical layer
category extension 5" IE
specifies whether a UE
belongs to HS-DSCH
category 31 or 32.

extension
The "Additional Secondary

Cells" and "Non-contiguous
multi-cell" IEs have been
added to this IE. These IEs
specify the numbers of intraband adjacent frequencies
and intra-band non-adjacent
frequencies supported by a
UE, respectively.
None
The "Additional downlink

secondary cell info list FDD"
IE has been added. This IE
includes a maximum of two
"Downlink secondary cell
info FDD" IEs, which carry
information about the 1st and
2nd secondary cells.
UE CAPABILITY
INFORMATION
RADIO BEARER SETUP

RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION
RADIO BEARER
RELEASE
PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

125
WCDMA RAN
Signaling Message
Impacted IE
Description
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
"DPCH compressed mode

info" IE in the "Downlink
information common for all
radio links" IE

been added to the "DPCH
compressed mode info" IE.
The new IE specifies whether
to perform measurements in
compressed mode in cells
operating in specified
frequencies.
Inter-frequency
measurement
The "Frequency index list for

enhanced measurement" IE
has been added to this IE. The
measured in non-compressed
mode during the interfrequency handover.
DPCH Compressed Mode

Status Info

measured in compressed
mode.
TRANSPORT CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION
INTER RAT HANDOVER
INFO
ACTIVE SET UPDATE
MEASUREMENT
CONTROL

License
3C-HSDPA is a trial feature and is not under license control.
this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Parameter
and
Switch
Changes
Parameter ID
Switch
Name
MML Command
New
parameter
SecCellLdbDrdChoice
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UDRD

126
WCDMA RAN
Parameter
and
Switch
Changes
Parameter ID
Switch
Name
MML Command
New
parameter
SecCellLdbDrdChoice
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD UCELLDRD
New
parameter
DCMIMOor4CHSDPASwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
New
parameter
InterPlmnMultiCarrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE
New
parameter
McHsdpaUserNumThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD
UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN
MOD UCELLDRD
MOD
UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN
New
parameter
DlHghRateMacdSizeAdjSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UDPUCFGDATA
New
parameter
MacPduMaxSizeForDlHighRate
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
New
parameter
MbrThdForDlHighRate
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
New switch
CfgSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
CFG_HSDP
A_4C_SWI
TCH
SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH
New switch
HspaPlusSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
HSDPA_4C
ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH
RetryCapability
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
HSDPA_4C
New switch
MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
SET UFRC
NOTE
The following MML commands have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this
feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

127
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-18 New NodeB MML commands

MML Command
Description

remove a multi-carrier cell group,
respectively.
These commands are used to add a cell to a

multi-carrier cell group or remove a cell from
a multi-carrier cell group, respectively.
The following MML commands have been removed from the NodeB side.
Table 4-19 Removed NodeB MML commands
MML Command
Description
ADD
DLDUALCELLGRP
These commands are used to add, query, or remove a 3CHSDPA group, respectively.
LST DLDUALCELLGRP
RMV
DLDUALCELLGRP
ADD
ULDUALCELLGRP
These commands are used to add, query, or remove a 3CHSUPA group, respectively.
LST ULDUALCELLGRP
RMV
ULDUALCELLGRP
Table 4-20 New counters for 3C-HSDPA
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Counter Name
Measuremen
t Unit
Description
VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.
CAT29
HSDPA.Cell
Average number of Category 29 HSDPA users in

a cell
VS.HSDPA.UE.Max.
CAT29
HSDPA.Cell
Maximum number of Category 29 HSDPA users

in a cell
VS.HSDPA.RAB.
3C.AttEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of RAB Setup Attempts for Cell When

3C-HSDPA Applied

128
WCDMA RAN
Counter Name
Measuremen
t Unit
Description
VS.HSDPA.RAB.
3C.SuccEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Successful RAB Setups for Cell When

3C-HSDPA Applied
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.3C
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Abnormally Released RABs for Cell

When 3C-HSDPA Applied (RF Exceptions
Considered)
VS.HSDPA.RAB.Nor
mRel.3C
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Normally Released RABs for Cell

When 3C-HSDPA Applied
VS.HSDPA.
3C.PRIM.UE.Mean.C
ell
HSDPA.Cell
Average Number of 3C-HSDPA UEs Using This

Cell as the Primary Carrier Cell
VS.HSDPA.MC.SEC.
UE.Mean.Cell
HSDPA.Cell
Average Number of 4C-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA/

DC-HSDPA UEs Using This Cell as the
Secondary Carrier Cell
VS.MeanTCP.HSDPA
.MC
RTWPTCP.C
ell
Average DL Transmit Power of 4C-HSDPA/DBHSDPA/DC-HSDPA UEs for Cell
VS.MaxTCP.HSDPA.
MC
RTWPTCP.C
ell
Maximum DL Transmit Power of 4C-HSDPA/

DB-HSDPA/DC-HSDPA UEs for Cell
VS.MinTCP.HSDPA.
MC
RTWPTCP.C
ell
Minimum DL Transmit Power of 4C-HSDPA/

DB-HSDPA/DC-HSDPA UEs for Cell
Fault Management
3C-HSDPA adds a new alarm on the RNC side: ALM-22241 UMTS Cell MC-HSDPA Function
Fault.
The Iub and Uu interface trace functions on the LMT support 3C-HSDPA UEs.

l
WRFD-150208 Flexible DC/DB-HSDPA
WRFD-010683 Downlink 64 QAM
If the 3C-HSDPA cells in a multi-carrier cell group operate in two different frequency
bands, all 3C-HSDPA cells must have DB-HSDPA enabled.
WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA
If multiple 3C-HSDPA cells in a multi-carrier cell group operate in the same frequency
band, all of these cells must have DC-HSDPA enabled.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

129
WCDMA RAN

l

In Multi-carrier
Impacted Features
3C-HSDPA is affected when the following features are enabled:
l
WRFD-010617 VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+

3C-HSDPA cannot be used for voice over IP (VoIP) services.
3C-HSDPA can be used for VoIP services in VoIP+PS BE or VoIP+streaming
combined services.
WRFD-010619 CS voice over HSPA/HSPA+

3C-HSDPA cannot be used for CS services.
3C-HSDPA can be used for CS services in CS+PS BE or CS+streaming combined
services.
WRFD-020134 Push to Talk

3C-HSDPA cannot be used for push to talk (PTT) services.
3C-HSDPA can be used for PTT services in PTT+PS BE or PTT+streaming combined
services.
3C-HSDPA affects the following features:

l
WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

When the number of 3C-HSDPA UEs and their traffic volume are small, 3C-HSDPA
does not affect the Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load
Threshold feature.
When the number of 3C-HSDPA UEs and their traffic volume are large, the gain
provided by the Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load
Threshold feature decreases.
NOTE
3C-HSDPA uses joint scheduling to balance the load across different carriers. The load balancing effect
depends on the number of 3C-HSDPA UEs and the traffic volume. When the number of 3C-HSDPA UEs
and the traffic volume are large, the load balancing effect is noticeable, but the gain provided by the InterFrequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold feature decreases.

3C-HSDPA can be used with the Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period
feature.
When these two features are used together, the gain (RTWP reduction) provided by the
Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period feature slightly increases,
compared with when SC-HSDPA and Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback
Period are used together. The uplink CQI feedback overhead for 3C-HSDPA is slightly
greater than that for SC-HSDPA, so the received total wideband power (RTWP) of 3C-
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

130
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA is higher than that of SC-HSDPA. The Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI
Feedback Period feature helps reduce the RTWP.
l
WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package, WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Phase

2, and WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package
In RAN sharing and multioperator core network (MOCN) scenarios, the RNC determines
whether to use cells belonging to different operators for the HSDPA transmission of a 3CHSDPA UE based on the parameter settings.
4.18 WRFD-150208 Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA (New/

Optional)
The Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature allows any inter-frequency co-coverage cells that
meet certain requirements to form a multi-carrier cell group. Working in resource pool mode,
cells in the multi-carrier cell group can dynamically form DC-HSDPA, which fulfills the service
requirements of different UEs.

System Capacity
This feature reduces the difference between the downlink load of cells in a multi-carrier cell
group. The effect of this feature depends on the number of DC-HSDPA UEs and their traffic
volume. A larger number of DC-HSDPA UEs and a larger traffic volume results in smaller
difference between the downlink load of cells.
Network Performance
Cells in a multi-carrier cell group have the same time offset (specified by the Tcell parameter).
When multiple cells (three or four) served by the same RRU in a sector transmit data at full
power, the peak-to-average ratio (PAR) of the RRU increases if a higher-order modulation
scheme is used in the downlink. As a result, cell throughput may decrease. On live networks,
cells in the same sector do not transmit data at full power for a long period of time, and therefore
cell throughput only slightly decreases.
After Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA is activated in networks with a low load, the data rates of
DC-HSDPA UEs increase because UEs can fully utilize frequency resources. As network load
increases, the gain provided by this feature decreases. The difference between the downlink load
of cells in a multi-carrier cell group before this feature is activated also affects the gain provided
by this feature. A larger difference results in a greater gain.
4.18.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE. The UE must belong to HS-DSCH category 21 or
higher.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

131
WCDMA RAN
4.18.4 Hardware
l

None

The BTS3812A, BTS3812E, and BTS3812AE can be configured with a maximum of
three carriers that operate in the same frequency band. The BTS3812A, BTS3812E, and
BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI, EBOI, EDLP+EULP, or EDLP
+EULPd boards. The HBBI and HDLP boards do not support this feature.
The DBS3800 can be configured with a maximum of three carriers and the carriers can
operate in different frequency bands. The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC
or EBBCd board.
The 3900 series base stations (excluding the BTS3902E) support Flexible Dual Carrier
HSDPA. Only the 3900 series base stations support 4C-HSDPA. Only the 3900 series
base stations can enable MIMO for frequencies where Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA is
activated. The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd,
or WBBPf board.
The BTS3803E does not support Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA.
Table 4-21 presents an example of the hardware configuration of a NodeB that is configured
with three sectors.
Table 4-21 Example of the hardware configuration of a NodeB that is configured with three
sectors
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Scenario
Base Station Type
Hardware Configuration
Three carriers (with 4CHSDPA)
DBS3800
The DBS3800 must be

configured with two
BBU3806s. The two
BBU3806s must be
interconnected, and each
must be configured with an
EBBC or EBBCd board.
BTS3812A, BTS3812E, and

BTS3812AE
The BTS3812A, BTS3812E,

and BTS3812AE must be
configured with at least two
EBBI or EBOI boards.
Alternatively, the
BTS3812A, BTS3812E, and
BTS3812AE must be
configured with two EDLP
boards and one EULP or
EULPd board.

132
WCDMA RAN
Scenario
Base Station Type
3900 series base stations

(excluding the 3902E)
The 3900 series base stations

(excluding the BTS3902E)
must be configured with at
least two WBBPb, WBBPd,
or WBBPf boards (in any
combination).
Three carriers (with DC/4CHSDPA+MIMO)


least two WBBPf boards,
three WBBPb boards, three
WBBPd boards, or three
boards that can be any
combination of WBBPb,
WBBPd, and WBBPf boards.
Four carriers


least three WBBPb, WBBPd,
or WBBPf boards (in any
combination).
Four carriers (with DC/4CHSDPA+MIMO)


least three WBBPd or
WBBPf boards (in any
combination).

The Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature affects the Iub interface as follows:
l
Affects the "Possible Secondary Serving Cell" information element (IE).

The NodeB sends an AUDIT RESPONSE or RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION
message to the RNC when one of the following occurs:
The AUDIT RESPONSE or RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION message includes the
"Multi Cell Capability Info" and "Dual Band Capability Info" IEs. Each of these two IEs
includes one or multiple "Possible Secondary Serving Cell" IEs. The "Multi Cell Capability
Info" IE carries the list of intra-band candidate secondary cells and the "Dual Band
Capability Info" IE carries the list of inter-band candidate secondary cells.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

133
WCDMA RAN
Adds a new IE "HS-DSCH FDD Secondary Serving Information".

The "HS-DSCH FDD Secondary Serving Information" IE is added to the radio link setup
messages and radio link reconfiguration messages. This IE notifies the NodeB of the
secondary cell configuration.

License
A NodeB-level license control item has been added to the NodeB for this feature.
The following parameters have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-22 New RNC parameters
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
SecCellLdbDrdChoice
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UDRD
Load factor that the RNC

considers when selecting
a secondary cell. This is
an RNC-level parameter.
When this parameter is set
to UserNumber, the RNC
selects a secondary cell
based on the number of
HSDPA users in the
secondary cell. When this
parameter is set to
Power, the RNC selects a
secondary cell based on
the downlink power of the
secondary cell.
SecCellLdbDrdChoice
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD UCELLDRD
MOD UCELLDRD
Load factor that the RNC

considers when selecting
a secondary cell. This is a
cell-level parameter.
to UserNumber, the RNC
selects a secondary cell
based on the number of
HSDPA users in the
secondary cell. When this
parameter is set to
Power, the RNC selects a
secondary cell based on
the downlink power of the
secondary cell.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

134
WCDMA RAN
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
InterPlmnMultiCarrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE
Whether to allow a DCHSDPA, DB-HSDPA, or

4C-HSDPAuser to use
cells belonging to
different operators for
HSDPA transmission.
to YES, the user can use
cells belonging to
HSDPA transmission.
to NO, the user cannot use
cells belonging to
HSDPA transmission,
and the user can use only
its operator's cell for
HSDPA transmission.
McHsdpaUserNumThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD
UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN
Multi-carrier HSDPA
user number threshold.
MOD
UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN
When the number of DCHSDPA, DB-HSDPA,

and 4C-HSDPA users in a
cell is less than or equal to
this threshold, the cell can
be dynamically shut down
if other conditions are
met.
The following commands have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-23 New NodeB commands
MML Command
Description

remove a multi-carrier cell group.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
These commands are used to add a cell to or

remove a cell from a multi-carrier cell group.

135
WCDMA RAN
The following counters have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-24 New RNC counters
Counter ID
Measure
ment Unit
Description
VS.MeanTCP.
HSDPA.MC
RTWPTC
P.Cell
Average DL Transmit Power of DC-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA/

4C-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA+MIMO/DC-HSDPA+MIMO/
4C-HSDPA+MIMO UEs for Cell
VS.MaxTCP.H
SDPA.MC
RTWPTC
P.Cell
Maximum DL Transmit Power of DC-HSDPA/DBHSDPA/4C-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA+MIMO/DC-HSDPA

+MIMO/4C-HSDPA+MIMO UEs for Cell
VS.MinTCP.H
SDPA.MC
RTWPTC
P.Cell
Minimum DL Transmit Power of DC-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA/

4C-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA+MIMO/DC-HSDPA+MIMO/
4C-HSDPA+MIMO UEs for Cell
This feature has no impact on NodeB counters.
Fault Management
This feature affects the following alarms on the NodeB side:
l
ALM-28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

A new trigger condition is added for this alarm. When a cell in a multi-carrier cell group
does not support the Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature due to hardware limitations and
the multi-carrier cell group consists of more than two cells, this alarm is reported for all
cells in the multi-carrier cell group.
ALM-26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit
A new trigger condition is added for this alarm. When a multi-carrier cell group consists of more
than two cells and the license for the Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature is not activated, this
alarm is reported.

l
If multiple cells in a multi-carrier cell group operate in the same frequency band, the cells
that operate in the same frequency band must have the WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA feature
enabled.

If the Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature is used with the WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO feature
in a cell, the Primary/Secondary common Pilot (PSP) mode must be used for the MIMO.For
details, see MIMO Feature Parameter Description.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

136
WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
l
RAN Sharing and MOCN
The Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature can be enabled in RAN sharing or Multi-Operator
Core Network (MOCN) scenarios.
When the Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature is enabled in RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios,
run the RNC MML command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE to set
InterPlmnMultiCarrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) to YES. This allows UEs to use cells
belonging to different operators as primary and secondary cells, but each UE must use its
operator's cell as the primary cell. The secondary cell can belong to other operators. When
InterPlmnMultiCarrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to NO, the UE must use its operator's
cells as the primary and secondary cells.
l
DC-HSUPA
The Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature does not affect the configuration of DC-HSUPA.
When the Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature is used with DC-HSUPA, a DC-HSDPA UE
can use DC-HSUPA only when the DC-HSUPA group is the same as the DC-HSDPA group.
Figure 4-10 shows an example of using the Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature and DCHSUPA together.
Figure 4-10 Example of using the Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature and DC-HSUPA
together
Figure 4-10 assumes that a multi-carrier cell group has three cells (F1, F2, and F3) and the
Flexible Dual Carrier HSDPA feature is activated in the cells. If F1 and F2 are configured as a
DC-HSUPA group, only DC-HSDPA UEs that use F1 and F2 as the primary and secondary cells
can establish DC-HSUPA connections in the uplink, and other DC-HSDPA UEs cannot establish
DC-HSUPA connections in the uplink.
4.19 WRFD-150209 DB-HSDPA (New/Trail)

DB-HSDPA is a trail feature and is available from RAN15.0. It allows UEs to simultaneously
establish connections in two inter-band co-coverage cells. With DB-HSDPA, UEs can use the
resources of two cells operating on different frequency bands, which increases the peak UE
throughput.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

137
WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
DB-HSDPA increases the single-user throughput and cell throughput in multi-band networks.
l
Increased single-user throughput

DB-HSDPA doubles single-user throughput both in the cell center and at the cell edge.
Specifically, DB-HSDPA can provide up to 42 Mbit/s single-user throughput in the cell
center with 64QAM enabled.
DB-HSDPA also increases average single-user throughput. The throughput gain is
inversely proportional to DB-HSDPA cell loads and is directly proportional to the ratio of
UEs supporting DB-HSDPA and the amount of data for a single UE to transmit in the
downlink.
Increased cell throughput

DB-HSDPA increases cell throughput by 5% to 10%. The throughput gain is related to the
number of UEs performing data transmission or the proportion of UEs supporting DBHSDPA in the cell. When the number of UEs performing data transmission increases or
the proportion of UEs supporting DB-HSDPA decreases in the cell, the throughput gain
decreases.
Similar to DC-HSDPA and 4C-HSDPA UEs, a DB-HSDPA UE consumes one CE more than a
SC-HSDPA UE.
Network Performance
DB-HSDPA UEs report the CQI and hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) ACK/NACK
information about the primary and secondary cells to the RNC in the primary cell. As a result,
the uplink load of the primary cell is increased and the uplink coverage of DB-HSDPA UEs is
reduced. In addition, DB-HSDPA UEs consume more CPU resources than SC-HSDPA UEs.
The impact of DB-HSDPA on uplink load, uplink coverage, and CPU usage can be minimized
by the Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier
feature. This feature shuts down the secondary carrier when the traffic volume is low.
DB-HSDPA improves spectral efficiency and consequently slightly improves network KPIssuch
as the access success rate and call drop rate.
4.19.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE:
l
The UE notifies the RNC that it supports DB-HSDPA.
4.19.4 Hardware
The RF modules must support the frequency bands serving the cells in a DB-HSDPA group.
Currently, Huawei RF modules do not support Band XI. Therefore, DB-HSDPA does not support
the frequency band combination of 2100 MHz+1500 MHz in RAN15.0.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

138
WCDMA RAN
The hardware requirements of DB-HSDPA are as follows:

l
The BTS3812A, BTS3812E and BTS3812AE do not support DB-HSDPA.
The BTS3803E does not support DB-HSDPA.
The DBS3800 must be configured with a BBU3806 to support DB-HSDPA. In addition,

the BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. The BBU3806C does
not support DB-HSDPA.
The 3900 series base stations (excluding the BTS3902E) must be configured with the
WBBPb3, WBBPb4, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.

Iub
When the NodeB receives an AUDIT REQUEST message, the NodeB sends an AUDIT
RESPONSE or RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION message to the RNC, notifying the RNC
of the capability of a cell. DB-HSDPA adds a new IE, "Dual Band Capability Info", to the AUDIT
RESPONSE and RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION messages. This new IE specifies the
DB-HSDPA capability of a cell and the list of candidate secondary cells that can form a DBHSDPA group with the cell. The "Dual Band Capability Info" IE includes the following IEs:
l
"Dual Band Capability": The value of this IE is Dual Band Capable when a cell supports
DB-HSDPA.
"Possible Secondary Serving Cell List": This IE lists all the candidate secondary cells that
can form a DB-HSDPA group with the current cell.
When the RNC uses the Radio Link Setup or Radio Link Addition procedure to establish a DBHSDPA radio link (RL), the existing "Additional HS Cell Information RL Reconf Req" IE carries
information about the secondary cell.
Uu
DB-HSDPA has modified the "Physical Channel Capability" IE in the RRC CONNECTION
SETUP COMPLETE and UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION messages:
l
Added a new IE "Radio Access Capability Band Combination List"

The new IE carries frequency bands supported by a UE.
Added a new IE "Inter-band Frequency measurements without compressed mode" to the

"Measurement capability" IE
The new IE specifies the inter-frequency measurement capability of a UE.
The existing IE "Downlink secondary cell info FDD" in the following messages carry
information about the secondary cell:
l
RRC CONNECTION SETUP
ACTIVE SET UPDATE
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

139
WCDMA RAN
RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
RADIO BEARER RELEASE
RADIO BEARER SETUP

License
The following parameters have been introduced or modified on the RNC side to accommodate
this feature.
Table 4-25 New and modified RNC parameters
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
InterPlmnMultiCarrSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET
UOPERATORSH
ARINGMODE

whether to allow a UE to use
cells belonging to different
operators for HSDPA
transmission.
Modifie
d
CfgSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET
UCORRMALGOS
WITCH
An RNC-level DB-HSDPA
function switch,
CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWIT
CH, is added to this
parameter.
Modifie
d
HspaPlusSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCELLALGOSWI
TCH
A cell-level DB-HSDPA
function switch,
DB_HSDPA, is added to this
parameter.
Modifie
d
RetryCapability
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
An RNC-level DB-HSDPA
DRD switch, DB_HSDPA,
is added to this parameter.

140
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
Modifie
d
CmpSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
CMP_UU_ADJACENT
_FREQ_CM_SWITCH
SET
UCORRMALGOS
WITCH
CMP_UU_ADJACENT_F
REQ_CM_SWITCH is
redefined. Earlier, this switch
specifies whether the RNC
activates the compressed
mode before initiating an
inter-frequency
measurement on a
neighboring frequency.
Now, this switch specifies
whether the RNC activates
the compressed mod before
initiating an inter-frequency
measurement on a DCHSDPA, DB-HSDPA, or 4CHSDPA UE..
The following MML commands and parameters have been introduced on the NodeB side to
accommodate this feature.
Table 4-26 New NodeB MML commands and parameters
MML
Command
and
Parameter
Changes
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New command -
ADD/LST /RMV
NODEBMULTICELLGRP
These
commands are
used to add,
query, or
remove a multicarrier cell
group.
New command and
ADD/LST/RMV
NODEBMULTICELLGRPITEM
These
commands are
used to add a cell
to, query the
cells in, or
remove a cell
from a multicarrier cell
group.

141
WCDMA RAN
MML
Command
and
Parameter
Changes
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New parameter
multiCellGrpId
ADD/RMV/LST
NODEBMULTICELLGRP
This parameter
uniquely
identifies a
multi-carrier
cell group under
a NodeB.
New parameter
multiCellGrpType
ADD/RMV/LST
NODEBMULTICELLGRP
This parameter
specifies the
type of a multicarrier cell
group.
New parameter
uLoCellId
ADD/RMV NODEBMULTICELLGRPITEM
This parameter
specifies the ID
of a local cell in
a multi-carrier
cell group.
NOTE
The hyphen (-) in Table 4-26 indicates that an MML command, not a parameter, is added.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measureme
nt Unit
Description
New
VS.HSDPA.RAB.DB.AttEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of RAB Setup Attempts

for Cell When DB-HSDPA
Applied
New
VS.HSDPA.RAB.DB.SuccEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Successful RAB

Setups for Cell When DBHSDPA Applied
New
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormR
el.DB
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Abnormally
Released RABs for Cell When
DB-HSDPA Applied (RF
Exceptions Considered)

142
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measureme
nt Unit
Description
New
VS.HSDPA.RAB.NormRel.
DB
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Normally Released

RABs for Cell When DBHSDPA Applied
New
VS.HSDPA.MC.SEC.UE.M
ean.Cell
HSDPA.Cell
Average Number of 4CHSDPA/DB-HSDPA/DCHSDPA UEs Using This Cell as

the Secondary Carrier Cell
New
VS.HSDPA.DB.PRIM.UE.
Mean.Cell
HSDPA.Cell
Average Number of DBHSDPA UEs Using This Cell as

the Primary Carrier Cell
New
VS.MeanTCP.HSDPA.MC
RTWPTCP.
Cell
Average DL Transmit Power of

New
VS.MaxTCP.HSDPA.MC
RTWPTCP.
Cell
Maximum DL Transmit Power

of 4C-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA/
DC-HSDPA UEs for Cell
New
VS.MinTCP.HSDPA.MC
RTWPTCP.
Cell
Minimum DL Transmit Power

of 4C-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA/
DC-HSDPA UEs for Cell
New
VS.HSDPA.MC.SEC.UE.M
ean.Cell
HSDPA.Cell
Average Number of 4CHSDPA/DB-HSDPA/DCHSDPA UEs Using This Cell as

the Secondary Carrier Cell
The following counter has been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-28 New NodeB counter
Chan
ge
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.DataOutput.DBHSDPA.T
raffic
HSDPA.LOCE
LL
MAC-ehs traffic volume of

DB-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA
+MIMO users
Fault Management
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
On the RNC side

143
WCDMA RAN
ALM-22241 UMTS Cell MC-HSDPA Function Fault is added. This alarm is reported
when the establishment of a DB-HSDPA cell fails.
The trace item Cell User Number of the Cell Performance Monitoring function on
the RNC LMT counts the DB-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA+MIMO users in the cell.
l
On the NodeB side

A new trigger condition is added for ALM-26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding
Licensed Limit: This alarm is reported when the number of configured DB-HSDPA
cells exceeds the number allowed by the license.
A new trigger condition is added for ALM-28206 Local Cell Capability Decline: This
alarm is reported when a cell that does not support DB-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA+MIMO
is enabled with DB-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA+MIMO.

l
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2
WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation

None
Impacted Features
It is recommended that STTD be disabled in DB-HSDPA cells. STTD can be disabled by setting
the TxDiversityInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter to FALSE.For details, see TX Diversity and
RX Diversity Feature Parameter Description.
4.20 WRFD-150211 RNC in Pool Load Sharing (New/

Optional)
This feature enables an RNC (known as the overflow RNC) to take over signaling related to
RRC connections during UE access from another RNC (known as the master RNC). This occurs
in a pool where the RNCs are connected over the Iur-p interface. The takeover is triggered when
the average CPU load of the master RNC exceeds a specified threshold. This feature allows load
sharing between existing RNCs and an added RNC, which facilitates smooth RNC capacity
expansion.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

144
WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-11 RNC in Pool load sharing

System Capacity
Control-plane load sharing increases the busy hour call attempts (BHCA) of a logical RNC. The
increased number depends on the resources of the signaling processing board on the overflow
RNC. For example, if a BSC6910 functions as the overflow RNC for three BSC6900s and the
feature WRFD-150240 RNC in Pool Multiple Logical RNCs is enabled, the resources of the
signaling processing board are shared by the three logical RNCs mapped on the BSC6910 and
each BSC6900, respectively.
Network Performance
User signaling delay for UEs whose signaling is processed by the overflow RNC increases. This
is because cross-Iur-p communication is required between the signaling processing module on
the overflow RNC and the user-plane data processing module and transmission processing
module on the master RNC.
The delay increase depends on the transmission delay over the Iur-p interface. If the one-way
delay over the Iur-p interface is 10 ms (the maximum allowed value), the delay for a UE in idle
mode to set up a CS call increases by 400 ms.
After this feature is activated, the overall CPU load on the control plane of the master RNC
decreases. However, the CPU load of a few control-plane subsystems may slightly increase.
This may occur if the control-plane subsystems to which a large number of base stations and
cells are bound mainly process cell signaling. In such a case, this feature does not help much in
decreasing the CPU load because control-plane load sharing does not apply to cell signaling. To
the contrary, the Iur-p signaling processing brought by this feature will slightly increase the CPU
load of these subsystems. To avoid this situation, base stations and cells must be evenly
distributed among control-plane subsystems of the master RNC before this feature is activated.
New counters have been introduced to measure the increase in signaling delay for UEs whose
signaling is processed by the overflow RNC. Table 4-26 lists the new counters.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

145
WCDMA RAN
The CPU load affects the user signaling delay of CS call setups. When the CPU load on the
master RNC is high and that on the overflow RNC is low, the user signaling delay of CS call
setups for UEs on the master RNC is prolonged. After load sharing is performed, the user
signaling delay of CS call setups for UEs whose signaling is taken over by the overflow RNC
will decrease, compared with UEs whose signaling is processed by the master RNC.
The changes in user signaling delay affect KPIs as follows:
l
The increase in user signaling delay means a prolonged period of resource occupation. If
radio resources are about to be insufficient before load sharing is performed, the user
signaling delay increase will lead to more access denials due to insufficient codes, power,
and channel elements (CEs), and also a decreased number of online users in congested cells.
The decrease in user signaling delay means a shortened period of resource occupation. If
radio resources are insufficient before load sharing is performed, the user signaling delay
decrease will lead to fewer access denials due to insufficient codes, power, and CEs, and
also an increased number of online users in congested cells.
To reduce the impact of the user signaling delay increase on the KPIs, you are advised to:
l
Ensure that the demands for the Iur-p interface are met. The one-way transmission delay
must be no more than 10 ms, the transmission jitter must be no more than 5 ms, and the
packet loss rate must be less than 0.01%.
Set the CpLoadShareRltCpuThd parameter to a larger value. A larger value helps decrease
the user signaling delay.
4.20.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC, CME, and M2000.
All RNCs within a pool must be connected to the same M2000. The M2000 is used to manage
the logical and physical RNCs involved in RNC in Pool.
Parameters for a logical RNC are configured on the LMT of its master RNC. The parameter
settings are then synchronized to the overflow RNC through CME. Users can configure logical
RNC parameters for multiple physical RNCs on the CME.
4.20.4 Hardware
To enhance Iur-p interface reliability, multiple Iur-p links must be configured. As a result, the
number of RNC interface boards and ports will increase.
If the master RNC is configured with the SAU or GCG and uses them, the overflow RNC must
also be configured with the SAU or GCG. Otherwise, functions provided by the boards cannot
be used after the signaling is taken over by the overflow RNC.
The BSC6900 must be configured with IP interface board GOUc or FG2c to support Iur-p
interface.
The BSC6910 must be configured with IP interface board GOUc, FG2c or EXOUa to support
Iur-p interface.

An Iur-p interface connecting two physical RNCs, on which a logical RNC is mapped, has been
introduced.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

146
WCDMA RAN

License
l
This feature affects the license as follows:

The license for a BSC6900 that functions as the master RNC covers both software license
and hardware license. A BSC6900 is under the control of only one license.
A BSC6910 is under the control of only one license. When functioning as the master RNC,
the license is a software license. When functioning as the overflow RNC, the license is a
hardware license.
This feature affects the license control item as follows:

The following new license control item has been added.
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control
Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15021
1
RNC in Pool
Load Sharing
RNC in Pool
Load Sharing
(per Active
User)
RNC (BSC6900/
BSC6910)
per 500 active

users
When a network is shared by multiple operators, the preceding license control item is not
operator-specific. This is because this feature applies to all operators configured on an RNC.
The license usage of the primary operator indicates the license usage of all operators.
The following commands have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-29 New RNC commands
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
MML Command
Description
New
ADD/MOD/RMV/LST
URNCMAP
These new commands are

used to add, modify, remove,
or query the mapping
relationship between a
logical RNC on a physical
RNC and another physical
RNC.
New
SET/LST
UPOOLLOADSHAREPARA

used to set or query the
parameters related to load
sharing, including sharing
type and threshold.

147
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
MML Command
Description
New
SET/LST
URNCPOOLCFGCTRL

synchronization mode of
logical RNC parameters
between the master RNC
and the overflow RNC.
New
DSP
URNCPOOLDATASYNC
This new command is used

to query the synchronization
status of logical RNC
parameters between the
master RNC and the
overflow RNC.
New
ADD/MOD/RMV/LST/DSP
IURPLKS

or query the Iur-p link set
parameters.
New
LST/DSP IURPLNK

used to query the parameters
related to or status of the Iurp links.
New
SET/LST NODE

used to set or query a local
physical RNC.
New
ADD/ MOD/RMV/LST
EXTNODE
These commands are used to

add, modify, remove, or
query an external physical
RNC for a logical RNC.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
LoadSharingType
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD
URNCBASIC
This new parameter

specifies the load
sharing type for a
physical RNC.
New
NI(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the
network ID.

148
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
OPCSPDF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the data
format of the
originating
signaling point
(OSP).
New
DPCSPDF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the data
format of the
destination
signaling point
(DSP).
New
SPC
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the OSP
code expressed in
digits.
New
SPCDNF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the OSP
code expressed in
segments.
New
DPC
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the DSP
code expressed in
digits.
New
DPCDNF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the DSP
code expressed in
segments.
New
SUPPORTRNCINPOO
L(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET SYS
This new parameter

specifies whether
RNC in Pool is
supported.
New
POOLNAME
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET SYS
This new parameter

specifies the name
of a pool.
New
NI(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the
network ID.
New
OPCSPDF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the data
format of the OSP.

149
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
DPCSPDF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the data
format of the DSP.
New
SPC
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the OSP
code expressed in
digits.
New
SPCDNF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the OSP
code expressed in
segments.
New
DPC
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the DSP
code expressed in
digits.
New
DPCDNF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the DSP
code expressed in
segments.
New
SCTPLNKID
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD UNCP
This new parameter

specifies the SCTP
link ID.
New
SCTPLNKID
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD UCCP
This new parameter

specifies the SCTP
link ID.
New
LogicRncId
Commands for
UMTS service
configuration and
maintenance
management
This new parameter

specifies the ID of a
logical RNC. This
parameter is used to
set parameters for a
logical RNC on the
BSC6910.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

150
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.LoadSharedActiveUEs.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
UEs Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.RRC.AttConnEstab.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
RRC
Connection
Requests
Sent by UEs
Whose Load
Is Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.RRC.SuccConnEstab.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
Successful
RRC
Connection
Requests
Sent by UEs
Whose Load
Is Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.RRC.ConnEstabTimeMax.CellDCH.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Maximum
Delay in
Setting Up
RRC
Connection
for UEs in
CELL_DCH
State Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes

151
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.RRC.ConnEstabTimeMean.CellDCH.N
odeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Average
Delay in
Setting Up
RRC
Connection
for UEs in
CELL_DCH
State Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.RRC.ConnEstabTimeMax.CellFACH.N
odeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Maximum
Delay in
Setting Up
RRC
Connection
for UEs in
CELL_FAC
H State
Whose Load
Is Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.RRC.ConnEstabTimeMean.CellFACH.
NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Average
Delay in
Setting Up
RRC
Connection
for UEs in
CELL_FAC
H State
Whose Load
Is Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes

152
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.Conv.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
CS RAB
Assignment
Requests for
UEs Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
(Conversatio
nal Service)
New
VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.Conv.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
Successful
CS RAB
Assignment
Requests for
UEs Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
(Conversatio
nal Service)
New
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Bkg.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
PS RAB
Assignment
Requests for
UEs Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
(Background
Service)

153
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Int.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
PS RAB
Assignment
Requests for
UEs Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
(Interactive
Service)
New
VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Bkg.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
Successful
PS RAB
Assignment
Requests for
UEs Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
(Background
Service)
New
VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Int.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
Successful
PS RAB
Assignment
Requests for
UEs Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
(Interactive
Service)

154
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
CS RABs
Released
Abnormally
due to Radio
Link Failure
for UEs
Whose Load
Is Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
PS RABs
Released
Abnormally
due to Radio
Link Failure
for UEs
Whose Load
Is Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
CS RABs
Released
Abnormally
for UEs
Whose Load
Is Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.NodeShare
RRC.NODESHA
RE
Number of
PS RABs
Released
Abnormally
for UEs
Whose Load
Is Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes

155
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.RAB.NormRel.CS.NodeShare
RAB.NODESHA
RE
Number of
CS RABs
Released
Normally for
UEs Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.RAB.NormRel.PS.NodeShare
RAB.NODESHA
RE
Number of
PS RABs
Released
Normally for
UEs Whose
Load Is
Shared
Between
Physical
RNC Nodes
New
VS.IURPLNK.TX.PKGNUM
IURPLNK
Number of
Packets Sent
on the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.RX.PKGNUM
IURPLNK
Number of
Packets
Received on
the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.TX.MAXPKGNUM
IURPLNK
Maximum
Number of
Packets Sent
on the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.RX.MAXPKGNUM
IURPLNK
Maximum
Number of
Packets
Received on
the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.TX.BYTES
IURPLNK
Number of IP
Bytes Sent on
the IURP
Link

156
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.IURPLNK.RX.BYTES
IURPLNK
Number of IP
Bytes
Received on
the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.TX.MAXBYTES
IURPLNK
Maximum
Number of IP
Bytes Sent on
the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.RX.MAXBYTES
IURPLNK
Maximum
Number of IP
Bytes
Received on
the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.SERVICE.INTERVAL
IURPLNK
Service
Duration of
the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.CONGESTION
IURPLNK
Number of
Congestions
on the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.CONGESTION.INTERVAL
IURPLNK
Congestion
Duration of
the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.OVERLOAD
IURPLNK
Number of
Overloads on
the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.OVERLOAD.INTERVAL
IURPLNK
Overload
Duration of
the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.RETX.PKGNUM
IURPLNK
Number of
Packets
Resent on the
IURP Link

157
WCDMA RAN
Counters related to logical RNC services are reported on the master RNC. Counters related to
services taken over by the overflow RNC are transmitted over the Iur-p interface to and reported
on the master RNC.
This feature does not affect counters on the NodeB side.
Fault Management
The following alarms have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
l
ALM-20759 POOL license information synchronization failure
ALM-22307 RNC in Pool Function Unavailable
ALM-21607 External Node Unreachable Alarm
ALM-21606 IURP Link Fault
ALM-21608 IURP Link Congestion Alarm
Message Tracing and Performance Monitoring

You can specify the ID of the logical RNC on the starting GUI of message tracing and
performance monitoring. If you do not specify the RNC ID, the messages and performance of
the logical RNC on the master RNC will be traced or monitored. The RNC ID does not need to
be specified when only load sharing is used, because message tracing and performance
monitoring cannot be performed on the overflow RNC.
The master RNC is responsible for user tracing and monitoring of logical RNCs, as well as
interface tracing for all interfaces including Iur-p. The overflow RNC can perform only the Iurp interface tracing.

None

This feature is mutually exclusive to WRFD-010660 MBMS Phase 2.
If being shared between RNCs, Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) data in pointto-point (P2P) mode will experience out-of-synchronization, which leads to broadcast service
performance deterioration.
Impacted Features
When this feature is used together with WRFD-020134 Push to Talk, the push to talk (PTT)
access delay of UEs whose signaling is shared between RNCs will increase. As a result, the key
performance indicators (KPIs) of the Push to Talk feature cannot meet requirements.
The overflow RNC does not support the Iur-g interface. The following features do not apply to
UEs whose signaling is taken over by the overflow RNC. UEs whose signaling is processed by
the master RNC can use the following features:
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

158
WCDMA RAN
WRFD-070004 Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g
WRFD-070005 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g
WRFD-070006 GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g
WRFD-070007 GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g
Serving Radio Network System (SRNS) relocation and directed signaling connection reestablishment (DSCR) due to Iur transmission resource congestion cannot be performed on UEs
whose signaling is taken over by the overflow RNC. This happens when the following features
are used:
l
WRFD-02060501 SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved)
WRFD-021400 Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)
If the feature WOFD-192300 Event-based Counter - WRAN is used on the M2000, the eventbased counters (EBCs) cannot be applied or reported for the UEs whose signaling is taken over
by the overflow RNC.
4.21 WRFD-150212 RNC in Pool Node Redundancy (New/

Optional)
This feature prevents massive service disruption caused by RNC failure by making a physical
RNC a backup (known as the backup RNC) for another physical RNC (known as the master
RNC) in a pool. The master RNC and the backup RNC are connected over the Iur-p interface.
A dual-homed NodeB is connected to both RNCs over two Iub interfaces, as shown in Figure
4-12. In normal situations, the master RNC provides services for the dual-homed NodeBs. If the
master RNC is faulty or when otherwise necessary, the control rights of the dual-homed NodeBs
(NodeB control for short) can be switched over to the backup RNC by running MML commands.
After a NodeB control switchover, services of dual-homed NodeBs are resumed on the backup
RNC.
Figure 4-12 RNC in Pool node redundancy
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

159
WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
If the feature WRFD-150240 RNC in Pool Multiple Logical RNCs is not used, the hardware
capacity planning for the backup RNC is based on the hardware capacity of the master RNC. If
the feature WRFD-150240 RNC in Pool Multiple Logical RNCs is used, the hardware capacity
of the backup RNC must be planned. The following uses a pool where one BSC6910 functions
as the backup RNC for three BSC6900s as an example.
When planning the hardware capacity for the BSC6910, users must first ensure that the BSC6910
is capable of processing the services from its own logical RNC. If users require the BSC6910
to take over services from all three BSC6900s when necessary, the hardware capacity equal to
the capacity sum of the three BSC6900s must be added.
If users require the BSC6910 to take over services from any of the BSC6900s when necessary,
the hardware capacity equal to the largest capacity of the three BSC6900s must be added. In this
scenario, if more than one BSC6900 is faulty and services must be taken over by the BSC6910,
service congestion may occur due to insufficient hardware resources. This will affect the quality
of experience (QoE).
Network Performance
This feature allows NodeB control switchovers between physical RNCs. A switchover leads to
service drops for UEs in connected mode, which affects the KPIs.
After a NodeB control switchover, the KPIs of the related logical RNC may be different from
those before the switchover. This is because user-plane and transmission parameters may be
inconsistent on the master RNC and the backup RNC, and the load of the two RNCs is different.
Before each NodeB control switchover, run the LST UDPUCFGDATA command on the master
RNC and the backup RNC to check whether the parameters are consistent. If not, run the SET
UDPUCFGDATA command on the backup RNC with the related parameters set to the same
values as those on the master RNC.
The service resumption time for all dual-homed NodeBs after the NodeB control switchover is
no longer than 100 seconds.
4.21.3 NEs
To use this feature, NodeBs must be configured with two Iub interfaces connecting to two
physical RNCs. The CN must be configured with the control-plane and user-plane Iu interface
to the backup RNC, and a neighboring RNC must be configured with the control-plane and userplane Iur interface to the backup RNC.
After the control rights of dual-homed NodeBs are switched over from the master RNC to the
backup RNC, the Iur-g, Iu-BC, and Iupc interfaces cannot be restored on the backup RNC. As
a result, features related to the interfaces are not applicable until the control rights of dual-homed
NodeBs are switched back from the backup RNC to the master RNC.
This feature is implemented on the RNC, CME, and M2000. The M2000 is used to manage the
logical and physical RNCs involved in RNC in Pool.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

160
WCDMA RAN
Parameters for a logical RNC are configured on the LMT of its master RNC. The parameter
settings are then synchronized to the backup RNC through CME. Users can configure logical
RNC parameters for multiple physical RNCs on the CME.
4.21.4 Hardware
To enhance Iur-p interface reliability, multiple Iur-p links must be configured. As a result, the
number of RNC interface boards and ports will increase.
If the master RNC is configured with the SAU, NIU, or GCG and uses them, the backup RNC
must also be configured with the SAU, NIU, or GCG. Otherwise, functions provided by the
boards cannot be used after the services are resumed on the backup RNC.
The BSC6900 must be configured with IP interface board GOUc or FG2c to support Iur-p
interface.
Iur-p interface.

An Iur-p interface connecting two physical RNCs, on which a logical RNC is mapped, has been
introduced. This feature also affects the Iu interface. A private message
NBAP_RNC_POOL_PRIVATE, heartbeat messages, and control rights negotiation messages
have been introduced.
To enable the master RNC and backup RNC to negotiate with one another on the NodeB control
if either of them is reset, they must use periodic heartbeat messages and inform the peer RNC
of its status. The heartbeat messages are sent over the Iur-p interface between the RNCs. When
the Iur-p interface is faulty, the heartbeat messages are sent over the Iub interface. The message
transmission period is 5 seconds. The message is of small size and therefore hardly affects the
control plane of the Iub interface.
The NodeB control switchover can be performed on either the master RNC or the master RNC
by running MML commands. To instruct the peer RNC to participate in the NodeB control
switchover, messages need to be sent over the Iub interface. The messages hardly affect the
control plane of the Iub interface because they are sent only when the NodeB control switchover
needs to be performed.

License
l

the license is a software license. When functioning as the backup RNC, the license is a
hardware license.

Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

161
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15021
2
RNC in Pool
Node
Redundancy
RNC in Pool
Node
Redundancy
(per NodeB)
RNC
(BSC6900/
BSC6910)
per NodeB
The following commands have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
MML Command
Description
New
ADD/MOD/RMV/LST
URNCMAP

or query the mapping
relationship between a
logical RNC on a physical
RNC and another physical
RNC.
New
SET/LST
URNCPOOLCFGCTRL

synchronization mode of
logical RNC parameters
between the master RNC and
the backup RNC.
New
DSP
URNCPOOLDATASYNC
This new command is used to

query the synchronization
status of logical RNC
parameters between the
master RNC and the backup
RNC.
New
FOC/REL/DSP
UHOSTRNC

used to preempt, release, or
query the NodeB control on a
local physical RNC.
New
ADD/MOD/RMV/LST/DSP
IURPLKS

or query the Iur-p link set
parameters.

162
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
MML Command
Description
New
LST/DSP IURPLNK

used to query the parameters
related to or status of the Iurp links.
New
SET/LST NODE

used to set or query a local
physical RNC.
New
ADD/ MOD/RMV/LST
EXTNODE
These commands are used to

add, modify, remove, or
query an external physical
RNC for a logical RNC.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
RedundancyType
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD
URNCBASIC
This new parameter

specifies the node
redundancy type for
a physical RNC.
New
NI(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the
network ID.
New
OPCSPDF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the data
format of the OSP.
New
DPCSPDF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the data
format of the DSP.
New
SPC
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the OSP
code expressed in
digits.
New
SPCDNF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the OSP
code expressed in
segments.

163
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
DPC
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the DSP
code expressed in
digits.
New
DPCDNF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCNNODE
This new parameter

specifies the DSP
code expressed in
segments.
New
SUPPORTRNCINPOOL
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET SYS
This new parameter

specifies whether
RNC in Pool is
supported.
New
POOLNAME
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET SYS
This new parameter

specifies the name
of a pool.
New
NI(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the
network ID.
New
OPCSPDF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the data
format of the OSP.
New
DPCSPDF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the data
format of the DSP.
New
SPC
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the OSP
code expressed in
digits.
New
SPCDNF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the OSP
code expressed in
segments.
New
DPC
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the DSP
code expressed in
digits.
New
DPCDNF
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UNRNC
This new parameter

specifies the DSP
code expressed in
segments.

164
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
SCTPLNKID
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD UNCP
This new parameter

specifies the SCTP
link ID.
New
SCTPLNKID
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD/MOD UCCP
This new parameter

specifies the SCTP
link ID.
New
LogicRncId
Commands for
UMTS service
configuration and
maintenance
management
This new parameter

logical RNC. This
parameter is used to
set parameters for a
logical RNC on the
BSC6910.
If the BSC6910 uses the feature WRFD-150240 RNC in Pool Multiple Logical RNCs and the
NodeB control is switched over to this RNC, the RNC ID must be specified when configuring
logical RNC parameters.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measuremen
t Unit
Description
New
VS.IURPLNK.RX.PKGNUM
IURPLNK
Number of
Packets
Received on the
IURP Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.TX.MAXPKGNUM
IURPLNK
Maximum
Number of
Packets Sent on
the IURP Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.RX.MAXPKGNUM
IURPLNK
Maximum
Number of
Packets
Received on the
IURP Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.TX.BYTES
IURPLNK
Number of IP
Bytes Sent on
the IURP Link

165
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measuremen
t Unit
Description
New
VS.IURPLNK.RX.BYTES
IURPLNK
Number of IP
Bytes Received
on the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.TX.MAXBYTES
IURPLNK
Maximum
Number of IP
Bytes Sent on
the IURP Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.RX.MAXBYTES
IURPLNK
Maximum
Number of IP
Bytes Received
on the IURP
Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.SERVICE.INTERVAL
IURPLNK
Service
Duration of the
IURP Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.CONGESTION
IURPLNK
Number of
Congestions on
the IURP Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.CONGESTION.INTERVAL
IURPLNK
Congestion
Duration of the
IURP Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.OVERLOAD
IURPLNK
Number of
Overloads on
the IURP Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.OVERLOAD.INTERVAL
IURPLNK
Overload
Duration of the
IURP Link
New
VS.IURPLNK.RETX.PKGNUM
IURPLNK
Number of
Packets Resent
on the IURP
Link
If the BSC6910 uses the feature WRFD-150240 RNC in Pool Multiple Logical RNCs, the
counters related to calls of each logical RNC on the BSC6910 are reported to the M2000 by their
respective RNC ID. All counters related to device performance are reported by the BSC6910.
Fault Management
The following alarms have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

166
WCDMA RAN
ALM-20759 POOL license information synchronization failure
ALM-22307 RNC in Pool Function Unavailable
ALM-21607 External Node Unreachable Alarm
ALM-22235 Dual-Homed NodeB Configuration Incorrect
ALM-21606 IURP Link Fault
ALM-21608 IURP Link Congestion Alarm
Message Tracing and Performance Monitoring

After the logical RNC services are resumed on the backup RNC, message tracing and
performance monitoring are started on the backup RNC. When the feature WRFD-150240 RNC
in Pool Multiple Logical RNCs is used, multiple logical RNCs may be carried by the backup
RNC. In this case, you should specify the ID of the logical RNC on the GUI. Once an RNC ID
is specified, the messages and performance of only the related RNC will be traced or monitored,
respectively. If you do not specify the RNC ID, the messages and performance of the logical
RNC on the master RNC will be traced or monitored.

None

None
Impacted Features
After the control rights of dual-homed NodeBs are switched over from the master RNC to the
backup RNC, the following features are not applicable because the Iur-g, Iu-BC, and Iupc
interfaces cannot be restored on the backup RNC:
l
WRFD-070004 Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g
WRFD-070005 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g
WRFD-070006 GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g
WRFD-070007 GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g
WRFD-020807 Iupc Interface for LCS service
WRFD-011000 Cell Broadcast Service
WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast
WRFD-020127 Warning of Disaster
Features not supported by the BSC6910 are not applicable after services of a logical RNC are
resumed on the backup RNC. If the feature WOFD-192300 Event-based Counter - WRAN is
used on the M2000, the values of such counters are not trustworthy within a measurement period
where the NodeB control is switched over.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

167
WCDMA RAN
4.22 WRFD-150240 RNC in Pool Multiple Logical RNCs

(New/Optional)
This feature needs to be used together with the feature WRFD-150211 RNC in Pool Load Sharing
or WRFD-150212 RNC in Pool Node Redundancy. With this feature, a BSC6910 can carry
multiple logical RNCs and provide load sharing or node redundancy functions for one BSC6910
or multiple BSC6900s. Apart from the logical RNCs used in load sharing or node redundancy,
the BSC6910 can also carry its own logical RNC.

If this feature is used together with the feature WRFD-150211 RNC in Pool Load Sharing, see
section 4.20.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.
If this feature is used together with the feature WRFD-150212 RNC in Pool Node Redundancy,
see section 4.21.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.
4.22.3 NEs
No impact.
4.22.4 Hardware
The BSC6900 does not support this feature.
Iur-p interface.

No impact.

License
l

the license is a software license. When functioning as the overflow or backup RNC, the
license is a hardware license.

Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

168
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15024
0
RNC in Pool
Multiple
Logical RNCs
RNC in Pool
Multiple Logic
RNC (per
RNC)
RNC
(BSC6910)
per logical
RNC
If this feature is used together with WRFD-150211 RNC in Pool Load Sharing, see
section 4.20.6 Operation and Maintenance.
If this feature is used together with WRFD-150212 RNC in Pool Node Redundancy, see
Fault Management

This feature requires WRFD-150211 RNC in Pool Load Sharing or WRFD-150212 RNC in Pool
Node Redundancy.

None
Impacted Features
None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

169
WCDMA RAN
4.23 WRFD-150213 MOCN Independent Iub Transmission

Resource Allocation (New/Optional)
The MOCN Independent Iub Transmission Resource Allocation feature allocates user-plane Iub
transmission resources to operators in MOCN scenarios, which prevents one operator from
occupying excess user-plane Iub transmission resources and ensures that each operator retains
independent user-plane Iub transmission resources.
To allocate user-plane bandwidths to each operator independently, the RNC is configured with
multiple logical ports, where each logical port corresponds to one operator. After identifying the
UE's serving operator, the RNC sends the UE's user-plane data to the corresponding logical port.

System Capacity
This feature has no impact on system capacity when the Iub transmission resources allocated to
each operator are sufficient.
If the resources are not properly allocated among operators, system capacity decreases. For
example, if a total of 10 Mbit/s bandwidth is equally allocated to operators A and B who require
6 Mbit/s and 4 Mbit/s, respectively, only 9 Mbit/s bandwidth is utilized, with a 10% decrease in
system capacity.
Network Performance
Before you deploy this feature, allocate Iub transmission resources to operators based on their
traffic requirements. For example, allocate the Iub transmission resources equally if all operators
have almost the same traffic requirements.
This feature has no impact on network performance when the Iub transmission resources
allocated to each operator are sufficient.
If the Iub transmission resources are not properly allocated among operators, network
performance deteriorates. For example, if a total of 10 Mbit/s bandwidth is equally allocated to
operators A and B who require 6 Mbit/s and 4 Mbit/s, respectively, resource utilization and
access success rate decrease by 10%. The throughput of a single HSDPA user decreases as
follows:
100% x (1 Minimum bandwidth allocated to an operator/Min(Bandwidth obtained before
service activation, Maximum bandwidth required by an UE))
4.23.3 NEs
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

170
WCDMA RAN
4.23.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
A NodeB-level license control item has been introduced to accommodate this feature.
The following parameters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-34 New parameters on the RNC side
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
CchCnOpIndex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
l ADD UCELLSETUP
This new
parameter specifies
the operator that
provides
bandwidth for
common channels
of a shared cell.
l MOD UCELLSETUP
l ADD
UCELLQUICKSETU
P
The default value

255 indicates that
the primary
operator provides
bandwidth.
If there is no
primary operator,
the first operator
listed in the
operator group
provides
bandwidth.
New
NodeBId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
l ADD
UNODEBLICENSE
l MOD
UNODEBLICENSE
l RMV
UNODEBLICENSE
This new
parameter specifies
the NodeB to
which a feature
applies.
l LST
UNODEBLICENSE
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

171
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
FuncSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
l ADD
UNODEBLICENSE
This new
parameter specifies
the function switch
for a NodeB-level
license.
l MOD
UNODEBLICENSE
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

This feature requires the WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package feature.

This feature cannot be used with the following features:
l
WRFD-140208 Iub Transmission Resource Pool in RNC
WRFD-150243 Iub IP Transmission Based on Dynamic Load Balancing
WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package
WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Phase 2
Impacted Features
None.
4.24 WRFD-150214 MOCN Independent CE Resource

Allocation (New/Optional)
The MOCN Independent CE Resource Allocation feature allocates a NodeB's uplink and
downlink CE resources to operators in MOCN scenarios. With this feature, the M2000 allocates
resources by configuring private and common groups, and UEs consume CE resources allocated
to their serving operators. If the available CE resources for an operator are insufficient, the RNC
relieves CE congestion for this operator by reducing the BE service rate or switching the TTI
from 2 ms to 10 ms.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

172
WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
This feature has no impact on system capacity when the CE resources allocated to each operator
are sufficient.
If the resources are not properly allocated among operators, system capacity decreases. For
example, if a total of 100 CEs are equally allocated to operators A and B who require 60 and 40
CEs, respectively, only 90 CEs are utilized, with a 10% decrease in system capacity.
Network Performance
Before you deploy this feature, allocate CE resources to operators based on their traffic
requirements. For example, allocate the CE resources equally if all operators have almost the
same traffic requirements.
This feature has no impact on network performance when the CE resources allocated to each
operator are sufficient.
If the CE resources are not properly allocated among operators, network performance
deteriorates. For example, if a total of 100 CEs are equally allocated to operators A and B who
require 60 and 40 CEs, respectively, network performance deteriorates, with a 10% decrease in
resource utilization, cell HSUPA throughput, R99 PS throughput, and access success rate.
4.24.3 NEs
4.24.4 Hardware
Only 3900 series base stations configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board support
this feature.

No impact.

License
A NodeB-level license control item has been introduced to accommodate this feature.
No impact.
The following measurement unit has been added on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

173
WCDMA RAN
Measurement Unit
Description
PLMN.NodeB
Indicates NodeB-level performance counters

collected by the RNC for each operator.
Fault Management
The ALM-26812 System Dynamic Traffic Exceeding Licensed Limit alarm has been added on
the NodeB to accommodate this feature.

This feature requires the WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package feature.

This feature cannot be used with the WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package feature.
Impacted Features
None.
4.25 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS

Handover (New/Optional)
The LTE network supports voice over IP (VoIP) services after the IP multimedia subsystem
(IMS) is deployed. When a UMTS/LTE dual-mode UE processing a VoIP service on the LTE
network moves to the UMTS coverage area, the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC)
feature works to hand over the VoIP service to the CS domain of the UMTS network. This
featureensures voice service continuity.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Compared with the PS handover of the VoIP service, this feature enables the VoIP service
in LTE to be carried in the CS domain, which improves the voice quality.
174
WCDMA RAN
Compared with the CS only SRVCC handover of the PS service, this feature reduces the
interruption duration of the PS service.
4.25.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE. The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later and
also support SRVCC.
The CN must support LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers and SRVCC.
4.25.4 Hardware
No Impact.

No Impact.

License
An RNC-level license control item has been added to the RNC for this feature.
The following switch has been introduced on the RNC side, as described in Table 4-35. No
switch has been introduced on the NodeB side.
Table 4-35 New RNC switch
Chang
e Type
MO
Switch
Name
Parameter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
URRC
TRLS
WITC
H
L2USRVC
CwithPSH
OSwitch
L2USRVCCwith
PSHOSwitch
(PROCESSSWIT
CH)
SET
URRCT
RLSWIT
CH
This new switch enables

SRVCC from LTE to
UMTS with PS
Handover.
The following counters have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature, as
described in Table 4-36.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

175
WCDMA RAN

Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.SRVCC.L2U.Att
InCSPS
INTRAT.HO.Cell
Number of Incoming
L2U CS+PS
Handover Attempts
Triggered by
SRVCC for VoIP
Services for Cell
New
VS.SRVCC.L2U.Su
ccInCSPS
INTRAT.HO.Cell
Number of
Successful Incoming
L2U CS+PS
Handovers Triggered
by SRVCC for VoIP
Services for Cell
New
VS.SRVCC.L2U.Att
RelocPrepInCSPS
INTRAT.HO.Cell
Number of
Preparation
Attempts for
Incoming L2U CS
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for VoIP
Services for Cell
New
VS.SRVCC.L2U.Su
ccRelocPrepInCSPS
INTRAT.HO.Cell
Number of
Successful
Preparations for
Incoming L2U CS
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for VoIP
Services for Cell
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

176
WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
UEs served by the LTE network can be handed over to the UMTS network through the SRVCC
only when the LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN feature is enabled.
4.26 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS

to LTE (New/Optional)
This feature enables a UE served by a heavily loaded cell to be shifted from UMTS to LTE
through a redirection, which reduces the load of the serving UMTS cell.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
This feature allows UEs in congested UMTS cells to be redirected to LTE cells when UMTS
cells are moderately congested. This method relieves the congestion in the current UMTS cell
and decreases user access failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE network performance
is enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.
4.26.3 NEs
The UE must support UMTS and LTE and support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
4.26.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
The following parameters have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature,
as described in Table 4-37. No parameter has been introduced on the NodeB side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

177
WCDMA RAN

Chang
e Type
MO
Paramete
r ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UCEL
LLDR
DlLdrElev
enthAction
ADD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
This new parameter specifies a different

action from that specified by
DlLdrFirstAction.
New
UCEL
LLDR
UlLdrNint
hAction
ADD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
This new parameter specifies a different

action from that specified by
UlLdrFirstAction.
New
UCEL
LLDR
UlPSU2L
HOUeNu
m
ADD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
This new parameter specifies the number

of UEs for performing uplink UMTS-toLTE PS handovers. The parameter value
can be set based on the ratio of high-speed
UEs to PS UEs. If the ratio is high, this
parameter can be set to a smaller value.
Otherwise, the parameter value can be
changed to a larger one. The load
reshuffling (LDR) algorithm aims to
slowly reduce cell loads. Therefore, this
parameter is set to a small value.
New
UCEL
LLDR
DlPSU2L
HOUeNu
m
ADD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
This new parameter specifies the number

of UEs for performing downlink UMTSto-LTE PS handovers.
The following counters have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature,
as described in Table 4-38. No counter has been introduced on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

178
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-38 New NodeB counters

Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.U2LTEHO.RRC
Release.Load
U2LTE.HO.CELL
Number of
Measurement-based
U2L PS Redirections
Triggered by LDR
for Cell
New
VS.U2LTEHO.RRC
Release.Load.Blind
U2LTE.HO.CELL
Number of LDRtriggered U2L PS

Blind Redirections
for Cell
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
l
WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
4.27 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE (New/Optional)
This feature enables a UE served by a heavily loaded cell to be shifted from UMTS to LTE
through a handover, which reduces the load of the serving UMTS cell.

System Capacity
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

179
WCDMA RAN
Network Performance
This feature allows UEs in congested UMTS cells to be handed over to LTE cells when UMTS
cells are moderately congested. In this way, this method relieves the current UMTS cell and
decreases user access failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE network performance is
enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.
4.27.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE. The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later, UMTSto-LTE PS handovers, and LTE network measurements in connected mode.
The eNodeB and MME must support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
The SGSN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
4.27.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UCELLLDR
DlLdrEleventh
Action
ADD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
This new
parameter
specifies a
different action
from that
specified by
DlLdrFirstActio
n.

180
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UCELLLDR
UlLdrNinthActi
on
ADD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
This new
parameter
specifies a
different action
from that
specified by
UlLdrFirstActio
n.
New
UCELLLDR
UlPSU2LHOU
eNum
ADD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
This new
parameter
specifies the
number of UEs
for performing
uplink UMTSto-LTE PS
handovers.
New
UCELLLDR
DlPSU2LHOU
eNum
ADD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLLDR
(Optional)
This new
parameter
specifies the
number of UEs
for performing
downlink
UMTS-to-LTE
PS handovers.
The following counters have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature,
as described in Table 4-40. No counter has been introduced on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.U2LTEHO.AttO
utPS.Load
U2LTE.HO.CELL
Number of LDRtriggered U2L PS

Handover Attempts
for Cell
New
VS.U2LTEHO.Succ
OutPS.Load
U2LTE.HO.CELL
Number of
Successful LDRtriggered U2L PS
Handovers for Cell

181
WCDMA RAN
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
This feature affects the following RAN features:
l
WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
4.28 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from

UMTS to LTE(New/Optional)
This feature enables the RNC to redirect a UMTS/LTE dual-mode UE processing only PS
services to the LTE network when:
l
The UE is located in the hybrid network coverage of UMTS and LTE.
The UMTS signal quality received at the UE is poor.
The LTE signal quality received at the UE is good.
When the UMTS signal quality received at the UE is very poor, the RNC can redirect the UE to
the LTE network through blind redirection.
This feature provides the following benefits:
l
This feature provides an alternative to the PS handover. When UEs, the UMTS network,
or the LTE network does not support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, this feature enables
PS redirection to the LTE network.
When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature
allows the UE to be redirected to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS
services.
When the UMTS signal quality is very poor, this feature allows blind redirection to the
LTE network, reducing service drops.
During UE redirection to the LTE network, this feature allows the RNC to obtain the LTE
frequency from the system information or from the neighboring LTE cell. If the RNC
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

182
WCDMA RAN
obtains the LTE frequency from the system information, operators can eliminate the
workload for configuring the neighboring LTE cell.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be redirected to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection shortens the duration of service interruptions.
When the blind redirection switch is turned on in an area with poor LTE network coverage, call
drops may occur.
4.28.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE. The UE must support UMTS and LTE and support
3GPP Release 8 or later.
4.28.4 Hardware
No Impact.

No Impact.

License
The following MML commands have been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this
feature, as described in Table 4-41. No MML command has been introduced on the NodeB side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

183
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-41 New RNC MML commands

Chang
e Type
MO
MML Command
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
SET
UU2LTEHOCOV
This new command is used to set the RNC-level

UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
measurement algorithm parameters.
Coverage-based handovers and redirections are
triggered by any event except event 2D, event 2F
and event 1F.
The event-triggered reporting mode and
periodical reporting mode are both available to
measurement reporting for the coverage-based
handover to LTE.
New
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
LST
UU2LTEHOCOV
This new command is used to list the RNC-level

UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
measurement algorithm parameters.
New
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
ADD
UCELLU2LTEHO
COV
This new command is used to add cell-level

measurement algorithm parameters for coveragebased UMTS-to-LTE handovers and
redirections.
and event 1F.
handover to LTE.
New
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
MOD
UCELLU2LTEHO
COV
This new command is used to modify cell-level

redirections.
and event 1F.
handover to LTE.
New
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
RMV
UCELLU2LTEHO
COV
This new command is used to remove cell-level

redirections.

184
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
MML Command
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
LST
UCELLU2LTEHO
COV
This new command is used to list cell-level

redirections.
as described inTable 4-42. No parameter has been introduced on the NodeB side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UCORR
MALGO
SWITCH
HO_U2L_COV_
PS_REDIRECT_
SWITCH
(HoSwitch1)
SET
UCORRMAL
GOSWITCH
This new parameter specifies

whether to enable a coveragebased UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection. When the switch
is turned on, the RNC allows
the coverage-based UMTS-toLTE PS redirection procedure.

185
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
LTEThd2DEcN0
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the Ec/N0 threshold for a UE
to start LTE cell
measurements.
When the measured Ec/N0 is
below the threshold, the UE
reports event 2D. Then, the
RNC sends a signaling
message to enable the
compressed mode and the UE
starts LTE cell measurements.
Event 2D and event 2F are
triggered to enable and disable
the compressed mode
respectively. To enable the
compressed mode earlier,
increase the threshold of
triggering event 2D;
otherwise, decrease the
threshold of triggering event
2D. To prevent frequent pingpong handovers at intervals
between enabling and
disabling the compressed
mode, increase the difference
between the thresholds of
triggering event 2D and event
2F. Thresholds of triggering
event 2D and event 2F are
unique for inter-frequency
UMTS cells, GSM cells, and
LTE cells.
When LTE cells and interfrequency UMTS cells
coexist, use the thresholds of
2F in UMTS.
When LTE cells and GSM
cells coexist, use the
thresholds of triggering event
2D and event 2F in GSM.
When inter-frequency UMTS
cells, GSM cells, and LTE
thresholds based on the value
of CoexistMeasThdChoice
in the ADD
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

186
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
UCELLHOCOMM/SET
UHOCOMM command.
When only LTE cells exist, use
2D and event 2F in LTE.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

187
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
LTEThd2FEcN0
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the Ec/N0 threshold for a UE
to stop LTE cell
measurements.
When the measured Ec/N0 is
above the threshold, the UE
stops LTE cell measurements.
the compressed mode
LTE cells.
2F in UMTS.
in the ADD
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

188
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
UCELLHOCOMM/SET
UHOCOMM command.
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
LTEThd2DRSCP
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the RSCP threshold for a UE
to start LTE cell
measurements.
When the measured RSCP is
below the threshold, the UE
starts LTE cell measurements.
the compressed mode
LTE cells.
2F in UMTS.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

189
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
LTEThd2FRSCP
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the RSCP threshold for a UE
to stop LTE cell
measurements.
When the measured RSCP is
above the threshold, the UE
stops LTE cell measurements.
the compressed mode
LTE cells.
2F in UMTS.
in the ADD
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

190
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
UCELLHOCOMM/SET
UHOCOMM command.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

191
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
LTEReportMode
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the mode for a UE to report
LTE cell measurement results.
When the parameter is set to
PERIODICAL_REPORTING, report measurement
results periodically. When this
parameter is set to
EVENT_TRIGGER, report
measurement results by
triggering an event. For details
about measurement reporting
modes, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
In EVENT_TRIGGER mode,
event 3A is used to decide
whether to trigger a UMTS-toLTE handover to prevent pingpong effect of the UMTS-toLTE handover. In this mode,
the signaling transmission and
processing load reduces, and
the number of ping-pong
handovers decreases based on
the relative signal quality of
the current frequency and the
LTE frequency. However,
measurement results are
reported only once. No
mechanism is provided for
changing this mode to the
PERIODICAL_REPORTING mode. If the handover
fails, periodic retries can be
triggered only by the internal
timer.
In PERIODICAL_REPORTING mode, a UMTS-to-LTE
handover or redirection starts
when the reported LTE cell
quality meets the requirements
for triggering a UMTS-toLTE handover or redirection.
If the handover fails, handover
or redirection retries are
performed based on the
periodical LTE measurement
report. In this mode, handover
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

192
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
retries can be performed in a
cell based on the periodical
measurement report after the
handover fails. Therefore, the
subsequent algorithm can be
expanded flexibly. However,
the Uu load and signaling
processing load increase. The
reporting mode is selected as
required. Currently, the
traditional
PERIODICAL_REPORTING mode is used.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
UsedFreqThdRS
CP
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the RSCP threshold of the used
frequency. One necessary
condition for triggering event
3A is that the quality of the
used frequency is lower than
the threshold. The other
necessary condition is that the
quality of the target cell is
higher than the corresponding
decision threshold
(TargetRatThdRSRP).
Event 3A is triggered only
when the two conditions are
met.
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
UsedFreqThdEc
No
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the Ec/N0 threshold of the
used frequency. One
necessary condition for
triggering event 3A is that the
quality of the used frequency
is lower than the threshold.
The other necessary condition
is that the quality of the target
cell is higher than the
corresponding decision
threshold
(TargetRatThdRSRP).
Event 3A is triggered only
when the two conditions are
met.

193
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
LTEMeasQuanO
f3A
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the measurement quantity of
the target LTE network
reported in Event 3A for a
coverage-based handover.
RSRP indicates the average
signal power received at all
REs carrying reference signals
in a symbol.
RSRQ is equal to RSRP
divided by RSSI. A factor (N)
is used to adjust the ratio if the
bandwidths used for
measuring RSRP and RSSI are
different. That is, RSRQ = N x
RSRP/RSSI.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
Hystfor3A
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the hysteresis for reporting
event 3A. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.331.
New
UU3LTE
HOCOV
TrigTime3A
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the hysteresis for reporting
event 3A. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.331.

194
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
U2LTEFilterCoe
f
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the layer 3 filtering coefficient
for LTE cell measurements.
The RNC delivers the layer 3
filtering coefficient to a UE to
smooth measurement results
based on the following
formula:
Fn = (1-a) x Fn-1 + a x Mn
where
a = 1/(2^(k/2))
k refers to the layer 3 filtering
coefficient.
Fn-1 refers to the
measurement result after the
filtering of the preceding time.
Mn refers to the latest
measurement result.
Fn refers to the measurement
result after filtering for this
time.
For details, see 3GPP TS
25.331.
New
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
UU2LTE
HOCOV
U2LTEMeasTim
e
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV


the length of a timer for LTE
cell measurements.
The RNC starts the timer to
perform LTE cell
measurements. If a handover
to the LTE network is not
triggered after the timer
expires, the RNC stops LTE
cell measurements and
compressed mode. If this
parameter is set to 0, the RNC
does not start the timer for
LTE cell measurements.
195
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
TargetRatThdRS
RP
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the reference signal received
power (RSRP) threshold for
LTE cell measurements of
event 3A.
When coverage-based UMTSto-LTE handover
measurements are reported by
events and RSRP is used for
the measurement of event 3A,
the RNC triggers event 3A in
the following conditions:
The cell quality of the target
system is greater than the
threshold.
The quality of the used
frequency is lower than the
decision threshold. When
coverage-based UMTS-toLTE handover measurements
are reported periodically, this
parameter is set to estimate
inter-RAT coverage
handovers on the RNC side.
25.331.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

196
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
TargetRatThdRS
RQ
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the threshold for reference
signal received quality
(RSRQ) for LTE cell
measurements of event 3A.
When coverage-based UMTSto-LTE handover
measurements are reported by
events and RSRQ is used for
the measurement of event 3A,
the RNC triggers event 3A in
the following conditions:
The cell quality of the target
system is greater than the
threshold.
The current frequency quality
is lower than the decision
threshold. When coveragebased UMTS-to-LTE
handover measurements are
reported periodically, this
parameter is set to estimate
inter-RAT coverage
handovers on the RNC side.
25.331.
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
LTEPeriodRepor
tInterval
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the interval at which a UE
periodically reports LTE cell
measurements to the RNC. In
this case, the UE periodically
reports the LTE cell
measurement result to the
RNC at the interval.
If LTEReportMode is set to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, the UE cannot
periodically report LTE cell
measurements.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

197
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
HystforPeriodLT
E
SET
UU2LTEHOC
OV/ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the hysteresis for periodically
reporting LTE signal quality.
When LTE cell measurements
are periodically reported and
the target frequency quality
meets the following
requirement, the UE performs
handovers or redirections:
Mother_RAT is greater than or
equal to Tother_RAT plus
HystforPeriodLTE/2
where
Mother_RAT refers to the
LTE cell measurement result.
Tother_RAT refers to the
threshold for RSRP or RSRQ
decision of the LTE system for
PS services. Setting this
parameter reduces the error
decision rate caused by signal
jitter.
According to simulation
results, the shadow fading
variance of high-speed cells
covering highways is small
due to flat ground and few
barriers. Therefore, decrease
the parameter value to 1.5 dB.
The shadow fading variance of
low-speed cells covering
many high buildings is large.
Therefore, increase the
parameter value to 3.0 dB.
New
None
LstFormat
LST
UU2LTEHOC
OV/LST
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the result is listed horizontally
or vertically.
Format in which the result is
listed.
- HORIZONTAL: to list the
result horizontally
- VERTICAL: to list the result
vertically.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

198
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UU2LTE
HOCOV
CellId
ADD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/LST
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
MOD
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV/
RMV
UCELLU2LT
EHOCOV

the unique ID of a cell.
New
UTGPSC
P
DeltaCFN3
SET
UTGPSCP

the difference between the
transmission gap connection
frame numbers (TGCFN) of
compressed mode style
sequences. If CmMeasType
is set to
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FDD
_LTE_GSM, this parameter
specifies the difference
between the TGCFN when
[Compressed mode purpose]
is
GSM_INITIAL_BSIC_IDEN
TIFICATION and that when
is
GSM_CARRIER_RSSI_ME
ASUREMENT.

199
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
Modifie
d
UTGPSC
P
DeltaCFN1
SET
UTGPSCP/
LST
UTGPSCP
When CmMeasType is set to

CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FD
D_LTE or
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FD
D_LTE_GSM, this parameter
is E_UTRA_MEASUREMENT and that when
is FDD_MEASUREMENT.
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_LT
E_GSM, this parameter
is
GSM_CARRIER_RSSI_M
EASUREMENT and that
when [Compressed mode
purpose] is
E_UTRA_MEASUREMENT.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

200
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
Modifie
d
UTGPSC
P
DeltaCFN2
SET
UTGPSCP/
LST
UTGPSCP

CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_LT
E_GSM, this parameter
is GSM Initial BSIC
identification and that when
is GSM carrier RSSI
measurement.
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FD
D_LTE_GSM, this parameter
is GSM carrier RSSI
measurement and that when
is E_UTRA_MEASUREMENT.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

201
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
Modifie
d
UTGPSC
P
CMMeasType
SET
UTGPSCP/
LST
UTGPSCP
If this parameter is set to

CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FD
D_GSM, the compressed
mode sequence is used for
inter-frequency and GERAN
measurements.
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_LT
E_GSM, the compressed
GERAN and E-UTRAN
measurements.
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FD
D_LTE, the compressed
inter-frequency and EUTRAN measurements.
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FD
D_LTE_GSM, the
compressed mode sequence is
used for inter-frequency,
GERAN, and E-UTRAN
measurements.
described in Table 4-43. No counter has been introduced on the NodeB side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.U2LTEHO.RRC
Release.Coverage
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of
Measurement-based
U2L PS Redirection
Attempts Triggered
by Poor Coverage for
Cell

202
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.U2LTEHO.RRC
Release.Coverage.E
mergBlind
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of
Emergency Blind
U2L PS Redirection
Attempts Triggered
by Event 1F for Cell
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.29 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from

UMTS to LTE (New/Optional)
This feature enables the RNC to hand over a UMTS/LTE dual-mode UE processing only PS
services to the LTE network when:
l
The UE is located in the hybrid network coverage of UMTS and LTE.
The UMTS signal quality received at the UE is poor.
The LTE signal quality received at the UE is good.
When the UMTS signal quality is poor and the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be handed over to the LTE network to ensure the continuity of PS services and avoid
service drops. Compared with PS redirection, PS handover shortens the service interruption
duration, improving user experience.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

203
WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be handed over to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS redirection, the PS handover shortens the duration of service interruptions
but has more requirements for the CN.
4.29.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE, SGSN, eNodeB, and MME.
The UE must support:
l
Both UMTS and LTE
3GPP Release 8 or later
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
Measurements on the neighboring LTE cell in connected mode

4.29.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
feature, as described in Table 4-44. No MML command has been introduced on the NodeB side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

204
WCDMA RAN

Change Type
MO
MML Command
Description
New
UU2LTEHOCOV
SET
UU2LTEHOCOV
This new command

is used to set the
RNC-level UMTSto-LTE handover or
redirection
measurement
algorithm
parameters.
Coverage-based
handovers and
redirections are
triggered by any
event except event
2D, event 2F and
event 1F.
The event-triggered
reporting mode and
periodical reporting
mode are both
available to
measurement
reporting for the
coverage-based
handover to LTE.
New
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
UU2LTEHOCOV
LST
UU2LTEHOCOV

This new command

is used to list the
RNC-level UMTSto-LTE handover or
redirection
measurement
algorithm
parameters.
205
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
MO
MML Command
Description
New
UU2LTEHOCOV
ADD
UCELLU2LTEHOC
OV
This new command

is used to add celllevel measurement
algorithm parameters
for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and
redirections.
Coverage-based
handovers and
redirections are
triggered by any
event except event
2D, event 2F and
event 1F.
The event-triggered
reporting mode and
mode are both
available to
measurement
reporting for the
coverage-based
handover to LTE.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

206
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
MO
MML Command
Description
New
UU2LTEHOCOV
MOD
UCELLU2LTEHOC
OV
This new command

is used to modify
cell-level
measurement
for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and
redirections.
Coverage-based
handovers and
redirections are
triggered by any
event except event
2D, event 2F and
event 1F.
The event-triggered
reporting mode and
mode are both
available to
measurement
reporting for the
coverage-based
handover to LTE.
New
UU2LTEHOCOV
RMV
UCELLU2LTEHOC
OV
This new command

is used to remove
cell-level
measurement
for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and
redirections.
New
UU2LTEHOCOV
LST
UCELLU2LTEHOC
OV
This new command

is used to list celllevel measurement
for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and
redirections.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

207
WCDMA RAN

Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UCOR
RMAL
GOSWI
TCH
HO_U2
L_COV
_PS_H
O_SWI
TCH
(HoSwit
ch1)
SET
UCORR
MALG
OSWIT
CH
This new parameter specifies whether to

enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover. When the switch is turned on, the
RNC allows the coverage-based UMTS-toLTE PS handover procedure.
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
LTETh
d2DEc
N0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the Ec/N0

threshold for a UE to start LTE cell
measurements.
When the measured Ec/N0 is below the
threshold, the UE reports event 2D. Then, the
RNC sends a signaling message to enable the
compressed mode and the UE starts LTE cell
measurements. Event 2D and event 2F are
triggered to enable and disable the
compressed mode respectively. To enable the
compressed mode earlier, increase the
threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise,
decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D.
To prevent frequent ping-pong handovers at
intervals between enabling and disabling the
compressed mode, increase the difference
between the thresholds of triggering event 2D
and event 2F. Thresholds of triggering event
2D and event 2F are unique for interfrequency UMTS cells, GSM cells, and LTE
cells.
When LTE cells and inter-frequency UMTS
cells coexist, use the thresholds of triggering
event 2D and event 2F in UMTS.
When LTE cells and GSM cells coexist, use
the thresholds of triggering event 2D and
event 2F in GSM.
When inter-frequency UMTS cells, GSM
cells, and LTE cells coexist, use the
thresholds based on the value of
CoexistMeasThdChoice in the ADD
UCELLHOCOMM/SET UHOCOMM
command.
When only LTE cells exist, use thresholds of
triggering event 2D and event 2F in LTE.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

208
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
LTETh
d2FEcN
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV

measurements.
When the measured Ec/N0 is below the
cells.
event 2F in GSM.
command.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

209
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
LTETh
d2DRS
CP
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the RSCP

measurements.
When the measured RSCP is below the
cells.
event 2F in GSM.
command.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

210
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
LTETh
d2FRS
CP
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV

threshold for a UE to stop LTE cell
measurements.
When the measured RSCP is above the
compressed mode and the UE stops LTE cell
cells.
event 2F in GSM.
command.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

211
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
LTERe
portMo
de
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the mode for a

UE to report LTE cell measurement results.
When the parameter is set to
PERIODICAL_REPORTING, report
measurement results periodically. When this
parameter is set to EVENT_TRIGGER,
report measurement results by triggering an
event. For details about measurement
reporting modes, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
In EVENT_TRIGGER mode, event 3A is
used to decide whether to trigger a UMTSto-LTE handover to prevent ping-pong effect
of the UMTS-to-LTE handover. In this mode,
the signaling transmission and processing
load reduces, and the number of ping-pong
handovers decreases based on the relative
signal quality of the current frequency and
the LTE frequency. However, measurement
results are reported only once. No
mechanism is provided for changing this
mode to the PERIODICAL_REPORTING
mode. If the handover fails, periodic retries
can be triggered only by the internal timer.
In PERIODICAL_REPORTING mode, a
UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection starts
when the reported LTE cell quality meets the
requirements for triggering a UMTS-to-LTE
handover or redirection. If the handover fails,
handover or redirection retries are performed
based on the periodical LTE measurement
report. In this mode, handover retries can be
performed in a cell based on the periodical
measurement report after the handover fails.
Therefore, the subsequent algorithm can be
expanded flexibly. However, the Uu load and
signaling processing load increase. The
reporting mode is selected as required.
Currently, the traditional
PERIODICAL_REPORTING mode is used.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

212
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
UsedFre
qThdRS
CP
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV

threshold of the used frequency. One
necessary condition for triggering event 3A
is that the quality of the used frequency is
lower than the threshold. The other necessary
condition is that the quality of the target cell
is higher than the corresponding decision
threshold (TargetRatThdRSRP). Event 3A
is triggered only when the two conditions are
met.
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
UsedFre
qThdEc
No
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV

threshold of the used frequency. One
necessary condition for triggering event 3A
is that the quality of the used frequency is
lower than the threshold. The other necessary
condition is that the quality of the target cell
is higher than the corresponding decision
threshold (TargetRatThdRSRP). Event 3A
is triggered only when the two conditions are
met.
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
LTEMe
asQuan
Of3A
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the

measurement quantity of the target LTE
network reported in Event 3A for a coveragebased handover.
RSRP indicates the average signal power
received at all REs carrying reference signals
in a symbol.
RSRQ is equal to RSRP divided by RSSI. A
factor (N) is used to adjust the ratio if the
bandwidths used for measuring RSRP and
RSSI are different. That is, RSRQ = N x
RSRP/RSSI.

213
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
Hystfor
3A
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the hysteresis

for reporting event 3A. For details, see 3GPP
TS 25.331.
New
UU3LT
EHOC
OV
TrigTim
e3A
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the time-totrigger for reporting event 3A. The value of
this parameter is related to slow fading. For
details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
U2LTE
FilterCo
ef
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the layer 3

filtering coefficient for LTE cell
measurements.
The RNC delivers the layer 3 filtering
coefficient to a UE to smooth measurement
results based on the following formula:
Fn = (1-a) x Fn-1 + a x Mn
where
a = 1/(2^(k/2))
k refers to the layer 3 filtering coefficient.
Fn-1 refers to the measurement result after
the filtering of the preceding time.
Mn refers to the latest measurement result.
Fn refers to the measurement result after
filtering for this time.
For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

214
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
U2LTE
MeasTi
me
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the length of a

timer for LTE cell measurements.
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
TargetR
atThdR
SRP
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the reference

signal received power (RSRP) threshold for
LTE cell measurements of event 3A.
New
The RNC starts the timer to perform LTE cell

measurements. If a handover to the LTE
network is not triggered after the timer
expires, the RNC stops LTE cell
measurements and compressed mode. If this
parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not start
the timer for LTE cell measurements.
When coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE

handover measurements are reported by
events and RSRP is used for the measurement
of event 3A, the RNC triggers event 3A in the
following conditions:
The cell quality of the target system is greater
than the threshold.
The quality of the used frequency is lower
than the decision threshold. When coveragebased UMTS-to-LTE handover
measurements are reported periodically, this
parameter is set to estimate inter-RAT
coverage handovers on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

215
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
TargetR
atThdR
SRQ
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the threshold

for reference signal received quality (RSRQ)
for LTE cell measurements of event 3A.
When coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover measurements are reported by
events and RSRQ is used for the
measurement of event 3A, the RNC triggers
event 3A in the following conditions:
The cell quality of the target system is greater
than the threshold.
The current frequency quality is lower than
the decision threshold. When coveragebased UMTS-to-LTE handover
measurements are reported periodically, this
parameter is set to estimate inter-RAT
coverage handovers on the RNC side.
New
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
LTEPer
iodRepo
rtInterv
al
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the interval at

which a UE periodically reports LTE cell
measurements to the RNC. In this case, the
UE periodically reports the LTE cell
measurement result to the RNC at the
interval.
If LTEReportMode is set to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, the UE
cannot periodically report LTE cell
measurements.

216
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
Hystfor
PeriodL
TE
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the hysteresis

for periodically reporting LTE signal quality.
When LTE cell measurements are
periodically reported and the target
frequency quality meets the following
requirement, the UE performs handovers or
redirections:
Mother_RAT is greater than or equal to
Tother_RAT plus HystforPeriodLTE/2
where
Mother_RAT refers to the LTE cell
measurement result.
Tother_RAT refers to the threshold for RSRP
or RSRQ decision of the LTE system for PS
services. Setting this parameter reduces the
error decision rate caused by signal jitter.
New
New
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
None
UU2LT
EHOC
OV
LstFor
mat
CellId
LST
UU2LT
EHOCO
V/LST
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the result is

listed horizontally or vertically.
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/LST
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
/RMV
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
This new parameter specifies the unique ID

of a cell.
Format in which the result is listed.

- HORIZONTAL: to list the result
horizontally
- VERTICAL: to list the result vertically.

217
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
UTGPS
CP
DeltaCF
N3
SET
UTGPS
CP
This new parameter specifies the difference

between the transmission gap connection
frame numbers (TGCFN) of compressed
mode style sequences. If CmMeasType is
set to
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FDD_LTE_GSM,
this parameter specifies the difference
between the TGCFN when [Compressed
mode purpose] is
GSM_INITIAL_BSIC_IDENTIFICATION
and that when [Compressed mode purpose]
is GSM_CARRIER_RSSI_MEASUREMENT.
Modified
UTGPS
CP
DeltaCF
N1
SET
UTGPS
CP/LST
UTGPS
CP

CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FDD_LTE or
mode purpose] is E_UTRA_MEASUREMENT and that when [Compressed mode
purpose] is FDD_MEASUREMENT.
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_LTE_GSM, this
parameter specifies the difference between
the TGCFN when [Compressed mode
purpose] is
GSM_CARRIER_RSSI_MEASUREMENT and that when [Compressed mode
purpose] is E_UTRA_MEASUREMENT.
Modified
UTGPS
CP
DeltaCF
N2
SET
UTGPS
CP/LST
UTGPS
CP

CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_LTE_GSM, this
parameter specifies the difference between
the TGCFN when [Compressed mode
purpose] is GSM Initial BSIC
identification and that when [Compressed
mode purpose] is GSM carrier RSSI
measurement.
mode purpose] is GSM carrier RSSI
measurement and that when [Compressed
mode purpose] is E_UTRA_MEASUREMENT.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

218
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MO
Parame
ter ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
Modified
UTGPS
CP
CMMea
sType
SET
UTGPS
CP/LST
UTGPS
CP

CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FDD_GSM, the
compressed mode sequence is used for interfrequency and GERAN measurements.
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_LTE_GSM, the
compressed mode sequence is used for
GERAN and E-UTRAN measurements.
CMCF_MEAS_TYPE_FDD_LTE, the
compressed mode sequence is used for interfrequency and E-UTRAN measurements.
the compressed mode sequence is used for
inter-frequency, GERAN, and E-UTRAN
measurements.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Counter Name
Measureme
nt Unit
Description
New
VS.U2LHO.AttOutPS.
Coverage
U2LTE.HO.
Cell
Number of Measurement-based U2L

PS Handover Attempts Triggered by
Poor Coverage for Cell
New
VS.U2LHO.SuccOutP
S.Coverage
U2LTE.HO.
Cell
Number of Successful Measurementbased U2L PS Handovers Triggered by

Poor Coverage in a Cell
New
VS.U2LHO.AttRelocP
repOutPS.Coverage
U2LTE.HO.
Cell
Number of Preparation Attempts for

Outgoing Coverage-triggered U2L PS
Handovers for Cell
New
VS.U2LHO.SuccRelo
cPrepOutPS.Coverage
U2LTE.HO.
Cell
Number of Successful Preparations for

Outgoing Coverage-triggered U2L PS
Handovers for Cell

219
WCDMA RAN
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.30 WRFD-150222 HSUPA Time Division Scheduling

(New/Optional)
The WRFD-150222 HSUPA Time Division Scheduling feature applies to scenarios in which
multiple HSUPA 2 ms TTI UEs perform uplink data transmission at a high speed in a cell. This
feature reduces interference between UEs and increases the cell uplink throughput. If the data
transmission time of the UEs overlaps, the gains from this feature are affected. UE mobility
causes the data transmission time of the UEs to partially overlap and therefore UEs performing
soft handovers are not suitable for time division scheduling. Indoor UEs are less likely to perform
soft handovers than outdoor UEs in a network using macro base stations and more likely to be
selected for time division scheduling. Therefore, gains from this feature are more noticeable
indoors.
This feature does not apply to scenarios in which multiple RRUs are in the same cell because
Uu interface resources are not shared across the RRUs.

System Capacity
The HSUPA Time Division Scheduling feature increases the cell uplink throughput in scenarios
in which multiple HSUPA 2 ms TTI UEs perform uplink data transmission at a high speed in a
cell.
l
If the WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation feature is not activated, gains

from the HSUPA Time Division Scheduling feature are as follows:
In single-antenna scenarios, the maximum gains (10%-90%) are achieved when all UEs in the
cell are time-division scheduled UEs. There are few or no gains from this feature when few or
no UEs are time-division scheduled UEs.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

220
WCDMA RAN
In double-antenna scenarios, gains from this feature are less considerable than those in singleantenna scenarios.
l
If the WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation feature is activated, gains from

the HSUPA Time Division Scheduling feature are less considerable.
With the HSUPA Time Division Scheduling feature, some HSUPA UEs have their timing
aligned by chip offset configurations. The timing alignment, however, leads to DL DPCCH pilot
bit alignment and TPC bit alignment and increases the transmit power peak-to-average ratio of
RF units. When downlink transmit power of carriers in a cell is insufficient, which usually occurs
during busy hours, this feature causes HSDPA throughput in the cell to reduce by approximately
10%.
Network Performance
With this feature, some HSUPA UEs have their timing aligned by chip offset configurations.
The timing alignment, however, leads to DL DPCCH pilot bit alignment and TPC bit alignment
and increases the transmit power peak-to-average ratio of RF units. When downlink transmit
power of carriers in a cell is insufficient, the access success rate and call drop rate in the cell
may slightly deteriorate.
4.30.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB and requires the UEs to be HSUPA UE
category 6 or above. This feature does not affect the CN.
4.30.4 Hardware
BTS 3803E and 3900 series WCDMA base stations except the BTS3902E support this feature.
3900 series WCDMA base stations must be configured with the WBBPf board and downlink
services in the cell cannot be set up on the WBBPa board.

The proprietary IE TDM schedule information is added in Iub interface messages AUDIT
RESPONSE and RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION. This IE helps the RNC determine
whether the HSUPA Time Division Scheduling feature has been activated and how many
HSUPA UEs need to have their timing aligned.

License
The following cell-level parameters have been introduced in the NodeB MML command SET
ULOCELLMACEPARA:
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
HSUPATDSCHSW: switch for HSUPA time division scheduling

221
WCDMA RAN
HSUPATDALIGNUENUM: number of HSUPA UEs to have their timing aligned for

HSUPA time division scheduling
The following counters have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature.
Counter Name
Description
VS.HSUPA.TDMUserNum.Mean
Average number of valid time-division

scheduling users in a cell
VS.HSUPA.TDMSch.ActRatio
Time-division scheduling algorithm validity

probability in a cell
Fault Management
None

l
WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI
WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA

None
Impacted Features
l
WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management
Use the WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management feature with the HSUPA Time
Division Scheduling feature.
If the Dynamic CE Resource Management feature is not used with the HSUPA Time Division
Scheduling feature but the WRFD-021101 Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)
feature is, the maximum UE rate is limited when DCCC rate reduction is triggered. The UEs
will not be selected for time division scheduling.
4.31 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection

for LTE (New/Optional)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

222
WCDMA RAN

In versions earlier than RAN15.0, load information cannot be shared between UMTS and LTE
when UMTS and LTE coverage overlaps. The following problems will occur when load
information cannot be shared:
l
The CS fallback (CSFB) from LTE to UMTS may fail when the target UMTS cell becomes
congested because the load of the target UMTS cell was not considered.
The load-based LTE-to-UMTS handover may fail without considering the load state of the
target UMTS cell. This affects the success rate of the handover from LTE to UMTS,
increases system signaling message exchanges, and delays the handover.
This feature is introduced in UMTS and LTE products to address the preceding problems. It
enables the eNodeB to obtain the load information of the UMTS cells through the RIM procedure
during the CSFB and load-based LTE-to-UMTS handover procedure. When UMTS and LTE
coverage overlaps, the eNodeB is able to select the proper target UMTS cell according to the
cell load before the handover from LTE to UMTS. This increases the success rate of LTE-toUMTS handovers and reduces inter-RAT ping-pong handovers.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
This feature improves the CS fallback from LTE to UMTS when the UMTS cell is congested
or overloaded, increases the preparation success rate of load-based LTE-to-UMTS handovers,
and reduces inter-RAT ping-pong handovers.
4.31.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the CN. The SGSN or MME must support load information
transmission between UMTS and LTE through the RIM procedure.
4.31.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

223
WCDMA RAN
The following switch has been introduced on the RNC side, as described in Table 4-47. No
switch has been introduced on the NodeB side.
Table 4-47 New RNC switch
Change
Type
MO
Switch
Name
Parameter
ID
MML
Command
Descriptio
n
New
URRCTRLS
WITCH
INTERRAT
_LOAD_RE
PORT_FOR
_LTE_SWI
TCH
PROCESSS
WITCH
SET
URRCTRLS
WITCH
This new
switch
enables
inter-RAT
load report
for LTE
based on
RIM.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

l
The LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN or LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load

Sharing to UTRAN has been activated.
WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature
WRFD-020107 Overload Control feature

None
Impacted Features
None
4.32 WRFD-150232 Multiband Direct Retry Based on UE

Location (New/Optional)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

224
WCDMA RAN

During service establishment or reconfiguration, this feature performs the following actions on
UEs based on UE path loss:
l
Enables UEs in the cell center to access a high-frequency cell.
Enables UEs at the cell edge to access a low-frequency cell.
This feature implements UE steering and load sharing between high- and low-frequency cells.
With this feature, the UMTS 900 MHz band can cover the cell edge, thereby improving intensive
coverage and increasing the total number of UEs in UMTS900 and UMTS2100 cells.

System Capacity
Enabling this feature may increase the number of admitted UEs in UMTS850 and UMTS900
cells if the cells meet the following condition during busy hours before this feature is enabled:
10 x Log (VS.MeanTCP - MaxTxPower(BSC6900,BSC6910)/10)>60%
Network Performance
In UMTS850 and UMTS900 cells, enabling this feature may decrease the access success rate
and cell throughput and increase the call drop rate due to the increased proportion of CEUs. In
UMTS1900 and UMTS2100 cells, enabling this feature may increase the access success rate
and cell throughput and decrease the call drop rate.
Additionally, this feature increases the number of inter-frequency handovers due to more DRDs.
4.32.3 NEs
New counters on the M2000 must be configured consistently with those on the RNC. New
parameters on the Configuration Management Express (CME) must be configured consistently
with those on the RNC.
4.32.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
A cell-level license for this feature is added on the RNC side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

225
WCDMA RAN
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Control Item
License
Configured
on...
Sales Unit
WRFD-150232
Multiband
Direct Retry
Based on UE
Location
Multiband
Direct Retry
Based on UE
Location
RNC
per Cell
This feature adds the following parameters to the RNC.
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
FuncSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910
):
BASED_UE_LOC_
DRD_SWITCH
ADD/MOD
UCELLLICENSE
Whether to activate
the license for the
Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location feature.
The RNC instructs
the CCUs in a lowfrequency cell to
preferentially access
a high-frequency
neighboring cell
through a blind
handover and
instructs the CEUs in
a high-frequency cell
to preferentially
access a lowfrequency
neighboring cell
through a blind
handover if the
following conditions
are met:
l The license is
activated.
l BasedUELocDR
DSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910) is
turned on.
l The path loss
requirement is
met.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

226
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
BasedUELocDRDSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
SET UDRD
Whether to enable
the Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location feature.
This feature
implements UE
steering between the
high- and lowfrequency bands
based on UE path
loss during service
setup or
reconfiguration. The
CEUs in a highfrequency cell are
instructed to
a co-sector and cosited low-frequency
cell through a blind
handover. The CCUs
in a low-frequency
cell are instructed to
a co-sector and cosited high-frequency
cell through a blind
handover.
ADD/MOD
UCELLDRD
If this parameter is
configured at both
the RNC and cell
levels, the cell-level
setting prevails.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

227
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
TraffTypeForBasedUELoc
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
SET UDRD
Types of service to
which the Multiband
Direct Retry Based
on UE Location
feature applies.
When this parameter
is set to RT, this
feature applies to
real-time services.
When this parameter
is set to NRT, this
feature applies to
non-real-time
services.
ADD/MOD
UCELLDRD
configured at both
the RNC and cell
setting prevails.
New
PathlossThdForEdge
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
SET UDRD
ADD/MOD
UCELLDRD
Path loss threshold

for CEUs. If a UE is
accessing a highfrequency cell and
the UE path loss is
greater than or equal
to this threshold, the
RNC determines that
the UE is at the cell
edge and triggers the
Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location feature.
configured at both
the RNC and cell
setting prevails.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

228
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
PathlossThdForCenter
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
SET UDRD
Path loss threshold

for CCUs. If a UE is
accessing a lowfrequency cell and
the UE path loss is
less than or equal to
this threshold, the
RNC determines that
the UE is in the cell
center and triggers
the Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location feature.
ADD/MOD
UCELLDRD
configured at both
the RNC and cell
setting prevails.
BasedUELocDRDR
emainThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
New
SET UDRD
ADD/MOD
UCELLDRD
Available load
threshold. The
Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location feature is
allowed in a
neighboring cell only
when the available
load of the
neighboring cell is
greater than or equal
to this threshold.
configured at both
the RNC and cell
setting prevails.
This feature adds the following counters to the RNC.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

229
WCDMA RAN
Change Type
Counter ID
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.UELocation.Mul
tiBand.DRD.AttIn
RB.Cell
Number of Incoming
Inter-Frequency
DRD Attempts
Triggered by
Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location for Cell
New
VS.UELocation.Mul
tiBand.DRD.SuccIn
RB.Cell
Number of
Successful Incoming
Inter-Frequency
DRDs Triggered by
Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location for Cell
New
VS.UELocation.Mul
tiBand.DRD.AttOut
RB.Cell
Number of Outgoing
Inter-Frequency
DRD Attempts
Triggered by
Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location for Cell
New
VS.UELocation.Mul
tiBand.DRD.SuccOut
RB.Cell
Number of
Successful Outgoing
Inter-Frequency
DRDs Triggered by
Multiband Direct
Retry Based on UE
Location for Cell
This feature does not affect the counters on the NodeB side.
Fault Management
No impact.

l
WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package
WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

230
WCDMA RAN

None
Impacted Features
This feature takes precedence over the WRFD-02040004 Traffic Steering and Load Sharing
During RAB Setup feature (algorithm name: Inter-Frequency DRD for Load Balancing). When
both features are enabled, load balance between frequency bands may be affected.
This feature does not take effect for UEs that are always online, because such UEs initiate
services in the CELL_PCH or CELL_FACH state.
4.33 WRFD-150233 Differentiated Service Based on

Resource Reservation (New/Optional)
When downlink power resources become insufficient on networks, the Differentiated Service
Based on Resource Reservation feature limits the amount of downlink resources consumed by
low-priority users to reserve more power for high-priority users. In this way, high-priority users
experience improved service

System Capacity
Cell capacity changes if the following conditions are met:
l
When users in both resource groups A and B need to transmit data and users in A have
better signal quality than users in B, the amount of downlink power resources available to
group A is limited if the downlink power consumed by A reaches the configured ratio. Then
downlink power resources are allocated to users in resource group B, decreasing the cell
throughput.
When users in both resource groups A and B need to transmit data and users in B have
better signal quality than users in A, the amount of downlink power resources available to
downlink power resources are allocated to users in resource group B, increasing the cell
throughput.
Network Performance
In the scenarios of insufficient downlink power resources, the data rates of users in a resource
group may be lower than the guaranteed bit rate (GBR) if the resource group contains excessive
users or the configured maximum HSDPA power ratio for the resource group is low. In severe
conditions, low-priority users in the resource group may experience call drops because they are
not scheduled for a long period of time.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

231
WCDMA RAN
4.33.3 NEs
l
Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation is implemented on the RNC, NodeB,

and CME.
Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation has no impact on users or on the

core network (CN).
4.33.4 Hardware
l
NodeB hardware
The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI,
EBOI, EDLP, EULP, or EULPd board.
The DBS3800 series base stations must be configured with the EBBC, EBBM, or
EBBCd board.
The 3900 series base stations including the BTS3900, DBS3900, BTS3900C, and
BTS3902E must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.
RNC hardware
No impact.

l
The NodeB Application Part (NBAP) signaling message Physical Shared Channel
Reconfiguration sent to the NodeB contains a proprietary information element (IE), which
carries information about resource groups in a cell.
The NBAP signaling message Radio Link Setup, Radio Link Addition, or Radio Link
Reconfiguration sent to the NodeB contains a proprietary IE, which carries information
about resource groups that users belong to.

License
An RNC-level license control item has been introduced to accommodate this feature. Operators
need to purchase the license before deploying the feature.
The following command has been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-48 New RNC command
Change Type
MML Command
Description
New
ADD UCELLRESGRP
Used to add resource

reservation parameters for a
cell.
The following parameter has been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

232
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-49 New RNC parameter

Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
ResGroupId
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
ADD
UUSERGRPSPIM
AP
Used to specify the

resource group that
SPI users belong to.
The following counters have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature:
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.HSDPAPwrRati
o.Mean.ResG0
HSDPA.LOCELL
Average Transmit
Power Ratio for
HSDPA Users In
Resource Group 0
New
VS.HSDPAPwrRati
o.Mean.ResG1
HSDPA.LOCELL
Average Transmit
Power Ratio for
HSDPA Users In
Resource Group 1
New
VS.HSDPAPwrRati
o.Mean.ResG2
HSDPA.LOCELL
Average Transmit
Power Ratio for
HSDPA Users In
Resource Group 2
New
VS.HSDPAPwrRati
o.Mean.ResG3
HSDPA.LOCELL
Average Transmit
Power Ratio for
HSDPA Users In
Resource Group 3
Fault Management
No impact.

WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package

None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

233
WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
l
WRFD-140223 MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation cannot take effect in cells where MOCN
Cell Resource Demarcation has been activated.
l
WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight

Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight provides differentiated services by adjusting
SPI weights based on user priorities. However, Differentiated Service Based on Resource
Reservation limits the amount of power resources available to users based on user priorities
during busy hours. If Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation is used with
Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight, the maximum HSDPA power ratio configured
in the former feature affects user differences in the latter feature when downlink power
resources are insufficient.
WRFD-020128 Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service
WRFD-020133 P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour

The above three features introduce the differentiated service management function. If these
features are used with the Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation feature,
service differentiation becomes less obvious.
WRFD-150204 Platinum User Prioritizing

Platinum users are not grouped into any resource group based on SPIs, and therefore
limitations on HSDPA power consumption do not apply to them. The Differentiated Service
Based on Resource Reservation feature is also not applicable to platinum users.
4.34 WRFD-150235 DPCH Maximum Power Restriction

(New/Optional)
This feature is an optional feature in RAN15.0.
When non-HSPA power consumption in a cell is high, this feature increases downlink cell
capacity by reducing the maximum transmit power of the A-DPCH carrying HSDPA UEs.
4.34.2 System Capacity and Network Impact

System Capacity
When non-HSPA power consumption is high, this feature saves downlink power resources by
reducing the maximum transmit power of the A-DPCH carrying HSDPA UEs. If the number of
HSDPA UEs is large in a cell and downlink non-HSPA power is high, this feature reduces
downlink non-HSPA power by 5% to 15%. The saved power can admit 5% to 15% extra UEs
in this cell when non-HSPA power consumption in this cell remains unchanged.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

234
WCDMA RAN
Network Impact
This feature positively affects network performance as follows:
l
When the number of UEs in a cell remains unchanged and the traffic volume in this cell is
sufficient, more power will be saved to increase downlink cell throughput.
When potential UEs attempt to access a cell in the case of downlink power congestion, this
feature increases the access success rate during busy hours.
This feature also has negative impact on network performance. If the maximum transmit power
of the A-DPCH is reduced, Uu-interface synchronization probability will decrease, which
increases the call drop rate for HSDPA UEs. However, this feature causes call drops only for
cell-edge HSDPA UEs. If a large number of HSPDA UEs camp on the cell edge, this feature
saves more downlink power but triggers more call drops for these HSDPA UEs.
4.34.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the NodeB.
4.34.4 Hardware
This feature has the following impacts on NodeB hardware:
l
The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, or BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI or EBOI
board. Alternatively, these base stations must be configured with the EULP and EDLP
boards, or the EULPd and EDLP boards. Downlink services must be established on the
EBBI or EBOI, or the EDLP board (The EDLP board processes HSPA services).
The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board, and downlink services
must be established on the EBBC or EBBCd board. The BBU3806C must be configured
with the EBBM board, and downlink services must be established on the EBBM board.
3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board,
and downlink services must be established on the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.

No impact.

License
Table 4-51 License information for DPCH Maximum Power Restriction
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-150235
DPCH
Maximum
Power
Restriction
DPCH
Maximum
Power
Restriction (per
Cell)
NodeB
per cell

235
WCDMA RAN
Two parameters have been added on the NodeB side, as described in Table 4-52
Table 4-52 New parameters
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
dpchMaxTxPwrRestrSw
SET
ULOCELLALGPAR
A

whether to enable the
DPCH Maximum Power
Restriction feature.
l When this switch is
turned on, the NodeB
configures the
maximum transmit
power of the A-DPCH
according to whether
signaling messages are
transmitted on the ADPCH.
l When this switch is
turned off, the maximum
transmit power of the
downlink A-DPCH is set
to the value
of RlMaxDlPwr
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
and remains
unchanged.
New
dpchMaxPwrRtrLoadStat
SET
ULOCELLALGPAR
A
This parameter specifies the

load state after the DPCH
Maximum Power
Restriction feature takes
effect.
This feature is triggered
only when the downlink
non-HSPA power load is
heavier than the sum of
threshold corresponding
todpchMaxPwrRtrLoadStat and 10%.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

236
WCDMA RAN
The following counter has been added on the NodeB side.
Table 4-53 New counter
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.HSDPA.DpchMaxPwrRestr.ActRatio
HSDPA.LOCEL
L
Maximum
DPCH power
restriction
algorithm
validity
probability
Fault Management
No impact.

This feature requires the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature.

None
Impacted Features
l
WRFD-150230 DPCH Pilot Power Adjustment

This feature can be activated together with the WRFD-150230 DPCH Pilot Power
Adjustment feature for a cell. For HSDPA UEs, the WRFD-150230 DPCH Pilot Power
Adjustment feature reduces the transmit power of the pilot field on the A-DPCH. The
WRFD-150235 DPCH Maximum Power Restriction feature reduces the maximum transmit
power of the A-DPCH.
When downlink load in a cell is heavy, the two features can be used together to provide
more noticeable power reduction gains.However, this may reduce the accuracy of SIR
estimations and increase the call drop rate for HSDPA UEs.
WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA

This feature can be activated together with the WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA feature
for a cell. When the SRB over HSDPA feature is activated, downlink power will be
controlled using the F-DPCH. As a result, the application scope of this feature is narrowed.
This feature does not take effect on UEs using the SRB over HSDPA feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

237
WCDMA RAN
4.35 WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of

PCPICH (New/Optional)
This feature reduces the P-CPICH transmit power when downlink non-HSPA load in a cell is
heavy. This reduces downlink non-HSPA cell load and therefore improves cell downlink
capacity. When downlink non-HSPA load in a cell is light, this feature restores the P-CPICH
transmit power to ensure service quality for online UEs.

4.35.2.1 System Capacity
heavy. This reduces power consumption of common channels and cell coverage. In this situation,
cell-edge UEs are handed over to neighboring cells, which reduces downlink non-HSPA load.
When HSDPA services are suppressed or rejected because of insufficient power, this feature
increases downlink capacity of the current cell.
NOTE
After pilot is adjusted, some HSDPA terminals cannot converge to the target BLER so as to affect power
efficient and cell throughput. It's recommended to turn CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target.
For details of CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target, see HSDPA Feature Parameter
Description.
For example, the value for PCPICHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) is 10% of the value for
MaxTxPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) and the maximum P-CPICH power reduction is 3 dB. If
downlink non-HSPA load in a cell is extremely high and the number of UEs in this cell is large,
this feature saves 10% to 15% of downlink non-HSPA cell power. The saved power can admit
10% to 15% extra UEs or increase at least 5% of the average cell throughput.
The P-CPICH transmit power can be higher than the value for PCPICHPower
(BSC6900,BSC6910). In this case, cell coverage will increase but the available HSDPA power
will decrease. This reduces average HSDPA throughput if there are data transmission
requirements.
4.35.2.2 Network Performance

heavy. As result, downlink non-HSPA cell load is reduced. When downlink power resources
are congested, this feature increases the access success rate during busy hours.
However, after the reduction of P-CPICH transmit power, cell coverage shrinks, leading to
coverage holes. Coverage holes cause the access success rate and the call drop rate for cell-edge
UEs to deteriorate. This increases the number of handovers. In multi-carrier scenarios, cells that
have the same coverage now may have different coverage. This affects the camping policy and
increases the blind-handover failure probability (Blind handovers here include blind-handoverIssue 05 (2013-12-30)

238
WCDMA RAN
based DRD and LDR inter-frequency handovers). Ultimately, the performance of service
steering will be affected.
The impact on network performance is determined by the actual cell coverage and the
distribution of cell-edge UEs.
l
If cell coverage is good and the number of cell-edge UEs is small, handovers and the call
drop rate will decrease.
If cell coverage is bad and the number of cell-edge UEs is large, handovers and the call
drop rate will increase.
After the power adjustment, if more cells that have the same coverage now have different
coverage, the probability of blind-handover failures will increase.
4.35.3 NEs
4.35.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
Table 4-54 lists the license information for this feature
Table 4-54 License information for this feature
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Description
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-150236
Load Based
Dynamic
Adjustment of
PCPICH
Load Based
Dynamic
Adjustment of
PCPICH (per
cell)
RNC
per cell
The following parameters have been modified or added on the RNC side, as described in Table
4-55.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

239
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-55 New and modified parameters

Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Change
Description
Modified
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PW
R_ADJ_SWITCH
ADD
UCELLALGOSW
ITCH
This parameter
controls the
load-based
dynamic
adjustment of
PCPICH
algorithm.
This algorithm
takes effect
when this
parameter is set
to ON and the
license for this
algorithm is
activated. In
this situation,
the enabled
TCP-based
intra-frequency
load balancing
algorithm
becomes
disabled.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

240
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Change
Description
New
PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD
UCELLLDM
This parameter
specifies the
downlink nonHSPA load
state. This
parameter is
used by the
load-based
dynamic
adjustment of
PCPICH
algorithm to
determine
whether to
reduce the PCPICH transmit
power.
If downlink
non-HSPA load
is equal to or
heavier than the
load specified in
this parameter,
the load-based
dynamic
adjustment of
PCPICH
algorithm
reduces the PCPICH transmit
power
according to the
step specified in
the
PCPICHPower
Pace
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

241
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Change
Description
New
PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
ADD
UCELLLDM
This parameter
specifies the
downlink nonHSPA load
state. This
parameter is
used by the
load-based
dynamic
adjustment of
PCPICH
algorithm to
determine
whether to
increase PCPICH transmit
power.
If downlink
non-HSPA load
is equal to or
lighter than the
load specified in
this parameter,
the load-based
dynamic
adjustment of
PCPICH
algorithm
increases PCPICH transmit
power
according to the
step specified in
the
PCPICHPower
Pace
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
Modified
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
FuncSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910):
LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_
ADJ
ADD
UCELLLICENSE

This parameter
is the license
control item for
the load-based
dynamic
adjustment of
PCPICH
algorithm.
242
WCDMA RAN
The following parameters have been modified on the NodeB side, as described in Table 4-56.
Table 4-56 Modified counters
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
Modified
VS.CellBreath.CPICHMin.Ti
me
ALGO.Cell
Modified
VS.CellBreath.CPICHMax.Ti
me
ALGO.Cell
Modified
VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp
ALGO.Cell
Modified
VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown
ALGO.Cell
In versions earlier
than RAN15.0, the
measurement is
based on the TCPbased intrafrequency load
balancing
algorithm.
In RAN15.0, the
measurement is
based on the loadbased dynamic
adjustment of
PCPICH
algorithm.
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
After this feature is activated, the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing and uplink intrafrequency load balancing functions are disabled.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

243
WCDMA RAN
4.36 WRFD-140225 Narrowband Interference Suppression

(New/Optional)
The Narrowband Interference Suppression feature is introduced to address increasingly severe
problems caused by narrowband interferences on UMTS 900/850 commercial networks. With
this feature, the NodeB scans the frequency spectrum within the receive bandwidth of a UMTS
carrier to rapidly identify stable narrowband interferences (with millisecond-level changes in
frequency or power) and dynamically configures a filter stopband for the receiver to suppress
narrowband interferences.

System Capacity
When narrowband interferences exist within the receive bandwidth of a carrier, enabling
Narrowband Interference Suppression improves the system capacity as follows:
l
Reduces the uplink RTWP by 7 dB to 35 dB
Enhances the uplink coverage capability
Increases the uplink capacity
The benefits provided by this feature are significant when the narrowband interference is strong
and the interference bandwidth is low.
When no narrowband interference exists, the narrowband interference suppression algorithm
itself has no negative impact on system capability. However, the suppression increases the uplink
processing delay and may have certain negative impacts on the uplink demodulation function
of some attenuated channels (for example, the PA3 channel). Gaussian channels are not affected.
Therefore, enabling this feature may decrease the uplink capacity by a maximum of 5% when
no narrowband interference exists.
The performance of this feature is subject to service types, narrowband interference strength,
and narrowband interference bandwidth. Therefore, the performance of this feature cannot be
quantized but depends on live network environments.
Network Performance
When narrowband interferences exist within the receive bandwidth of a carrier, enabling
Narrowband Interference Suppression increases the access success rate and decreases the call
drop rate without impacting other KPIs.
When no narrowband interference exists, enabling Narrowband Interference Suppression
decreases the performance of low-rate services by a maximum of 0.4 dB and high-rate services
by a maximum of 1.8 dB.
4.36.3 NEs
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

244
WCDMA RAN
4.36.4 Hardware
The Narrowband Interference Suppression feature is supported only by NodeB 3900 series
(expect 3902E) configured with any of the RF modules that support UMTS 850/900 frequency
bands. These RF modules include MRFUd, RRU3928, RRU3929, MRFUe, RRU3926, and
RRU3942.

No impact.

License
The existing license for the Narrowband Interference Suppression feature is still applicable on
a per cell basis.
The following parameters have been added on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature.
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
NBIS
ADD ULOCELL,
MOD ULOCELL
This new parameter

specifies whether to
enable the
Narrowband
Interference
Suppression feature.
No impact.
Fault Management
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Alarm Name
Description
Modified
Local Cell Capability Decline
The cause value 25 has been added.

The alarm with cause value 25 is
generated when a cell is enabled
with the Narrowband Interference
Suppression feature but does not
support the feature.

245
WCDMA RAN

None

None
Impacted Features
After the Narrowband Interference Suppression feature is enabled, all the RTWP values used
are those measured after narrowband interference suppression. Therefore, this feature affects all
the following features that use RTWP values:
l
WRFD-020101 Admission Control
WRFD-01061202 HSUPA Admission Control
WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B
WRFD-01061402 Enhanced Fast UL Scheduling
For details, see section 10.6.1 "System Capacity and Network Performance" in Load Control
Feature Parameter Description.
4.37 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package

(Enhanced/Optional)
This feature is enhanced due to the enhancement of the sub-feature WRFD-01061209 HSUPA
HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in NodeB. For details, see section 4.38 WRFD-01061209
HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in NodeB (Enhanced/Optional).
4.38 WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL

Scheduling in NodeB (Enhanced/Optional)
The HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location function is introduced in RAN15.0 and this
function is the enhancement of the WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling
in NodeB feature. This section describes the impact brought by this function.

This function decreases the SPI weight of HSUPA BE UEs in soft handover areas of a cell to
reduce the interference from these UEs on other UEs in the same cell and on UEs in neighboring
cells and to ultimately expand the uplink cell capacity.

Impact on System Capacity
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

246
WCDMA RAN
In the cell where this function is enabled, this function proportionally lowers the SPI weight of
an HSUPA BE UE when the UE is performing a soft handover and the cells that have a radio
link connected to the UE support this function. When the uplink load of the cell is close to the
value for MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910), this function decreases the data rate
of the UE.
By decreasing the data rate, this function:
l
Enables the cell to admit more UEs, which increases the number of uplink UEs for the cell
Increases the uplink throughput for the cell if HSUPA UEs in the cell center are engaged
in uploading data
This function helps increase the uplink cell throughput by around 2% to 7% for cells where more
than 30% UEs perform soft handovers, all the uplink services are carried over HSUPA channels
and are using the FTP, and the data rate of UEs performing soft handovers is not lower than the
GBR. If all the uplink services are traffic bursts, this function increases the uplink cell throughput
by less than 2%.
The amount of capacity gains is positively correlated with the number and data rate of HSUPA
BE UEs in soft handover areas.
Impact on Network Performance
l
Delay
This function prolongs the delay for HSUPA BE UEs in soft handover areas of a cell because
this function decreases their data rate when the uplink cell load exceeds the value for
MaxTargetUlLoadFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910). This function can shorten the delay for UEs
not performing soft handovers because this function reduces uplink interference.
l
Data rate
In the cell center, HSUPA BE UEs of different priorities still have different data rates
when CE and Iub-interface bandwidth resources are sufficient.
The ratio of the data rate of HSUPA BE UEs of a certain priority in soft handover areas
to the data rate of HSUPA BE UEs of the same priority in the cell center correlates
strongly with their SPI weight adjustment factors.
The data rate of high-priority UEs in soft handover areas may be lower than the data
rate of low-priority UEs in the cell center. However, you can configure related
parameters to guarantee the data rate of high-priority UEs in soft handover areas.
Iub-interface load
Adjusting the SPI weight of HSUPA BE UEs in soft handover areas increases the Iub-interface
load. Because such adjustments are not frequent, the Iub-interface load will not greatly increase.
4.38.3 Impact on NEs

The function is implemented on the RNC and NodeB.
4.38.4 Impact on Hardware

The BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, and BTS3812E must be configured with the EBBI, EBOI, EULP,
or EULPd board. Downlink services must be established on the EBBI, EBOI, EDLP, or EDLPd
board.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

247
WCDMA RAN
The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. Downlink services must
be established on the EBBC or EBBCd board.
3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.
Downlink services must be established on the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.
4.38.5 Impact on Inter-NE Interfaces

This function does not affect the Uu, Iub, Iur, or Iu interface.

License
This function is not under the license control and therefore no new license is introduced.
Table 4-57 lists the RNC-level switch and RNC-level parameters that are added to control and
configure the HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location function.
Table 4-57 RNC-level switch and RNC-level parameters that are added to control and configure
this function
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Setting Notes
New
DftSpiWtFactorForHsupaSho
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
This parameter
specifies the SPI
weight
adjustment
factor for
HSUPA BE UEs
performing soft
handovers when
the
Differentiated
Service Based on
SPI Weight
feature is
deactivated. The
default value of
this parameter is
70%.

248
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Setting Notes
New
SpiWtFactorForHsupaSho
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET USPIWEIGHT
This parameter
specifies the SPI
weight
adjustment
factor for
HSUPA BE UEs
performing soft
handovers when
the
Differentiated
Service Based on
SPI Weight
feature is
activated and
MOCN is not
applied. The
default value of
this parameter is
70%.
New
SpiWtFactorForHsupaSho
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET
UOPERSPIWEIGH
T
This parameter
specifies the SPI
weight
adjustment
factor for
HSUPA BE UEs
that are
performing soft
handovers and
register services
provided by
different
operators when
the
Differentiated
Service Based on
SPI Weight
feature is
activated and
MOCN is
applied. The
default value of
this parameter is
70%.

249
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Setting Notes
New
PerfEnhanceSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET
UCORRMPARA
This switch
controls the
HSUPA
Scheduling
Based on UE
Location
function.
No new counters are added.
Fault Management
None

None

None
Impacted Features
During off-peak hours, power resources are sufficient and this function does not decrease the
data rate of UEs performing soft handovers. In this case, this function does not affect other
HSUPA-related features.
During peak hours, power resources are likely to be insufficient. Under certain conditions, this
function decreases the data rate of HSUPA BE UEs performing soft handovers. The data rate
fluctuation of these UEs will trigger other features and related adjustments. This increases the
number of reconfiguration messages. Call drops will occur if these UEs do not respond to these
reconfiguration messages in time. The following are features that are likely to be triggered by
the data rate fluctuation:
l
WRFD-010690 TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage
WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC
WRFD-010712 Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power
Service Awareness-based QoS Management
The preceding features have their own high data rate threshold and low data rate threshold. If
any threshold is exceeded, these features will be triggered.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

250
WCDMA RAN
TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage

One triggering condition of the TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage feature is the
data rate of HSUPA UEs. When the HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B feature
and the TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage feature are activated, the data rate of
HSUPA BE UEs changes if these UEs enter or exit the soft handover state and uplink cell
resources are insufficient. This results in TTI switching and the increase in the number of radio
bear (RB) reconfiguration messages. Call drops occur if these UEs do not respond to these
messages in time.
HSUPA DCCC
When the HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B feature and the HSUPA DCCC
feature are activated, data rate increases of HSUPA UEs in non-soft handover areas and data
rate decreases of these UEs in soft-handover areas will frequently trigger the HSUPA DCCC
feature and consequently increase the number of reconfiguration messages.
Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA
When the HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B feature and the Adaptive
Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA feature are activated, the number of
adaptive power offset adjustments on HSUPA traffic channels may increase as well as the
number of RB reconfiguration messages.
This function does not adjust the SPI weights of platinum users.
Service Awareness-based QoS Management
The HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location function is to expand the uplink cell capacity
but the Service Awareness-based QoS Management function is to improve UE experience for
specific services. If the functions are both enabled, the mutual impact between them will cause
them to be unable to provide expected gains.
4.39 WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA (Enhanced/Optional)

The DC-HSDPA feature enhancement in RAN15.0 enables UEs to use two non-adjacent
frequencies at the same frequency band for HSDPA transmission.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

251
WCDMA RAN
4.39.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB.
UEs must support both DC-HSDPA and non-adjacent frequencies.
4.39.4 Hardware
No impact.

The "Non-contiguous multi-cell" IE is added to the "UE radio access capability extension" IE
to specify whether the UE supports non-adjacent frequencies and indicate the UE's capability to
support non-adjacent frequencies.

License
This feature operates under a NodeB-level license, which is the same as that used in RAN12.0.
No impact.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

252
WCDMA RAN
4.40 WRFD-010703 HSPA+Downlink 84Mbit/s per User

(Enhanced/Optional)
The HSPA+ Downlink 84 Mbit/s per User feature is enhanced in RAN15.0 by allowing 4CHSDPA UEs to have a peak downlink rate of 84 Mbit/s.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.40.3 NEs
No impact.
4.40.4 Hardware
No impact.

The "Non-contiguous multi-cell" IE is added to the "UE radio access capability extension" IE
to specify whether the UE supports non-adjacent carriers and indicate the UE's capability to
support non-adjacent carriers.

License
This feature operates under a NodeB-level license, which is the same as that used in RAN13.0.
No impact.
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

253
WCDMA RAN
Fault Management
No impact.

No impact.
4.41 WRFD-010712 Adaptive Configuration of Traffic

Channel Power offset for HSUPA (Enhanced/Optional)
This feature adaptively configures the HARQ power offset for 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs based on
the uplink data rate of UEs and the uplink network load. For 2 ms TTI UEs in the low-rate little
retransmission state, a larger value of the HARQ power offset can reduce the DPCCH transmit
power. For 2 ms TTI UEs in the high-rate little retransmission state, a smaller value of the HARQ
power offset can ensure normal uplink data transmission.

System Capacity
This feature adaptively configures HARQ power offsets for 2 ms TTI HSUPA UEs. It configures
lower DPCCH transmit power for UEs in the low-rate small retransmission state, which increases
HSUPA capacity when the number of HSUPA UEs is large and the Uu-interface transmission
rate is low. This capacity improvement is indicated by the increase in average HSUPA
throughput in a cell, the increase in the number of UEs that can transmit data simultaneously in
the uplink, or the RTWP reduction.
Network Performance
None
4.41.3 NEs
4.41.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

254
WCDMA RAN

License
Table 4-58 provides license information for Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power
offset for HSUPA.
Table 4-58 License information for Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for
HSUPA
Feature ID
Feature Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-010712
Adaptive
Configuration of
Traffic Channel
Power offset for
HSUPA
Adaptive
Configuration
of Traffic
Channel Power
offset for
HSUPA
RNC
Mbit/s (HSUPA
throughput)
No impact.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

This feature requires the WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package feature.

None
Impacted Features
None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

255
WCDMA RAN
4.42 WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power

Backup (Enhanced/Optional)
If base stations are configured with storage batteries, the storage batteries provide backup power
for the base stations in the case of a mains power failure. However, storage batteries provide
limited backup power. To prolong the operating duration of base stations when powered by
storage batteries, some carriers can be shut down or the transmit power of the carriers can be
reduced. The IDs and names of the corresponding features for GSM, UMTS, and LTE-FDD are
as follows:
l
GBFD-111605 Active Backup Power Control
WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup
LOFD-001040 Low Power Consumption Mode
In versions earlier than SRAN8.0, this feature is supported only when base stations are
configured with Huawei power cabinets (for example, APM30, EPS4890, or ETP) in a GSM
network and an LTE-FDD network.
In SRAN8.0, the preceding feature is enhanced. That is, this feature can be used even if the base
stations are configured with power cabinets from other vendors in a GSM network and an LTEFDD network. Therefore, this feature can apply to more scenarios.

If base stations are configured with storage batteries, the storage batteries provide backup power
for the base stations in the case of a mains power failure. However, storage batteries provide
limited backup power. To prolong the operating duration of base stations when powered by
storage batteries, some carriers can be shut down or the transmit power of the carriers can be
reduced. The IDs and names of the corresponding features for GSM, UMTS, and LTE-FDD are
as follows:
l
GBFD-111605 Active Backup Power Control
WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup
LOFD-001040 Low Power Consumption Mode
In versions earlier than SRAN8.0, this feature is supported only when base stations are
configured with Huawei power cabinets (for example, APM30, EPS4890, or ETP) in a GSM
network and an LTE-FDD network.
In SRAN8.0, the preceding feature is enhanced. That is, this feature can be used even if the base
stations are configured with power cabinets from other vendors in a GSM network and an LTEFDD network. Therefore, this feature can apply to more scenarios.

System Capacity
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

256
WCDMA RAN
Network Performance
No impact.
4.42.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the BSC, GBTS, eGBTS, NodeB, eNodeB, M2000, and CME.
Power subsystems from other vendors must be capable of generating the dry contact alarm if
they are used to provide backup power for base stations.
4.42.4 Hardware
When base stations are powered by power systems from other vendors, the base stations must
provide one vacant Boolean input port for reporting dry contact alarms.

No impact.

License
l
The existing license for this feature is still applicable. The enhancement of this feature has
no impact on the license.
A carrier-level license control item has been added to the eGBTS for this feature.
No MML command or parameter has been added on the GBSC, GBTS, and RNC sides.
The following MML command has been introduced on the eGBTS, NodeB, and eNodeB sides
to accommodate this feature, as described in Table 4-59.
Table 4-59 New MML command on the eGBTS, NodeB, and eNodeB sides
Change Type
MO
MML Command
Description
New
MAINSALARMBI
ND
MOD NMSABIND
(eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB)
This new command

is used to modify the
binding of the input
port to the dry
contact alarm.
The following parameters have been introduced on the eGBTS and eNodeB sides to
accommodate this feature, as described in Table 4-60.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

257
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-60 New parameters on the eGBTS and eNodeB sides
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter
ID
MML
Comman
d
Description
New
MAIN
SALA
RMBI
ND
ISDSWIT
CH
MOD
NMSABI
ND
(eGBTS/
eNodeB)
This new parameter specifies the dry contact

alarm flag.
New
MAIN
SALA
RMBI
ND
NMSACN
MOD
NMSABI
ND
(eGBTS/
eNodeB)
This new parameter specifies Almport

Cabinet No. of the dry contact alarm.
New
MAIN
SALA
RMBI
ND
NMSASR
N
MOD
NMSABI
ND
(eGBTS/
eNodeB)
This new parameter specifies Almport

Subrack No. of the dry contact alarm.
New
MAIN
SALA
RMBI
ND
NMSASN
MOD
NMSABI
ND
(eGBTS/
eNodeB)
This new parameter specifies Almport Slot

No. of the dry contact alarm.
New
MAIN
SALA
RMBI
ND
NMSAPN
MOD
NMSABI
ND
(eGBTS/
eNodeB)
This new parameter specifies Almport Port

No. of the dry contact alarm.

258
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter
ID
MML
Comman
d
Description
New
NOD
EBPO
WER
OUT
AGE
bakPwrSav
Policy
SET
NODEBP
OWERO
UTAGE
(NodeB)
This new parameter specifies the standby

power saving policy when storage batteries
provide backup power in the case of a mains
power failure. When different policies are
used, level 1 shutdown delay and level 2
shutdown delay are automatically configured
as follows:
If this parameter is set to POLICY3, level 1
shutdown delay is 1800s and level 2 shutdown
is 36000s.
If this parameter is set to POLICY2, level 1
shutdown delay is 1800s and level 2 shutdown
is 7200s. If this parameter is set to
POLICY1, level 1 shutdown delay and level
2 shutdown delay are 60s.
If this parameter is set to CUSTOMIZED,
level 1 shutdown delay and level 2 shutdown
delay are customized.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

259
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Parameter
ID
MML
Comman
d
Description
New
CELL
LOW
POW
ER
bakPwrSav
Policy
MOD
CELLLO
WPOWE
R
(eNodeB)
This new parameter specifies the backup

power saving policy of the eNodeB when
storage batteries provide backup power in the
case of a mains power failure.
The degradation duration in each policy is
automatically configured as follows:
If this parameter is set to POLICY3, the
duration of service power degradation and
that of reference signal power degradation are
both 120 minutes, and the maximum duration
of RF channel intelligent shutdown is 1440
minutes.
duration of service power degradation,
reference signal power degradation, and RF
channel intelligent shutdown is all 120
minutes.
duration of service power degradation, that of
reference signal power degradation, and that
of RF channel intelligent shutdown are all 0
minutes.
If this parameter is set to POLICY1,
POLICY2 or POLICY3, the ratio of
available service power to total service power
is 50%, the adjustment offset for reference
signal power is -1 dB, and the wait time for
entering the low power consumption mode is
5 minutes.
If this parameter is set to CUSTOMIZED,
you can customize the duration of power
degradation, the ratio of available service
power to total service power, the adjustment
offset for reference signal power, and the wait
time for entering the low power consumption
mode.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

260
WCDMA RAN

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.43 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection

from UMTS to LTE (Enhanced/Optional)
If a UMTS/LTE dual-mode UE establishes services in the UMTS network, this feature allows
the RNC to redirect the UE to the LTE network when both UMTS and LTE coverage is available
and the UE establishes only PS services.
In a UMTS/LTE multi-layer network where PS handover from UMTS to LTE is not supported
by UE or network, this feature redirects the UEs that process only PS services from the UMTS
network to the LTE network, improving user experience for PS service users.
In RAN15.0, the following functions are added:
l
Triggering redirection when the best cell changes
Support for blind redirection
Added frequency information in the SIB19 message for redirection or blind redirection.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
When UEs or the network does not support PS handovers from UMTS to LTE, this feature
redirects the UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs to LTE. The redirection brings about the following
benefits:
l
Improved user experience
Reduced loads on the UMTS network
Reduced call drop rate
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

261
WCDMA RAN
However, the compressed mode must be started during the LTE measurement, which increases
the call drop rate. Multiple UEs initiating LTE measurements at the same time also results in an
increased call drop rate.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection shortens the duration of service interruptions.
drops may occur.
4.43.3 NEs
The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE interoperation. The UE must support UMTS and LTE and
support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
4.43.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

262
WCDMA RAN

Chang
e Type
MO
Paramete
r ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
BestCellTr
igLTEMea
sSwitch
ADD
UCELLU2
LTEHONC
OV/SET
UU2LTEH
ONCOV
This new parameter specifies whether the

RNC triggers service-based LTE cell
measurements when the best cell that a
UE camps on changes.
When the switch is turned on and the best
cell changes, the RNC enables the
compressed mode to measure the
neighboring LTE cell. If the quality of the
neighboring LTE cell meets the
requirements, the UE performs a
handover or redirection.
When the switch is turned off and the best
cell that the UE camps on changes, the
RNC does not trigger service-based LTE
cell measurements.
New
UCELL
HOCO
MM
U2LBlind
RedirSwitc
h
ADD
UCELLHO
COMM

RNC supports a UMTS-to-LTE blind
redirection.
When the switch is turned on and the UE
does not support LTE cell measurements,
the RNC directly performs a UMTS-toLTE redirection, without measuring the
LTE cell. The EARFCN for the
redirection is configured for the
neighboring LTE cell or the LTE
EARFCN configured in SIB19.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC
measures the LTE cell and then
accordingly selects the EARFCN for a
cell to perform a UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. If the UE does not support
LTE cell measurements, the RNC cannot
perform a UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
New
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
ULTEN
CELL
BlindFlag
ADD
ULTENCE
LL
This new parameter specifies the ID of

the neighboring LTE cell for blind
redirections. When the UE does not
support measurements in connected
mode and performs a blind redirection
based on the frequency of a blind
neighboring cell, the frequency of the
blind neighboring cell serves as the
frequency indicated by this parameter.

263
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
MO
Paramete
r ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UCORR
MALGO
SWITC
H
HO_U2L_
REDIR_B
ASED_AB
SOLUTE_
FREQ_S
WITCH
SET
UCORRM
ALGOSWI
TCH
During a redirection or blind redirection

procedure:
l When this switch is turned on, the UE
performs the redirection or blind
redirection based on the frequency in
the system information block (SIB) 19
carried in the RRC Connection
Release message.
l When this switch is turned off, the UE
performs the redirection or blind
redirection based on the frequency for
the neighboring cell or blind
neighboring cell carried in the RRC
Connection Release message.
The following counter has been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature, as
Table 4-62 New RNC counter
Change Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.U2LTEHO.RRC
Release.Sevice.Blin
d
U2LTE.HO.CELL
Number of Servicedbased U2L Blind

Redirections
Through the RRC
Connection Release
Message for Cell
Fault Management
No impact.

None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

264
WCDMA RAN

None
Impacted Features
None
4.44 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS

to LTE (Enhanced/Optional)
In RAN15.0, the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover can be triggered when the best cell changes.
This feature allows the RNC to hand over a UE and its PS service to the LTE network in either
of the following scenarios:
l
The UE in the UMTS and LTE overlapping coverage area originates a PS service in the
UMTS network.
For a UE in the UMTS and LTE overlapping coverage area that is handed over from the
LTE network to the UMTS network due to a CSFB, after the UE terminates the CS voice
service in the UMTS network, the UE still has ongoing PS services.
The benefits of this feature are as follows:

l
Improved user experience for PS services
Reduced service interruption time compared with redirection
Increased LTE network utilization

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
With this feature, UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs are handed over to LTE. This brings about the
following benefits:
l
Improved user experience
Reduced loads on the UMTS network
Reduced call drop rate
However, the compressed mode must be started during the LTE measurement, which increases
the call drop rate. Multiple UEs initiating LTE measurements at the same time also results in an
increased call drop rate.
drops may occur.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

265
WCDMA RAN
4.44.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE. The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later, UMTSto-LTE PS handovers, and LTE network measurements in connected mode.
4.44.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
The following parameter has been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature, as
described in Table 4-63. No parameter has been introduced on the NodeB side.
Table 4-63 New RNC parameter
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
MO
Paramete
r ID
MML
Command
Description
New
UCEL
LU2L
TEHO
NCOV
BestCellT
rigLTEM
easSwitch
ADD
UCELLU2L
TEHONCO
V/SET
UU2LTEHO
NCOV

RNC triggers service-based LTE cell
handovers or redirections when the best cell
that a UE camps on changes. The switch can
be a cell-level or RNC-level switch.
When the switch is turned on, the RNC
triggers service-based LTE cell handovers
or redirections after the best cell changes. If
the quality of the neighboring LTE cell
meets the requirements, the UE performs a
handover or redirection. When the switch is
turned off and the best cell that the UE
camps on changes, the RNC does not trigger
service-based LTE cell measurements.

266
WCDMA RAN
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.45 WRFD-140219 Micro NodeB Self-Planning (Enhanced/

Optional)
4.45.1 Introduction
The feature is enhanced in RAN15.0.
In UMTS RAN14.0, this feature works only in single-carrier scenarios. That is, the UARFCN,
scrambling code, neighbor relationships with intra-frequency neighboring cells, inter-frequency
neighboring cells, and neighboring GSM cells, LAC, RAC, and SAC can be self-planned when
only one carrier is configured on a micro NodeB. In UMTS RAN15.0, this feature is enhanced
and the preceding site parameters can be also self-planned when two carriers are configured on
a micro NodeB. Besides, the self-planning of the neighbor relationship with neighboring LTE
cells and URAs is supported in both single- and dual-carrier scenarios.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
If several micro NodeBs do not have shared neighboring cells, self-planned scrambling codes
may cause co-channel interference, leading to mutual interference among the cells under the
micro NodeB. As a result, counters, such as the call drop rate, connection success rate, and
throughput may be affected.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

267
WCDMA RAN
If a micro NodeB fails to search out neighboring macro cells, the micro NodeB uses default
LAC/RAC/URA. However, if the micro cell and neighboring cells do not share the default LAC/
RAC/URA, additional LAU procedures are required, which increases network load.
4.45.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the BTS3902E, BTS3803E, and M2000 and requires support
from the RNC, GBSC, and eNodeB.
4.45.4 Hardware
This feature has the following requirements for the BTS3902E and BTS3803E:
l
The micro NodeB must be configured with an SON receiver.
The SON receiver must be configured with an antenna:

If the micro NodeB is configured with a built-in antenna, the SON receiver shares an
antenna with the micro NodeB. An individual antenna for the SON receiver is not
required.
If the micro NodeB is configured with an external antenna, an individual antenna for
the SON receiver is required.

l
The scanning results of self-planning and the automatic configuration data are delivered
through the OM channel between the M2000 and Micro NodeB.
The automatic configuration data is delivered through the OM channel between the M2000
and RNC.
and GBSC.
and eNodeB.

License
This feature is optional and the license file for this feature is required.
No impact.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

268
WCDMA RAN

Micro NodeB self-planning depends on the following features:
l
WRFD-031102 NodeB Remote Self-configuration

None
Impacted Features
If inter-operator handover is disabled, the ICR feature cannot provide inter-operator neighbor
relationship of cells.
4.46 WRFD-150223 MC-HSDPA+MIMO (New/Trial)

MC-HSDPA+MIMO was introduced in 3GPP Release 10. MC-HSDPA+MIMO uses three or
four carriers enabled with MIMO+64QAM for the HSDPA transmission of a UE, which
increases the UE data rate and system capacity.
A primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) and a secondary common pilot channel (S-CPICH)
must be configured in cells that use MC-HSDPA+MIMO.
When PS BE services, streaming services, or combined services that include PS BE or streaming
services are carried on the HS-DSCH, these services can use MC-HSDPA+MIMO. In the uplink,
the UE can use DCH, HSUPA, or DC-HSUPA. The SRB for the UE is carried over DCH,
HSDPA, or HSUPA.
MC-HSDPA+MIMO does not apply to CS services, IMS signaling, PS conversational services,
or SRB signaling, because the gains provided by this feature are not noticeable for services that
have only a small amount of data to transmit and have low transmission delay requirements.

System Capacity
MC-HSDPA+MIMO increases the cell load in the uplink, consumes more CE resources, and
affects the number of multi-carrier HSDPA UEs supported by baseband processing boards.
l
MC-HSDPA+MIMO slightly increases the cell load in the uplink. The cell load increase
is represented by an increase in the uplink RTWP.
The increase in the uplink RTWP varies depending on the number of online MC-HSDPA
+MIMO UEs. MC-HSDPA+MIMO UEs use the HS-DPCCH to provide feedback in the uplink,
and the HS-DPCCH uses the spreading factor SF128. As a result, MC-HSDPA+MIMO requires
more power resources and uplink interference increases. The Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA
CQI Feedback Period feature can be enabled to reduce the uplink RTWP.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

269
WCDMA RAN
MC-HSDPA+MIMO UEs require one CE more than SC-HSDPA+MIMO UEs.
A baseband processing board supports more SC-HSDPA+MIMO UEs than MC-HSDPA

+MIMO UEs.
Network Performance
MC-HSDPA+MIMO increases the single-user downlink throughput and deteriorates the uplink
cell edge coverage.
l

MC-HSDPA+MIMO increases the single-user downlink throughput by about 300%
compared with SC-HSDPA+MIMO. The increase in the single-user downlink throughput
is noticeable even at the cell edge.
However, the increase in the single-user downlink throughput varies depending on the load
of other MC-HSDPA+MIMO cells in the same sector. For example, when other MCHSDPA+MIMO cells in the same sector have heavy loads, the gain provided by MCHSDPA+MIMO is small. This is because the NodeB considers the rate fairness among
MC-HSDPA+MIMO and SC-HSDPA+MIMO UEs when the load is heavy and the
downlink resources (such as power resources and code resources) are insufficient. In this
case, the throughput of MC-HSDPA+MIMO UEs is not significantly higher than that of
SC-HSDPA+MIMO or DC-HSDPA+MIMO UEs.

MC-HSDPA+MIMO deteriorates the uplink cell edge coverage because MC-HSDPA
+MIMO UEs need to report the CQI information about all serving cells and therefore
require higher uplink power.
4.46.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE. The UE must belong to HS-DSCH category 30, 32,
or higher.
4.46.4 Hardware
l

None

Only the 3900 series base stations support this feature. The 3900 series base stations must
be configured with the WBBPd or WBBPf board to support 3C-HSDPA and must be
configured with the WBBPd or WBBPf board to support MC-HSDPA+MIMO. If MIMO
is deployed in two or more 4C-HSDPA cells, the WBBPf4 board must be configured to
support MC-HSDPA+MIMO. The BTS3902E and BTS3803E do not support MC-HSDPA
+MIMO.
Table 4-64 presents an example of the hardware configuration of a NodeB configured with three
sectors.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

270
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-64 Example of the hardware configuration of a NodeB configured with three sectors
Scenario
Base Station Type
3C-HSDPA+MIMO
3900 series WCDMA base station If MIMO is deployed in one

4C-HSDPA cell, each 3900
series base station must be
configured with two WBBPf
boards or three WBBPb,
WBBPd, or WBBPf boards
(in any combination).
4C-HSDPA+MIMO
3900 series WCDMA base station If MIMO is deployed in one

configured with three
WBBPd or WBBPf boards
(in any combination).
If MIMO is deployed in two
configured with three
WBBPf4 boards.

The impact of MC-HSDPA+MIMO on Iub and Uu interfaces is the same as that of 4C-HSDPA.
For details, see section 4.16.5 Inter-NE Interfaces.

License
MC-HSDPA+MIMO is a trial feature and is not under license control.
this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

271
WCDMA RAN

Paramete
r and
Switch
Changes
Parameter ID
Switch Name
MML Command
New
parameter
DCMIMOor4CHSD
PASwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
SET UFRC
New
switch
CfgSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_
SWITCH
SET
UCORRMALGOS
WITCH
New
switch
HspaPlusSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
HSDPA_4C_MIMO
ADD/MOD
UCELLALGOSWIT
CH
New
switch
RetryCapability
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
HSDPA_4C_MIMO
SET UFRC
NOTE
The following parameters have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-66 New NodeB parameters
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
New
HSDPA4CMIMO
ADD ULOCELL
New
HSDPA4CMIMO
MOD ULOCELL
Table 4-67 New counters for MC-HSDPA+MIMO
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Counter Name
Measurement Unit
Description
HSDPA.Cell
Average number of
Category 30 HSDPA
users in a cell

272
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Counter Name
Measurement Unit
Description
HSDPA.Cell
Average number of
Category 32 HSDPA
users in a cell
HSDPA.Cell
Maximum number of
Category 30 HSDPA
users in a cell
HSDPA.Cell
Maximum number of
Category 32 HSDPA
users in a cell
VS.HSDPA.RAB.
3CMIMO.AttEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of RAB Setup

Attempts for Cell
When 3C-HSDPA with
MIMO Applied
VS.HSDPA.RAB.
3CMIMO.SuccEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Successful
RAB Setups for Cell
When 3C-HSDPA with
MIMO Applied
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.
3CMIMO
HSDPA.Cell
Released RABs for
Cell When 3C-HSDPA
with MIMO Applied
(RF Exceptions
Considered)
3CMIMO
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Normally
Released RABs for
Cell When 3C-HSDPA
with MIMO Applied
VS.HSDPA.RAB.
4CMIMO.AttEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of RAB Setup

Attempts for Cell
Where 4C-HSDPA
with MIMO Applied
VS.HSDPA.RAB.
4CMIMO.SuccEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Successful
RAB Setups for Cell
When 4C-HSDPA with
MIMO Applied
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.
4CMIMO
HSDPA.Cell
Released RABs for
Cell When 4C-HSDPA
with MIMO Applied
(RF Exceptions
Considered)

273
WCDMA RAN
Counter Name
Measurement Unit
Description
4CMIMO
HSDPA.Cell
Number of Normally
Released RABs for
Cell When 4C-HSDPA
with MIMO Applied
Fault Management
The Iub and Uu interface trace functions on the LMT support MC-HSDPA+MIMO UEs.

l
WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM+MIMO
DB-HSDPA+MIMO
If the MC-HSDPA+MIMO cells in a multi-carrier cell group operate in two different frequency
bands, all MC-HSDPA+MIMO cells must have DB-HSDPA+MIMO enabled.
l
DC-HSDPA+MIMO
If multiple MC-HSDPA+MIMO cells in a multi-carrier cell group operate in the same frequency
band, all of these cells must have DC-HSDPA+MIMO enabled.

l

In Multi-carrier
Impacted Features
MC-HSDPA+MIMO is affected by the same features that affect 4C-HSDPA. MC-HSDPA
+MIMO affects the same features that 4C-HSDPA affects. For details, see section 4.16.7
Related Features.
4.47 WRFD-150224 HSPA+Downlink 168 Mbit/s per User

(New/Trial)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

274
WCDMA RAN

The HSPA+ Downlink 168 Mbit/s per User feature uses a combination of 4C-HSDPA and
64QAM+MIMO to increase the maximum downlink single-user data rate to 168 Mbit/s.

System Capacity
Only one MC-HSDPA+MIMO UE can have the maximum downlink single-user data rate of
168 Mbit/s in each sector at one time.
Network Performance
The HSPA+ Downlink 168 Mbit/s per User feature increases the uplink rise over thermal (RoT)
of the primary cell.
l
To reach the maximum downlink single-user data rate of 168 Mbit/s, a UE must have
satisfactory channel conditions, consume all transmit power of four MC-HSDPA+MIMO
cells, and consume 15 HS-PDSCH codes in each cell.
The MC-HSDPA+MIMO UE uses HSUPA 2-ms TTIs in the primary cell, which increases
the uplink RoT in the cell.
4.47.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE and CN.
l
The CN must support 3GPP Release 7 or later and also support a subscribed rate of 168
Mbit/s.
4.47.4 Hardware
l

For the BSC6900:
The BSC6900 must be configured with the DPUe board.
The BSC6900 interface board must be the GOUa, GOUc, FG2a, or FG2c.
For the BSC6910:
The BSC6910 must be configured with the EGPUa board.
The BSC6910 interface board must be the GOUc, FG2c, or EXOUa.

Only the 3900 series base stations support this feature. The 3900 series base stations must
be configured with the WBBPf4 and UMPT boards (UMPT can be replaced by WMPT
+transmission processing board).
The transmission processing board can be UTRP2, UTRP9, or UTRPc.
The BTS3902E does not support this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

275
WCDMA RAN
For example, a NodeB that is configured with three sectors must be configured with the
following boards to support the HSPA+ Downlink 168 Mbit/s per User feature:
Three WBBPf4 boards
One UMPT board or one WMPT board+one UTRP2/UTRP9/UTRPc board

No impact.

License
MC-HSDPA+MIMO is a trial feature and is not under license control.
No impact.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

l
WRFD-010703 HSPA+ Downlink 84Mbit/s per User
WRFD-150223 MC-HSDPA+MIMO
WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2
or
l
WRFD-0150251 HSPA+ Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User
WRFD-150223 MC-HSDPA+MIMO
WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2

None
Impacted Features
None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

276
WCDMA RAN
4.48 WRFD-150227 DB-HSDPA+MIMO (New/Trial)

DB-HSDPA+MIMO is a trial feature and is available from RAN15.0.
DB-HSDPA+MIMO is first specified by 3GPP Release 10. It is a combination of DB-HSDPA
(specified by 3GPP Release 9) and MIMO (specified by 3GPP Release 7). This feature allows
a NodeB to use the carriers on two different frequency bands and the MIMO technique so that
the carriers can simultaneously transmit HSDPA data to UEs.

System Capacity
This feature improves spectral efficiency to achieve the following benefits:
l
Increased single-user peak rate

Compared with DB-HSDPA, DB-HSDPA+MIMO uses two antennas to produce a spatial
multiplexing gain and maximally doubles the single-user peak rate:
Without 64QAM: from 28 Mbit/s to 56 Mbit/s
With 64QAM: from 42 Mbit/s to 84 Mbit/s
Compared with single-carrier MIMO, DB-HSDPA+MIMO uses the resources of two
carriers to maximally double the single-user peak rate:
Without 64QAM: from 28 Mbit/s to 56 Mbit/s
With 64QAM: from 42 Mbit/s to 84 Mbit/s
Increased cell capacity

Compared with DB-HSDPA, DB-HSDPA+MIMO improves spectral efficiency for
carriers on two different frequency bands. According to simulation results, system
throughput is increased by about 10%-20%.
Similar to DC-HSDPA and 4C-HSDPA UEs, a DB-HSDPA UE consumes one CE more than a
SC-HSDPA UE.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.48.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE.
l
The UE notifies the RNC that it supports DB-HSDPA+MIMO.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

277
WCDMA RAN
4.48.4 Hardware
l

None

The DBS3800 must be configured with a BBU3806 to support DB-HSDPA+MIMO.
In addition, the BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. The
BBU3806C does not support DB-HSDPA+MIMO.
The 3900 series base stations (excluding the BTS3902E) must be configured with the
WBBPb3, WBBPb4, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.
The BTS3812A, BTS3812E, and BTS3812AE do not support DB-HSDPA+MIMO.
The BTS3803E does not support DB-HSDPA.

Iub
DB-HSDPA+MIMO does not affect the Iub interface.
Table 4-68 describes the messages and IEs used to carry DB-HSDPA+MIMO information over
the Iub interface.
Table 4-68 Messages and IEs used to carry DB-HSDPA+MIMO information over the Iub
interface
Message
IE
Description
AUDIT RESPONSE
Cell Capability Container
The NodeB uses bit 12 of this

IE to report the DB-HSDPA
+MIMO capability of a local
cell to the RNC.
HS-DSCH FDD Secondary

Serving Information
The RNC uses this IE to

instruct the NodeB to or not
to establish DB-HSDPA
+MIMO RLs.
RESOURCE STATUS
INDICATION
RADIO LINK SETUP
REQUEST
Uu
DB-HSDPA+MIMO adds a new IE, "Support for dual cell with MIMO operation in different
bands", to the "UE radio access capability" IE in the RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE
and UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION messages.
DB-HSDPA+MIMO adds a new IE "Secondary cell MIMO parameters" to the following
messages:
l
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

278
WCDMA RAN
TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
The new IE specifies whether DB-HSDPA+MIMO is enabled. Alternatively, existing IEs

"MIMO parameters" and "Downlink secondary cell info FDD", not the new IE, are used to
specify whether DB-HSDPA+MIMO is enabled.

License
DB-HSDPA+MIMO is a trial feature and is not under license control.
The following parameters have been modified on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-69 Modified RNC parameters
Change
Type
Parameter
ID
MML Command
Description
Modified
CfgSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SET
UCORRMALGOSWIT
CH
An RNC-level DB-HSDPA+MIMO
function switch,
CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWIT
CH, is added to this parameter.
Modified
HspaPlusS
witch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD/MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
A cell-level DB-HSDPA+MIMO
function switch, DB_HSDPA
+MIMO, is added to this parameter.
Modified
RetryCapab
ility
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SET UFRC
A new switch, DB_HSDPA

+MIMO, is added to this parameter
for specifying whether UEs can
periodically perform DRD to use
DB-HSDPA+MIMO.
The following parameter has been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature.
Table 4-70 New NodeB parameter
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
HSDPADBMIMO
l 3900 series base

stations: ADD/
MOD
ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the DBHSDPA+MIMO
capability of a cell.
l DBS3800: ADD/
MOD LOCELL
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

279
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.HSDPA.RAB.DBMIMO.AttEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of
RAB Setup
Attempts for
Cell When DBHSDPA with
MIMO
Applied
This counter is
measured only
in the primary
cell.
New
VS.HSDPA.RAB.DBMIMO.SuccEstab
HSDPA.Cell
Number of
Successful
RAB Setups
for Cell When
DB-HSDPA
with MIMO
Applied
This counter is
measured only
in the primary
cell.
New
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.DBMIMO
HSDPA.Cell
Number of
Abnormal
Released
RABs for Cell
When DBHSDPA with
MIMO
Applied (RF
Exceptions
Considered)
This counter is
measured only
in the primary
cell.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

280
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.HSDPA.RAB.NormRel.DBMIMO
HSDPA.Cell
Number of
Normally
Released
RABs for Cell
When DBHSDPA with
MIMO
Applied
This counter is
measured only
in the primary
cell.
The following counter has been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate this feature. This
counter is also used to monitor the performance of DB-HSDPA.
Table 4-72 New NodeBcounter
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.DataOutput.DBHSDP
A.Traffic
HSDPA.LOCE
LL
MAC-ehs traffic volume of

DB-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA
+MIMO users
Fault Management
l
On the RNC side

The trace item Cell User Number of the Cell Performance Monitoring function on the
RNC LMT counts the DB-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA+MIMO users in the cell.
On the NodeB side

A new trigger condition is added for ALM-28206 Local Cell Capability Decline: This alarm
is reported when a cell that does not support DB-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA+MIMO is enabled
with DB-HSDPA/DB-HSDPA+MIMO.

l
WRFD-010684 22 MIMO
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

281
WCDMA RAN

None
Impacted Features
None
4.49 WRFD-150243 Iub IP Transmission Based on Dynamic

Load Balance (New/Optional)
This feature applies to IP transmission networking on the Iub interface and enables multiple Iub
interface boards of a BSC6910 to form a transmission resource pool, in which load is dynamically
balanced among these boards. RAN15.0 introduces this feature to the BSC6910 because the
BSC6910 supports transmission resource pools, not IP paths. The BSC6900 still uses the
following original features:
l
WRFD-140208 Iub Transmission Resource Pool in RNC
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.49.3 NEs
No impact.
4.49.4 Hardware

No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

282
WCDMA RAN

License
A new license control item WRFD-150243 Iub IP Transmission Based on Dynamic Load
Balance has been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
The BSC6910 is configured with transmission resource pools, not IP paths.
In RAN15.0, the BSC6910 supports admission control on logical ports.
Counters related to IP paths are not measured for the BSC6910. Instead, counters in the following
measurement units are measured:
l
Measurement of Transmission Resource Pool Adjacent Node Connection Performance
Measurement of Transmission Resource Pool IPPM Performance
Measurement of Transmission Resource Pool Local IP Address Connection Performance
Fault Management
The BSC6910 uses adjacent node-based ping detection instead of IP path-based ping detection.
In addition, the BSC6910 uses IP PM when transmission resource pools rather than IP paths are
configured.

None

This feature is mutually exclusive with the following features:
l
WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Phase 2
WRFD-02130501 Dedicated Iub Transmission Control
WRFD-050403 Hybrid Iub IP Transmission
Impacted Features
This feature affects the following features:
l
WRFD-050408 Overbooking on IP Transmission (affected only on the BSC6900)

Overbooking is implemented by means of admission, shaping, and backpressure on logical
ports. When a transmission resource pool is used, logical ports are unavailable for the
BSC6900 and therefore overbooking cannot be implemented on the BSC6900.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

283
WCDMA RAN
WRFD-020101 Admission Control (affected on both the BSC6900 and BSC6910)

When a transmission resource pool is used, the BSC6900/BSC6910 does not perform
admission control for BE services, including interactive services and background services.
Congestion control is performed for BE services only on the user plane.
4.50 WRFD-150244 Iu/Iur IP Transmission Based on

Dynamic Load Balance (New/Optional)
his feature applies to IP transmission networking on the Iu and Iur interfaces and enables multiple
Iu or Iur interface boards of a BSC6910 to form a transmission resource pool, in which load is
dynamically balanced among these boards. RAN15.0 introduces this feature to the BSC6910
because the BSC6910 supports transmission resource pools, not IP paths. The BSC6900 still
uses the following original features:
l
WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface
WRFD-050410 IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface
WRFD-140207 Iu/Iur Transmission Resource Pool in RNC

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.50.3 NEs
No impact.
4.50.4 Hardware

No impact.

License
A new license control item WRFD-150244 Iu/Iur IP Transmission Based on Dynamic Load
Balance has been introduced on the RNC side to accommodate this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

284
WCDMA RAN
The BSC6910 is configured with transmission resource pools, not IP paths. Each pool has only
one IP address.
In RAN15.0, the BSC6910 supports admission control on logical ports.
Counters related to IP paths are not measured for the BSC6910. Instead, counters in the following
measurement units are measured:
l
Measurement of Transmission Resource Pool Adjacent Node Connection Performance
Measurement of Transmission Resource Pool IPPM Performance
Measurement of Transmission Resource Pool Local IP Address Connection Performance
Fault Management
The BSC6910 uses adjacent node-based ping detection instead of IP path-based ping detection.
In addition, the BSC6910 uses IP PM when transmission resource pools are configured instead
of IP paths.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.51 WRFD-150242 HSDPA Scheduler Pool (New/Optional)

High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) schedulers, which are deployed on WBBP
boards, allocate cell resources and process user plane data for HSDPA UEs. The HSDPA
Scheduler Pool feature enables HSDPA schedulers to share the load in a cell, thereby increasing
WBBP resource utilization.
HSDPA Scheduler Pool enables WBBP boards with light HSDPA scheduling loads to share the
loads of WBBP boards with heavy HSDPA scheduling loads, thereby increasing the number of
online HSDPA UEs in the cells configured on WBBP boards with heavy HSDPA scheduling
loads.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

285
WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
HSDPA Scheduler Pool enables WBBP boards with light HSDPA scheduling loads to share the
loads of WBBP boards with heavy loads, thereby increasing the number of online HSDPA UEs
in the cells configured on WBBP boards with heavy HSDPA scheduling loads. Figure 4-13
illustrates how HSDPA Scheduler Pool improves system capacity.
Figure 4-13 Example of improving system capacity
As shown in Figure 4-13, two WBBPd boards are configured in a BBU. If the HSDPA UE
number usage of WBBPd 0 is approximately 100% and that of WBBPd 1 is lower than 60%,
cross-board load sharing is enabled. If WBBPd 1 is idle and is completely used to share the load
of WBBPd 0, the number of online HSDPA UEs supported by WBBPd 0 can be increased by a
maximum of 60%.
Network Performance
None
4.51.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the NodeB and has no impact on other Nes.
4.51.4 Hardware
l
Only 3900 series base stations (excluding the BTS3902E) configured with at least two
WBBPd or WBBPf boards support this feature. WBBPb boards do not support this feature.
At least one WBBPd or WBBPf board must be configured in slots for NodeB interface
boards. It is recommended that all WBBPd or WBBPf boards be configured in those slots.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

286
WCDMA RAN

None

License
A NodeB-level license control item has been added to the NodeB for this feature.
The following parameter have been introduced in the NodeB MML command SET
NODEBALGPARA:
l
HsdpaSchPoolSw: Hsdpa Scheduler Pool Switch.
No new counters are added.
Fault Management
Confirm whether to purchase the HSDPA Scheduler Pool license if ALM-26811 is reported
during feature deployment.
Alarm ID
Alarm Name
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
ALM-26811
Configured
Capacity Limit
Exceeding
Licensed Limit
NodeB
WRFD-150242
HSDPA
Scheduler Pool

Related Features
l

None
Impacted Features
None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

287
WCDMA RAN
4.52 WRFD-150241 RRU PA Efficiency Improvement (New/

Optional)
l
WRFD-150241 RRU PA Efficiency Improvement (New/Optional)
LOFD-001075 RRU PA Efficiency Improvement (LTE FDD) (New/Optional)
As the telecommunications industry rapidly develops, network scale increases, thereby leading
to an increase in power consumption and O&M costs for network equipment. The excessive
consumption of energy and natural resources has deteriorated the environment, bringing severe
challenges to the telecommunications industry. Conserving energy, reducing emissions, and
building a green, safe, and clean environment have therefore become an important part of
operators' goals.
To achieve these goals, Huawei introduces the RRU PA Efficiency Improvement feature
(including WRFD-150241 RRU PA Efficiency Improvement for UMTS and LOFD-001075
RRU PA Efficiency Improvement for LTE FDD). This feature improves the efficiency of the
multi-carrier PA by adopting a new-generation PA and a higher-complexity PA pre-distortion
software algorithm. The new algorithm improves the efficiency of the new-generation PA in all
states.
This feature improves the PA efficiency and decreases the RRU power consumption by 5% to
15%, thereby implementing energy conservation and emission reduction and reducing the
operating expense (OPEX).

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.52.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the NodeB, eNodeB, and CME.
4.52.4 Hardware
l
Huawei base stations are used.
Only the RRU3838 and RRU3268 2.6G support this feature..

No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

288
WCDMA RAN

License
l
An RRU-level license control item has been added to the NodeB for this feature.
An RRU-level license control item has been added to the eNodeB for this feature.
The following parameter has been introduced on the NodeB and eNodeB sides to accommodate
this feature.
Table 4-73 New NodeB/eNodeB parameter
Chang
e Type
MO
Paramete
r Name
Paramete
r ID
MML
Comma
nd
Description
New
RRU
PA
Efficiency
Improvem
ent Switch
PAEFFS
WITCH
MOD
RRU
Set this parameter to YES(Yes)

for an RRU that supports this
feature.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.53 WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH

(Enhanced/Optional)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

289
WCDMA RAN

The enhancement of the Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH feature in RAN15.0 allows UEs in the
CELL_FACH state to provide real-time feedback on High Speed Downlink Shared Channel
(HS-DSCH) data transmission to NodeBs during simultaneous uplink and downlink data
transmission. This is done by sending ACK/NACK responses and channel quality indicator
(CQI) information to the NodeBs over the High Speed Dedicated Physical Control Channel (HSDPCCH). This increases the average downlink throughput of E-RACH UEs.
NOTE
Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH is also called E-RACH.

UEs using Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH are called E-RACH UEs, and UEs using Downlink Enhanced
CELL_FACH are called E-FACH UEs.

System Capacity
The enhancement of this feature has both positive and negative impacts on system capacity.
l
Positive impacts
In a cell with a good channel environment where the reported CQI is greater than 13, the
enhancement of Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH provides the following benefits if the
proportion of the duration with simultaneous uplink and downlink data transmission to the
duration with downlink data transmission is higher than 50% for UEs in the CELL_FACH
state:
In theory, the enhancement of this feature increases the average downlink throughput
of E-FACH UEs by more than 60% when sufficient data needs to be processed by EFACH UEs in the cell. There is sufficient data when the product of
VS.EFACH.DataTtiNum and TTI Length (2 ms) is close to the counter measurement
period, which indicates that data needs to be sent in the downlink during each TTI.
The average power consumed by E-FACH UEs (indicated by the
VS.EFACH.ScchPwrRatio.Mean and VS.EFACH.PdschPwrRatio.Mean counters) in
the cell decreases if the following conditions are met:
There is insufficient data to process in the cell.
The number of E-RACH UEs (indicated by the VS.ERACHUEs counter) in the cell
changes little after the enhancement of this feature is activated.
The downlink traffic volume for E-RACH UEs (indicated by the
VS.CRNCIubBytesEFACH.Tx counter) changes little after the enhancement of this
feature is activated.
NOTE
If the proportion of the duration with simultaneous uplink and downlink data transmission to the duration
with downlink data transmission becomes smaller for UEs in the CELL_FACH state or the channel
environment gets worse, the gains in downlink throughput and power consumption both decrease. If the
number of E-RACH UEs and the downlink traffic volume for E-RACH UEs in the cell increase after the
enhancement of this feature is activated, the downlink throughput increases but the average power
consumed by E-FACH UEs may also increase.
Negative impacts
Real-time CQI feedback from UEs increases the instantaneous load by a small amount but
significantly shortens the online duration with more efficient data transmission realized by the
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

290
WCDMA RAN
enhancement of Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH. When traffic volume remains unchanged, a

longer online duration causes a heavier load, which is difficult to estimate. By default, eight
common E-DCHs are now configured in a cell, the CQI feedback period is 8 ms, and the TTI is
2 ms. Therefore, the enhancement of this feature increases the uplink load in a cell by an
estimated maximum of 1.6%. However, the ultimate uplink load may decrease because of a
shorter online duration, which is indicated by the VS.MeanRTWP counter.
Network Performance
l
Reduced downlink retransmissions of UEs in the CELL_FACH state

The enhancement of this feature reduces the downlink retransmission rate of E-FACH UEs
by more than 30% when the following conditions are met:
The channel environment is good in a cell as indicated by the reported CQI that is greater
than 13.
The proportion of the duration with simultaneous uplink and downlink data transmission
to the duration with downlink data transmission is higher than 50% for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state.
NOTE
Without the enhancement of Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH, the NodeB performs two blind
retransmissions on E-FACH UEs by default.
4.53.3 NEs
The enhancement of this feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB.
The enhancement of this feature requires support from UEs that support 3GPP Release 8 or later
and support uplink CELL_FACH.
4.53.4 Hardware
No impact.

To support the enhancement of this feature, new IEs must be added to some signaling messages
or existing IEs must be enhanced in some signaling messages over the Iub and Uu interfaces.
l
Iub interface
The RNC configures whether the NodeB supports feedback on the HS-DPCCH from E-RACH
UEs using the new IE Common E-DCH HS-DPCCH Information in Common E-DCH System
Information that is carried in the PHYSICAL SHARED CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
REQUEST message.
The RNC proactively checks whether the enhancement of this feature is enabled on the NodeB
side using an AUDIT REQUEST message. The NodeB then informs the RNC of this information
using the new IE Common E-DCH HS-DPCCH Capability in AUDIT RESPONSE and
RESOURCE STATUS INDICATION messages.
l
Uu interface
When the enhancement of this feature is enabled on the NodeB side, the RNC informs UEs about
whether the UTRAN supports the enhancement of this feature and the related parameter settings
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

291
WCDMA RAN
using the "Common E-DCH system info" IE carried in SIB5/SIB5bis. If the status of the switch
for the enhancement of this feature changes on the NodeB side, the NodeB informs the RNC of
the change so that the RNC updates system information in time.

License
No impact.
The following parameters have been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate the
enhancement of this feature.
Change Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
ERACHHSDPCC
H
ADD/MOD
LOCELL
This new switch enables or

disables the enhancement of
Uplink Enhanced
CELL_FACH.
New
MAXEFACHHS
HARQRT
SET
ULOCELLMAC
HSPARA

the maximum number of
HARQ retransmissions for
UEs that support the
enhancement of Uplink
Enhanced CELL_FACH.
The following measurement unit has been introduced on the NodeB side to accommodate the
enhancement of this feature.
Measurement
Unit
Description
EFACH.LOCELL
EFACH Measurements per Local Cell
Fault Management
No impact.

None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

292
WCDMA RAN

None
Impacted Features
WRFD-010688 Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH Using feedback on the HS-DPCCH
introduced in RAN15.0, the WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH feature increases
the average downlink throughput for the WRFD-010688 Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH
feature.
4.54 MRFD-210305 Security Management (Enhanced/Basic)

This feature introduces the secure SNTP time synchronization function in SRAN8.0.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.54.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on multimode base station controllers and requires the SNTP server
to support secure SNTP time synchronization.
4.54.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
This feature is not controlled by a license.
Parameters related to secure SNTP time synchronization must be configured based on the
negotiation between the base station controller and SNTP server.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

293
WCDMA RAN
No impact.
Fault Management
If secure SNTP time synchronization fails, the NTP Security Authentication Failed event is
reported.

No impact.
4.55 WRFD-150104 Sleeping Cell Detection and Recovery

(New/Basic)
Sleeping cells refer to cells that have been successfully established but cannot provide services.
No alarms are reported to notify operators of the existence of sleeping cells. This feature
automatically detects sleeping cells and then attempts to recover their services.
This feature creates a traffic model for a cell based on the number of radio link setup requests
measured in a certain period of time (for example, 3 weeks). Afterwards, this feature compares
the number of radio link setup requests in a certain period of time with the traffic model. If the
number is zero and does not comply with the traffic model, the cell is considered a sleeping cell
and an alarm is reported.
This feature can also use internal statistics, for example, BCH FP packet loss rate and AICH
service rejection rate, to quickly determine whether a cell is a sleeping cell. Upon detecting
sleeping cells, this feature attempts to recover their services by performing self-healing
operations level by level. Self-healing operations include cell reestablishment and RF unit reset.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
During the sleeping cell self-recovery period:
l
When the baseband board where the sleeping cell is carried resets, the services of other
cells carried on this baseband board will be interrupted for about 30s. If this baseband board
is shared by multiple modes, services of other involved modes will be interrupted.
When the RF unit where the sleeping cell is carried resets, the services of other cells carried
on this RF unit will be interrupted for about 2 minutes. If this RF unit works in multiple
modes, services of cells of other involved modes will be interrupted for a short period.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

294
WCDMA RAN
4.55.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the NodeB and has no impact on other NEs.
4.55.4 Hardware
None

None

License
The following parameter is added:
MO
Change
Type
Parameter ID
Parameter Name
NODEBALG
PARA
Added
SleepingCellDetectSw
Sleeping Cell Detection

Switch
The following parameter is modified:

MO
Change
Type
Parameter ID
Parameter Name (New)
ULOCELLN
OACCESSPA
RA
Modified
AUTORCVRMTHD
Auto Recovery Method
None
Fault Management
None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

295
WCDMA RAN

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.56 WRFD-150246 Service Steering and Load Sharing in

CELL_FACH State (New/Trial)
In a multicarrier network configured with the preferential camping and service steering policy,
UEs in idle mode or in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state preferentially camp on a specific
carrier. AMR services are established on this carrier while PS services are redirected to other
carriers. This ensures the voice quality of AMR services and mitigates the impact of HSPA
services on AMR-related KPIs.
In versions earlier than RAN15.0, service steering is implemented through RAB DRD or F2H
DRD. However, after micro cell deployment in a macro network, macro cells that previously
had the same coverage now have different coverage, causing the DRD success rate to decrease.
In this case, RRC redirection is used to implement service steering and load sharing. With the
introduction of smart phones and the solution for signaling storm, the number of UEs in the
CELL_PCH state increases but service steering cannot be performed for UEs in the CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH state.
To resolve the above issue, the Service Steering and Load Sharing in CELL_FACH State feature
is used to implement service steering and load sharing for UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state through P2F redirection.
NOTE
l P2F refers to the transition from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
l For details about the solution for signaling storm, see Enhanced Fast Dormancy Feature Parameter
Description.

System Capacity
With the Service Steering and Load Sharing in CELL_FACH State feature, micro base stations
can be deployed in macro networks that require service steering. Deploying micro base stations
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

296
WCDMA RAN
retains the existing service steering networking policy, accommodates more PS services, and
therefore, improves network capacity.
Network Performance
Deploying micro base stations retains the existing service steering networking policy, brings no
impact on CS services, and mitigates the impact of network changes on AMR-related KPIs.
This feature implements service steering through P2F redirection, which has the following
impacts on network performance.
l
Compared with P2F state transition, P2F redirection causes a 1s access delay for UEs
processing NRT services.
P2F redirection increases the number of cell update attempts and therefore causes more
signaling exchanges.
The calculated cell update success rate is inaccurate.

NOTE
This document uses a new formula to calculate the cell update success rate:
Cell update success rate = VS.SuccCellUpdt/(VS.AttCellUpdt - VS.P2F.Redir.Out)
However, if the UE re-accesses the source cell after P2F redirection, the number of cell update attempts
will be not calculated by the source cell. As a result, the cell update success rate calculated using this
formula is inaccurate.
4.56.3 NEs
The UE must support 3GPP Release 5 or later and also support P2F redirection.
4.56.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
None
The following RNC parameters have been introduced to accommodate this feature, as listed in
Table 4-74.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

297
WCDMA RAN

Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
RedirSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
NRT_P2F_REDIR_
SWITCH
ADD
UCELLCONN
REDIR
Whether the P2F redirection

algorithm for NRT services takes
effect
New
RedirSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
ADD
UCELLCONN
REDIR
Whether a P2F redirection for RT

services is allowed after a P2D
failure
RT_P2D_FAIL_P2
F_REDIR_SWITC
H
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
New
RedirSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
NRT_REDIR_REF
ER_LOAD_OF_SR
C_CELL_SWITCH
ADD
UCELLCONN
REDIR
Whether the load of the current cell

is considered during a redirection
for NRT services
New
NRTRedirFactorOfNorm
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCELLCONN
REDIR
Absolute threshold for the number

of FACH users for load sharing on
the FACH
New
NRTRedirFactorOfLDR
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCELLCONN
REDIR
Whether a UE processing NRT

services in connected mode needs
to be redirected when the load of the
camping cell load is normal
New
NRTRedirFactorOfLDR
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCELLCONN
REDIR
Whether a UE processing NRT

services in connected mode needs
to be redirected when the load of the
camping cell load is in the LDR or
OLC state
New
CoverageAreaId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCOVERAGE
AREA
Coverage area ID
New
CoverageAreaNam
e
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCOVERAGE
AREA
Coverage area name
New
CoverageAreaId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCELLCOVA
REAMAP
Coverage area ID, for adding the

current cell to a certain coverage
area.

298
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
RsvSwitch0
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT5
SET
UCELLALGO
RSVPARA
Attribute (heterogeneous) of a
macro cell
New
SpecUserFunctionSwitch3
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
=P2F_REDIR_DIS
ABLED_SWITCH
ADD
UIMEITAC
Whether to blacklist a UE for P2F

redirection
The MML commands ADD UCELLCONNREDIR, ADD UCOVERAGEAREA, and ADD

UCELLCOVAREAMAP have been added on the RNC side.
No measurement unit has been added.
The following RNC counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature, as listed in
Table 4-75.
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement
Unit
Description
New
VS.P2F.Redir.Out
CELLUPDATE.Cel
l
Number of Outgoing P2F

Redirections for Cell
New
VS.P2F.Redir.In.UseNewCU
CELLUPDATE.Cel
l
Number of Incoming P2F

Redirections for Cell (Cell
Update)
New
VS.P2F.Redir.FailOut.
NonTargetFCN
CELLUPDATE.Cel
l
Number of P2F
Redirection Failures
Caused by UE Not
Accessing the Target
Frequency for Cell
New
VS.P2F.Redir.FailOut.
NoReply
CELLUPDATE.Cel
l
Number of P2F
Redirection Failures
Caused by UE No
Response for Cell
This feature has no impact on counters on the NodeB side.

Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

299
WCDMA RAN
Fault Management
No new alarm is added.

None

None
Impacted Features
The Service Steering and Load Sharing in CELL_FACH State feature impacts the following
functions:
l
Smart P2D. For details, see State Transition Feature Parameter Description.
TAC-based P2D. For details, see Enhanced Fast Dormancy Feature Parameter
Description.
TVM-based P2D Transition. For details, see Flow Control Feature Parameter
Description.
P2D procedure for UEs processing PS services in case of DTCH congestion. For details,
see Flow Control Feature Parameter Description.
These functions reduce the UE access delay and relieve FACH congestion. However, P2F
redirection requires the UE to reselect a cell, which increases the access delay. P2F redirection
redirects UEs to other carriers, relieving FACH congestion on the preferential camping carrier.
Smart P2D and TAC-based P2D affect service steering on the preferential camping carrier.
Therefore, the two functions are not recommended for networks configured with service steering.
The P2F Redirection for NRT Services function is preferentially triggered compared with the
TVM-based P2D Transition and P2D procedure for UEs processing PS services in case of DTCH
congestion functions. P2F Redirection for NRT Services increases the FACH utilization on the
non-preferential camping frequencies and improves system capacity.
4.57 WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA (Enhanced/Optional)

SRB over HSUPA enables a UE's uplink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) to be carried on the EDCH.
SRB over HSUPA is introduced in 3GPP Release 6 and is supported by Huawei equipment in
RAN10.0 and later versions.
Compared with SRB over DCH, SRB over HSUPA provides the following benefits:
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

300
WCDMA RAN
Increases the theoretical uplink peak rate of a 2 ms TTI HSUPA UE from 2.88 Mbit/s to
5.74 Mbit/s when this feature is enabled with the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI and
WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User features.
According to section 4.2.1 "Dedicated physical channels" in 3GPP TS 25.213 V6.5.0, when
SRBs are carried on the DPDCH, the smallest uplink spreading factor (SF) can only be
2SF2, not 2SF2+2SF4.
When the uplink SF is 2SF2, the uplink peak rate can only be 2.88 Mbit/s.
When the uplink SF is 2SF2+2SF4, the uplink peak rate can reach 5.74 Mbit/s.
Provides higher signaling rates, thereby shortening call setup delay.

NOTE
A 2 ms TTI HSUPA UE is an HSUPA UE using a 2 ms transmission time interval (TTI) on the E-DCH.
RAN15.0 supports the coverage-based TTI switchover function. As the coverage performance
of the HSUPA is inferior to that of the DCH, SRB over HSUPA has a lower service setup success
rate and a higher call drop ratio than SRB over DCH. The coverage-based TTI switchover
function increases the service setup success rate and decreases the call drop ratio when SRB
over HSUPA is enabled.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
The coverage-based TTI switchover function increases the service setup success rate and
decreases the call drop ratio when SRB over HSUPA is enabled.
4.57.3 NEs
No impact.
4.57.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

301
WCDMA RAN
The following parameters have been introduced or modified on the RNC side to accommodate
this feature.
Table 4-76 New or modified RNC parameters
Chan
ge
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
New
FakeEcNo
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
SET UFRC
This new parameter specifies a substitute

value for P-CPICH Ec/N0 when the RNC
does not receive P-CPICH Ec/N0 reported
by a UE or the time that has elapsed since
P-CPICH Ec/N0 was reported by a UE is
greater than the validity time during the
service setup or the cell update triggered
by state transition from CELL_FACH/
CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH.
New
DraSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
:
DRA_PCPICH_EC
N0_ON_RACH_UP
DATE_SWITCH
SET
UCORRM
ALGOSWI
TCH
This new parameter specifies whether to

update P-CPICH Ec/N0 of a UE on the
RNC side when the value of P-CPICH Ec/
N0 is contained in the Measured results on
RACH IE in event 4A based on the uplink
traffic volume reported by the UE.
Modifi
ed
ReservedSwitch1:
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT13
SET
UCORRM
ALGOSWI
TCH
This parameter specifies whether to enable

or disable CE congestion control during
HSUPA UE's access to the network.
SET
UCORRM
ALGOSWI
TCH

or disable fallback from the E-DCH to the
DCH for BE services of a UE in access
mode in weak-coverage areas.
Modifi
ed
ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT5
This parameter is changed to

PERFENHANCESWITCH1
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PERFENH_BAS
E_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWIT
CH in the SET UCORRMPARA
command.
This parameter is changed to DraSwitch2

(BSC6900,BSC6910):DRA_BASE_CO
VER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH in
the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

302
WCDMA RAN
Chan
ge
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
Description
Modifi
ed
ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT7
SET
UCORRM
ALGOSWI
TCH

or disable fallback from the E-DCH to the
DCH for BE services of a UE in connected
mode in weak-coverage areas.
VER_BE_E2D_SWITCH in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command.
Modifi
ed
RsvSwitch1:
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT19
SET
UALGORS
VPARA

or disable the function of reconfiguring BE
services from the E-DCH to the DCH in
weak-coverage areas.
VER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SWIT
CH in the SET
Modifi
ed
ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT3
SET
UCORRM
ALGOSWI
TCH

or disable the function of preventing SRBs
being reconfigured from the DCH onto the
E-DCH during the RAB DRD procedure.
This parameter is changed to CmpSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CMP_DRD_SRB
OVERH_SWITCH in the SET
Modifi
ed
ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT23
SET
UCORRM
ALGOSWI
TCH

or disable the function of reconfiguring
SRBs from the DCH onto the E-DCH.
This parameter is changed to
PerfEnhanceSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
1:PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_
AFTER_DRD_SWITCH in the SET
UCORRMPARA command.
The following counters have been modified on the NodeB side.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

303
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-77 Modified NodeB counters

Change
Type
Counter
Name
Measure
ment
Unit
Description
Modified
VS.CellReser
ve.Counter11
HSUPA.L
OCELL
Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i PDUs Received from 2

ms TTI HSUPA Users in a Cell
This counter has been changed to VS.HSUPA.
2msTTI.Traffic.
Modified
VS.
CellReserve.
Counter12
HSUPA.L
OCELL
Traffic of Mac-e/Mac-i PDUs Received from 10

ms TTI HSUPA Users in a Cell
This counter has been changed to VS.HSUPA.
10msTTI.Traffic.
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.58 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA (Enhanced/Optional)

RAN15.0 supports the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB switchover from the HS-DSCH
to the DCH (SRB H2D) function. As SRB over HSDPA does not produce gains in maximumratio combination of soft handovers, the call drop ratio increases when SRBs are carried on the
HS-DSCH rather than the DCH. The weak coverage- and low load-based SRB H2D function
decreases the call drop ratio.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

304
WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
The weak coverage- and low load-based SRB H2D function has the following impacts:
l
Counteracts the increase in the PS call drop ratio caused by SRB over HSDPA. The PS call
drop ratio does not increase by more than 10%.
Decreases the gains produced by SRB over HSDPA in codes. The more the UEs that are
using the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB H2D function, the more decrease of the
gain.
4.58.3 NEs
No impact.
4.58.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
No impact.
No impact.
The following counter has been added on the RNC side.
Table 4-78 New RNC counter
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Counter Name
Measurement Unit
Description
New
VS.HSDPA.SRBoH.
UE.Mean.Cell
HSDPA.Cell
Average Number of UEs

Using SRB over HSDPA
for a Cell

305
WCDMA RAN
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.59 WRFD-150251 HSPA+ Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User

(New/Trial)
The HSPA+ Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User feature provides 3C-HSDPA UEs with a maximum
downlink single-user data rate of 63 Mbit/s.

System Capacity
In a network deployed with three carriers, only one 3C-HSDPA UE can have the maximum
downlink single-user data rate in each sector at one time.
Network Performance
The HSPA+ Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User feature occupies all 3C-HSDPA cell resources and
therefore increases the uplink rise over thermal (RoT) of the primary cell.
l
To reach the maximum downlink single-user data rate of 63 Mbit/s, a UE must have
favorable channel conditions, consume all the downlink transmit power of three 3CHSDPA cells, and consume 15 HS-PDSCH codes in each cell.
The 3C-HSDPA UE uses HSUPA 2-ms TTIs in the primary cell, which increases the uplink
RoT in the cell. This increase occurs because the HS-DPCCH for a 3C-HSDPA UE
consumes more power resources than the HS-DPCCH for an SC-HSDPA UE.
Compared with SC-HSDPA, the HSPA+ Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User feature increases the
downlink data rate. The increase in the downlink data rate will consume more Iub and Iu
transmission bandwidth.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

306
WCDMA RAN
4.59.3 NEs
This feature requires support from the UE and CN.
l
The UE must belong to HSDPA category 29 or higher.
The CN must support 63 Mbit/s data rate or higher.
4.59.4 Hardware
l

The BSC6900 must be configured with the DPUe board.
The BSC6900 interface board must be the GOUa, FG2a (GE ports), GOUc, or FG2c
(GE ports).
The BSC6910 interface board must be the FG2c (GE ports), GOUc, or EXOUa.

Only the 3900 series base stations support this feature. The 3900 series base stations
must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf.
The BTS3812E, BTS3812AE, and DBS3800 do not support this feature.
The BTS3902E and BTS3803E do not support this feature.
Dependency on other NEs

None

No impact.

License
The HSPA+ Downlink 63 Mbit/s per User feature is a trial feature and is not under license
control.
No impact.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

307
WCDMA RAN

This feature requires the following features:
l
WRFD-010689 HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User

None
Impacted Features
None
4.60 WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment (New/Optional)

Call reestablishment is a function by which radio links (RLs) are reestablished when a service
interruption or an access failure occurs in temporary coverage holes and in tunnels, elevators,
and buildings that cause significant signal quality fluctuation.
Call reestablishment can be initiated by a UE or the RAN.
l
Call reestablishment initiated by a UE: The UE sends a call reestablishment request to the
network to restore services upon detecting a downlink RL failure or a signaling radio bearer
(SRB) reset.
Call reestablishment initiated by the RAN: After the RAN detects a service interruption or
an access failure (possibly due to an SRB reset or an uplink RL failure) before the UE does,
the RAN stops the UE's downlink RL sets to enable the UE to detect downlink RL failures
as soon as possible. Upon detecting a downlink RL failure, the UE sends a call
reestablishment request to the RAN to restore services.
This document describes only call reestablishment initiated by the RAN.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
Call reestablishment initiated by a UE helps reduce the call drop rate. Call reestablishment
initiated by the RAN helps reduce the call drop rate and ensure user experience.
During call reestablishment, CS UEs may experience temporary one-way audio or no audio.
During RB setups, call reestablishment prolongs the service setup delay.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

308
WCDMA RAN
4.60.3 NEs
4.60.4 Hardware
No impact.

This feature affects the NBAP_RL_ACT_CMD message on the Iub interface. The RNC uses
this message to notify the NodeB that the downlink RL sets of a UE must be stopped.

License
For this feature, some switches have been added to the RNC, as listed in Table 1-1.
Table 4-79 Switches added for this feature on the RNC
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Switch
Parameter
MML
Command
Description
Change
d
CS_RL_S
ETUP_SW
ITCH
Optimizatio
nSwitch
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH
This switch controls whether to

trigger call reestablishment in
case of a CS call drop. This switch
is turned on when
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH is
set to 1.
Change
d
PS_RL_S
ETUP_SW
ITCH
Optimizatio
nSwitch
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

case of a PS call drop. This switch
is turned on when
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH is
set to 1.
Change
d
SRB_RES
ET_RL_S
ETUP_SW
ITCH
Optimizatio
nSwitch
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

case of an SRB reset. This switch
is turned on when
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH is set to 1.

309
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Switch
Parameter
MML
Command
Description
Change
d
RLFAIL_
RL_SETU
P_SWITC
H
Optimizatio
nSwitch
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

case of an RL failure. This switch
is turned on when
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITC
H is set to 1.
Change
d
TRB_RES
ET_RL_R
EEST_SW
ITCH
PROCESSS
WITCH4
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

case of a PS TRB reset. This
switch is turned on when
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_S
WITCH is set to 1.
Change
d
RB_RECF
G_RL_RE
EST_SWI
TCH
Optimizatio
nSwitch
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

trigger call reestablishment when
RB reconfiguration triggered by
the DCCC feature fails. This
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SW
ITCH is set to 1.
Change
d
RBRECF
G_ENH_R
L_REEST
_SWITCH
PROCESSS
WITCH4
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

RB reconfiguration triggered by
the DCCC feature expires. This
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST
_SWITCH is set to 1.
Change
d
PHYCHR
ECFG_EN
H_RL_RE
EST_SWI
TCH
PROCESSS
WITCH4
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

physical channel reconfiguration
expires. This switch is turned on
when
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_R
EEST_SWITCH is set to 1.
Added
IRATHO_
HOCANC
EL_RL_R
EEST_SW
ITCH
PROCESSS
WITCH4
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

exceptions occur during an interRAT handover. This switch is
turned on when
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_
REEST_SWITCH is set to 1.

310
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
Switch
Parameter
MML
Command
Description
Added
SMC_RL_
REEST_S
WITCH-1
Improvemen
tSwitch
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

case of a security mode setup
failure. This switch is turned on
when
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH is
set to 1.
Added
RB_SETU
P_ENHA
NCE_RL_
REEST_S
WITCH-1
PROCESSS
WITCH4
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

an RB fails to be set up due to an
SRB reset. This switch is turned
on when
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_
REEST_SWITCH is set to 1.
Added
NON_DC
CC_RBRE
CFG_RL_
REEST_S
WITCH
Optimizatio
nSwitc
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

RB reconfiguration that is not
triggered by the DCCC feature
fails. This switch is turned on
when
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL
_REEST_SWITCH is set to 1.
Added
RB_REL_
RL_REES
T_SWITC
H
PROCESSS
WITCH4
SET
URRCTRLSWI
TCH

case of an RB release failure. This
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWIT
CH is set to 1.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

311
WCDMA RAN

None
Impacted Features
None
4.61 MRFD-211901/ MRFD-221901 Multi-RAT Carrier Joint

Intelligent Shutdown (Optional/New)
With the development of mobile broadband services, areas covered by GSM and UMTS
networks are increasing at great speeds. The Multi-RAT Carrier Joint Intelligent Shutdown
feature applies to these areas. With this feature, a UMTS cell can be intelligently shut down or
restarted depending on the traffic volume. When the traffic volumes of both the GSM and UMTS
cells are low, the UMTS cell is shut down and GSM cells provide services for all UEs in the
area. When the traffic volumes of the GSM cells increase, the UMTS cell is restarted to meet
the traffic requirements. By intelligently shutting down the UMTS cell, this feature reduces the
overall power consumption of the GSM and UMTS networks and implements energy
conservation and emission reduction, reducing the operating expense (OPEX).

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
This feature affects the UE peak rates, call drop rate on the FACH, and service availability to
UEs supporting only UMTS as follows:
l
UE peak rates
If there are multi-mode terminals on the UMTS network, the multi-mode terminals are
handed over or reselected to the GSM network after the UMTS cell is shut down. These
multi-mode terminals can initiate services only on the GSM network before the UMTS cell
is restarted. Therefore, the peak rates of and experience in data services for these multimode terminals are negatively affected.
Call drop rate on the FACH

Before shutting down the UMTS cell, the RNC releases the connections of UEs in the
CELL_FACH state. This is to enable the UEs to reselect a GSM cell if there are UEs in the
CELL_FACH state in the UMTS cell and DynShutDownCchUserSwitch is set to OFF.
As a result, the call drop rate on the FACH increases.
Service availability to UEs supporting only UMTS

After the UMTS cell is shut down, UEs supporting only UMTS cannot initiate services.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

312
WCDMA RAN
This feature may also affect the inter-RAT handover and cell reselection success rates, prolong
the access delay, and cause UEs in the idle state to drop from the network. Details are as follows:
l
Inter-RAT handover and cell reselection success rates

This feature triggers the following handover or cell reselection interoperability procedures
between the GSM and UMTS networks:
Before the UMTS cell is shut down, the online multi-mode UEs on the UMTS network
are handed over or reselected to the GSM network.
After the UMTS cell is restarted, the online multi-mode UEs are reselected to the UMTS
network.
As the number of inter-RAT handovers and cell reselections increase, the inter-RAT
handover and cell reselection success rates may be affected.
Access delay and UEs in the idle state dropping from the network
After the UMTS cell is shut down, the multi-mode terminals in the idle state are reselected
to a GSM cell. After the UMTS cell is restarted, the multi-mode terminals in the idle state
are reselected to the UMTS cell. During the cell reselection, the following cases may occur:
The multi-mode terminals in the idle state may drop from the network after cell
reselection.
The routing areas of GSM and UMTS cells may be different, and the cell reselection
triggers LA updates. The multi-mode terminals in the idle state occupy access channel
resources during the LA updates, temporarily affecting the access of other UEs.
4.61.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the BSC, RNC, NodeB, and M2000.
UEs must support both GSM and UMTS.
4.61.4 Hardware
This feature requires information exchange between the GSM and UMTS networks. If the base
station controllers are a BSC and an RNC, the physical connections for the Iur-g interface
between the BSC and the RNC must be added.

The Iur-g interface must be configured between the BSC and the RNC. The Iur-g interface is a
Huawei proprietary interface and enables control information exchange between the BSC and
the RNC by Huawei proprietary messages.

License
l
A site-level license for this feature is added on the BSC side.
A site-level license for this feature is added on the NodeB side.
The following parameters have been introduced on the RNC side, as described in Table 4-80.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

313
WCDMA RAN
Table 4-80 New parameters on the RNC side
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Chang
e Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
IRATCommonMeasSwitch
SET UMBSCCRRM
Whether to enable the

Multi-RAT Carrier
Joint Intelligent
Shutdown feature
New
IRATShutdownDLLoadThd
ADD/MOD
UCELLDYNSHUTDO
WN
Downlink load
threshold for
triggering UMTS cell
intelligent shutdown
New
IRATShutdownULLoadThd
ADD/MOD
UCELLDYNSHUTDO
WN
Uplink load threshold

for triggering UMTS
cell intelligent
shutdown
New
IRATshutdown
GSMLoadThd
ADD/MOD
UCELLDYNSHUTDO
WN
Neighboring GSM
load threshold for
triggering UMTS cell
intelligent shutdown
New
IRATshutdown
GSMLoadHyst
ADD/MOD
UCELLDYNSHUTDO
WN
Neighboring GSM
load hysteresis for
UMTS cell restart
New
IRATSwitchOnHystTimeLen
SET
URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA
Time latency for

UMTS cell restart. A
UMTS cell can be
restarted only after its
shutdown period is
longer than the value
specified by this
parameter.
New
IRATshutdownAdjTime
SET
URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA
Period for cell

shutdown decision.
When a UMTS cell
has met shutdown
conditions for a
period longer than
this parameter value,
the UMTS cell is shut
down.

314
WCDMA RAN
Chang
e Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
NIRATOverLap
ADD/MOD
U2GNCELL
Overlapping
coverage flag. When
this parameter is set
to YES, one or
multiple neighboring
GSM cells cover the
same area as a UMTS
cell.
Modifie
d
DynShutDownType
ADD/MOD
UCELLDYNSHUTDO
WN
Type of cell
shutdown.
The following parameters have been introduced on the BSC side, as described in Table 4-81
Table 4-81 New parameters on the BSC side
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
IRATHighPriSwitch
SET GCELLSOFT
Whether the priorities of

data services performed by
multi-mode UEs are
considered in the MultiRAT Carrier Joint
Intelligent Shutdown
feature. When this switch
is turned on, the priorities
of data services performed
by multi-mode UEs are
considered to meet the
differentiated service
requirements.
New
IRATShutdownSwitch
SET GCELLSOFT
Whether to enable the

Multi-RAT Carrier Joint
Intelligent Shutdown
feature
This feature does not add any new performance counters. The performance of this feature is
monitored by existing counters of cell-level cell shutdown duration, cell shutdown times, and
cell restart times.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

315
WCDMA RAN
Fault Management
No impact.

When multiple inter-frequency same-coverage UMTS cells cover the same area as GSM cells,
the inter-frequency same-coverage UMTS cells of the current UMTS cell must have either of
the following features enabled:
l
WRFD-020117 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load
WRFD-020122 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS
If one UMTS cell covers the same area as GSM cells, the Multi-RAT Carrier Joint Intelligent
Shutdown feature does not depend on the preceding features.

The Multi-RAT Carrier Joint Intelligent Shutdown feature cannot be used together with the
feature MRFD-211802 GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing.
Impacted Features
Operators are advised to enable this feature together with the following feature and function to
achieve superior performance:
l
WRFD-031000 Intelligently Out of Service
Preferential Allocation of Channels on the BCCH TRX
This feature may impact the following feature:

l
GBFD-111602 TRX Power Amplifier Intelligent Shutdown
4.62 WRFD-140104 Enhanced Combined Services

(Enhanced/Basic)
On networks with CS+PS combined services, the CS service in CS+PS combined services
experiences a higher call drop rate than a single CS service because CS+PS combined services
have different bearer channel types and signaling procedures from a single CS service.
This feature improves the performance of CS+PS combined services by implementing the
following policies: Bearer channel type and access rate control policy for PS BE services in
combined services, service release policy, rate increase policy, and cross processing of signaling
procedures for CS+PS combined services.
The rate decrease policy for PS BE services in a combined service is added in this version.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

316
WCDMA RAN

System Capacity
The rate decrease policy enables UEs processing PS BE services in a combined service to release
the HS-DSCH or E-DCH after the data transmission of combined services is complete, which
thereby improves HSPA capacity but consumes more downlink code resources.
Network Performance
The rate decrease policy for PS BE services in combined services reduces the power consumed
by UEs processing combined services. However, do not use this policy if the PS BE services in
combined services have frequent data transmissions, because this policy increases the call drop
rate for combined services.
4.62.3 NEs
4.62.4 Hardware
None

None

License
The following new parameters have been added to accommodate this feature.
Parameter
ID
MML Command
Description
RsvU32Para
4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SET
UALGORSVPARA
Whether the RNC instructs the UE to perform a

channel fallback and configures a low-activity
rate for the UE when PS BE services are carried
on the DCH (UL)/HSDPA channel (DL),
HSUPA channel (UL)/DCH (DL), or HSUPA
channel (UL)/HSDPA channel (DL)
The following parameters have been changed.

Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

317
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Parameter
ID
MML
Command
Change Description
Description
RsvU8Para0
SET
UALGORSV
PARA
Changed to
BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs
(BSC6900,BSC6910) in
the SET UFRC command.
Type of the channel for

carrying PS BE services and
the initial service access rate
in scenarios of CS+PS BE
combined services.
ReservedSwi
tch0:
RESERVED
_SWITCH_0
_BIT28
SET
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
Changed to OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_
SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
Whether a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state preferentially performs
a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
to CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH before
initiating a CS service.
ReservedSwi
tch0:RESER
VED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT1
4
SET
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
Changed to
PerfEnhanceSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PE
RFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_
P2D_ZERO_SWITCH in
the SET
UCORRMPARA
command.
Whether a PS BE service is
limited to 0 kbit/s on the
DCH after a UE that has the
PS BE service performs a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-toCELL-DCH (P2D) state
transition triggered by a CS
service setup.
ReservedSwi
tch1:RESER
VED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT6
SET
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
Changed to
PerfEnhanceSwitch1
RFENH_P2D_LIMIT_O
N_DCH_LOWRATE_S
WITCH in the SET
UCORRMPARA
command.
Whether the PS BE service

rate is limited to a low level
after the UE transits from
CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH
(P2D for short).
ReservedSwi
tch0:RESER
VED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT1
5
SET
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
Changed to MapSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):MA
P_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_D
CH_SWITCH in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command.
Whether downlink PS
services of CS and PS
combined services are
carried on DCHs.
ReservedSwi
tch0:RESER
VED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT1
1
SET
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
Changed to MapSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):MA
P_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_D
CH_SWITCH in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command.
Whether uplink PS services

of CS and PS combined
services are carried on
DCHs.

318
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Parameter
ID
MML
Command
Change Description
Description
RsvSwitch1:
RESERVED
_SWITCH_1
_BIT7
SET
UALGORSV
PARA
Changed to DraSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910):DR
A_PS_STATE_TRANS_
WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command.
Whether the following two

functions can be enabled. If
the current rate of the PS BE
service is 0 kbit/s and event
4A triggered-DCCC service
rate increasing fails for a CS
+PS BE combined service,
the RNC does not release the
PS BE service after a timer
set by the "ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen" parameter
in the "SET UCOIFTIMER"
command expires. A UE
processing a CS+PS BE
combined service
immediately transits to the
CELL_FACH state if the CS
service is released and the PS
BE service has no data
transmission.
RsvSwitch6:
RESERVED
_SWITCH_6
_BIT3
SET
UALGORSV
PARA
A_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP
_SWITCH in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command.

in the CS+PS BE combined
service supports event-4Atriggered DCCC data rate
increasing when its data rate
is 0 kbit/s.
RsvSwitch1:
RESERVED
_SWITCH_1
_BIT8
SET
UALGORSV
PARA
A_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_
RATE_UP_SWITCH in
the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITC
H command.

in the CS+PS BE combined
service supports DCCC data
rate increasing on both the
uplink and the downlink
when an event 4A is reported
on the uplink or downlink.
ReservedSwi
tch1:RESER
VED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT1
6
SET
UCORRMP
ARA
Changed to
PerfEnhanceSwitch1
RFENH_CSPS_NO_RA
TEUP_IN_CONJ_SWIT
CH in the SET
UCORRMPARA
command.
Whether the RNC prohibits

the PS RB reconfiguration
triggered by an uplink or
downlink event 4A
measurement report if the
status is congested as
indicated by Combined
Service Power Resource
Congest State.

319
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Parameter
ID
MML
Command
Change Description
Description
ReservedU3
2Para0
SET
UNBMPAR
A
Changed to
MultiRabUlDcccLoadFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
MultiRabDlDcccLoadFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910) in
the SET
ULDCALGOPARA
command.
Uplink/downlink
acceleration load threshold
factor for combined
services.
RsvSwitch0:
RESERVED
_SWITCH_0
_BIT17
SET
UALGORSV
PARA
Changed to OptimizationSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910):SE
CU_CU_CROSS_SWIT
CH in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
Whether the RNC sends a

SECURITY MODE
REJECT message to the CN
when a cell update
procedure is initiated during
a security mode control
procedure.
ReservedSwi
tch0:RESER
VED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT1
7
SET
UCORRMP
ARA
Changed to
PerfEnhanceSwitch1
RFENH_F2P_LIMIT_W
ITH_CS_IU_CON_SWI
TCH in the SET
UCORRMPARA
command.
Whether the RNC allows a

UE to set up CS services
during a decision for state
transition from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
(F2P).
RsvdPara1:
RSVDBIT1_
BIT21
SET
URRCTRLS
WITCH
Changed to OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):AM
R_F2D_OVERLAP_CE
LLUPT_SWITCH in the
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
Whether the RNC proceeds

with CS service setups
involving state transitions
from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH if the UEs in
question report cell updates
during the setup procedure.
RsvSwitch0:
RESERVED
_SWITCH_0
_BIT21
SET
UALGORSV
PARA
Changed to OptimizationSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_
CU_CROSS_COMPATI
BLE_SWITCH in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
Whether the RNC contains

Physical channel
information elements in a
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message when a UE sends a
CELL UPDATE message
with the Reconfiguration
Status Indicator information
element (IE) during an RB
setup or reconfiguration
procedure.

320
WCDMA RAN
Parameter
ID
MML
Command
Change Description
Description
RsvSwitch1:
RESERVED
_SWITCH_1
_BIT1
SET
UALGORSV
PARA
Changed to
PerfEnhanceSwitch1
RFENH_IUR_CSPS_CO
MB_OPT_SWITCH in
the SET
UCORRMPARA
command.
Whether to optimize the

combined hard handover
and SRNS relocation for CS
+PS BE combined services.
None
Fault Management
None

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.63 WRFD-140213 Intelligent Access Class Control

(Enhanced/Optional)
Feature Description
This feature is enhanced in RAN15.0.
In versions earlier than RAN15.0, UEs belonging to a barred AC are not allowed to:
l
Initiate services
Send paging responses
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

321
WCDMA RAN
Perform location registration/update
RAN15.0 introduces the Paging Permission with Access Control (PPAC) function for UEs that
comply with 3GPP Release 8 and later versions. With this function, UEs belonging to a barred
AC are allowed to send paging responses and perform location registration/update so that UEs
can answer calls during AC control.

System Capacity
When the PPAC function is enabled for UEs that comply with 3GPP Release 8 or later, UEs that
belong to a barred AC are allowed to send paging responses and perform location registration/
update. Therefore, the call completion rate rises, but the congestion rate may also rise due to an
increase in service setup attempts. However, the increases in the call completion rate and
congestion rate cannot be calculated, because they depend on factors such as the proportion of
UEs complying with 3GPP Release 8 or later versions, which support the PPAC function, and
the proportion of UEs serving as the called party in a cell.
Network Performance
By using the PPAC function, this feature allows UEs belonging to a barred AC to send paging
responses and perform location registration/update so that UEs can still send paging responses
and perform location registration/update in areas where AC control is imposed, which improves
user experience. However, this feature does not restrict the number of UEs serving as the called
party, which weakens the AC control effect.
4.63.3 NEs
This feature applies only to UEs complying with 3GPP Release 8 or later versions.
4.63.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
No impact.
The following parameters have been modified to accommodate this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

322
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter
ID
MML
Command
NE
Description
Modifie
d
RsvSwitch0
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SET
UCELLALGO
RSVPARA
BSC690
0
The
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
11 under this parameter is used to
enable or disable the PPAC
function.
Modifie
d
RsvU32Para
0
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SET
UCELLALGO
RSVPARA
BSC690
0
When the PPAC function is

enabled, bits 0 to 4 of this
parameter are used as follows:
Bits 0 and 1: specify the value of
the Paging Response Restriction
Indication IE.
Bits 2 and 3: specify the value of
the Location/Registration
Restriction Indicator IE.
Bit 4: specifies the value of the
CHOICE restriction status IE.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.

None

None
Impacted Features
None
4.64 WRFD-020114 Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC)

(EnhancedOptional)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

323
WCDMA RAN
4.65 WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction

(EnhancedOptional)
4.66 WRFD-141202 Independent Demodulation of Signals
from Multiple Small Cell RRUs in One Cell (New/Optional)
Developed from Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell and
Cell Digital Combination and Split, the Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple
Small Cell RRUs in One Cell feature supports both independent demodulation of RRU signals
and digital combination and splitting in a cell. To be specific, this feature enables digital
combination and splitting for uplink signals within a sector equipment group and independent
demodulation for signals from different RRU groups. With this feature, a cell can be configured
with up to 96 pico remote radio units (pRRUs), thereby reducing the rise in uplink background
noise.

System Capacity
l
Compared with the scheme of deploying one RRU for one cell, this feature affects system
capacity as follows:
In the uplink, this feature decreases the number of users served by the RRUs that are
deployed for a cell.
In the downlink, this feature decreases the number of users served by the RRUs that are
deployed for a cell.
Compared with the Cell Digital Combination and Split feature, this feature affects system
capacity as follows:
In the uplink, this feature increases the system capacity by as much as 500% if the
pRRUs do not have overlapping coverage in a cell configured with six sector equipment
groups and traffic is well balanced between the RRUs.
In the downlink, this feature has no impact on system capacity.
Compared with the Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell
feature, this feature affects system capacity as follows:
In the uplink, this feature decreases the system capacity if there are two or more pRRUs
in a sector equipment group.
In the downlink, this feature has no impact on system capacity.
Network Performance
Compared with the scheme of deploying one RRU for one cell, this feature affects network
performance as follows:
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

324
WCDMA RAN
Network KPIs
Downlink Ec/Io: Increases due to a decrease in inter-cell interference. Downlink Ec/Io
is measured by drive tests.
Call drop rate: Reduces unless cell capacity is limited. The call drop rate includes CS
and PS call drop rates.
Access success rate: Increases unless cell capacity is limited.
Handover success rate: Increases unless cell capacity is limited because the number of
handovers decreases.
For details about the counters and formulas for calculating the call drop rate, access
success rate, and handover success rate, see RAN KPI Reference.
Resource usage
Power resources: Power resource usage increases unless cell throughput changes.
Channel elements (CEs): CE usage remains the same unless cell throughput changes.
Code resources: Available code resources decrease and code resource usage increases
in a cell unless cell throughput changes.
Transport resources
Iub resource usage remains the same unless cell throughput changes.
User experience
In the uplink, interference increases and throughput of cell edge users (CEUs) drops.
In the downlink, both interference and handovers decrease. UE downlink throughput
increases unless cell capacity is limited.
Compared with the Cell Digital Combination and Split feature, this feature affects network
performance as follows:
l
Network KPIs
Downlink coverage: Remains the same.
Uplink coverage: Increases uplink coverage due to a smaller rise in uplink background
noise than that when the Cell Digital Combination and Split feature is used.
Call drop rate, access success rate, and handover success rate: Remain the same. They
slightly improve if there is a high uplink load.
Resource usage
Power resources: Power resource usage remains the same unless cell throughput
changes.
CEs: CE usage remains the same unless cell throughput changes. However, the uplink
CE usage may increase because this feature increases uplink capacity.
Code resources: Code resource usage remains the same unless cell throughput changes.
Transport resources
Iub resource usage remains the same unless cell throughput changes. However, the uplink
Iub resource usage may increase because this feature increases uplink capacity.
User experience
User experience of CEUs improves due to an increase in uplink throughput.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

325
WCDMA RAN
4.66.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the NodeB. The license and switch for this feature must be
configured on both the M2000 and the CME.
4.66.4 Hardware
No impact

No impact

License
Feature ID
Feature Name
License Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-141
202
Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from
Multiple Small
Cell RRUs in One
Cell
Independent
Demodulation of
Signals from Multiple
Small Cell RRUs in One
Cell
NodeB
Per Cell *
pRRU Group
Each of the sector equipment groups in a cell consumes a license because they independently
demodulate signals in the uplink.
Table 4-82 Parameter changes to the NodeB
Chan
ge
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
SECTOREQM
GRPID
ADD ULOCELLSECTOREQMGRP
This parameter
specifies ID of the
sector equipment group
used by a local cell.
RMV ULOCELLSECTOREQMGRP
ADD ULOCELLSECTOREQMGRPITEM
RMV ULOCELLSECTOREQMGRPITEM
LST ULOCELLSECTOREQMGRPITEM
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

326
WCDMA RAN
Chan
ge
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
ULOCELLID
This parameter
local cell.
LST ULOCELLSECTOREQMGRP
LST ULOCELLSECTOREQMGRPITEM
New
SECTOREQMI
D
Modif
ied
LOCELLTYPE
ADD ULOCELL
MOD ULOCELL
LST ULOCELL
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
This parameter
specifies ID of the
sector equipment used
by the local cell.
This parameter
specifies the type of a
local cell.
Modif
ied
RADIUS
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the radius of a
local cell.
New
SECTOREQM
GROUPNUM
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the number of
cell sector equipment
groups.
New
SECTOREQM
GROUPID1
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
1.
New
SECTOREQMI
D1
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
sector equipment 1.
New
SECTOREQM
GROUPID2
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
2.
New
SECTOREQMI
D2
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
sector equipment 2.

327
WCDMA RAN
Chan
ge
Type
Parameter ID
MML Command
Description
New
SECTOREQM
GROUPID3
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
3.
New
SECTOREQMI
D3
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
sector equipment 3.
New
SECTOREQM
GROUPID4
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
4.
New
SECTOREQMI
D4
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
sector equipment 4.
New
SECTOREQM
GROUPID5
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
5.
New
SECTOREQMI
D5
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
sector equipment 5.
New
SECTOREQM
GROUPID6
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
6.
New
SECTOREQMI
D6
ADD ULOCELL
This parameter
specifies the ID of
sector equipment 6.
Table 4-83 Command changes
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
MML Command
Description
New
This command is used to add sector equipment

groups.
New
This command is used to remove sector

equipment groups.

328
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
MML Command
Description
New
This command is used to query sector equipment

groups.
New
This command is used to add sector equipment.
New
This command is used to remove sector

equipment.
New
This command is used to query sector

equipment.
None
Fault Management
None

None

l
MRFD-221703 2.0MHz Central Frequency point separation between GSM and UMTS
mode(UMTS)
MRFD-221801 Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing(UMTS)
WRFD-010203 Transmit Diversity
WRFD-010206 High Speed Access
WRFD-010209 4-Antenna Receive Diversity
WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO
WRFD-010692 HSUPA FDE
WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH
WRFD-020102 Load Measurement
WRFD-021001 Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier
WRFD-140216 Load-based Uplink Target BLER Configuration
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

329
WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
None
4.67 WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption (New/

Trial)
HTTP-based video service is becoming one of the most important data services in Mobile
Broadband (MBB) networks. Smooth video playback is users' major concern. However, the
radio resource allocation and scheduling mechanisms in conventional mobile communication
networks cannot meet the bandwidth requirements of video services when multiple types of
services are competing for bandwidth resources.
This feature uses the service awareness technology deployed in the RAN or the PS domain of
the core network to identify HTTP-based video services and allocate required bandwidth to these
services. This ensures smooth video playback and improves user experience.

System Capacity
If service rate management is performed on video users configured with SHBR/SGBR in a cell,
the cell throughput may change, which depends on UE distribution, SHBR/SGBR setting of
video users, distribution of video users, and SPI weight.
Video users that have good channel quality and have a data rate lower than SHBR/SGBR are
more likely to be scheduled, increasing the cell throughput. Video users that have good channel
quality and have a data rate higher than SHBR are less likely to be scheduled, reducing the cell
throughput. Video users that have poor channel quality and have a data rate lower than SHBR/
SGBR are more likely to be scheduled, reducing the cell throughput. Video users that have poor
channel quality and have a data rate higher than SHBR are less likely to be scheduled, increasing
the cell throughput.
A simulation test was made in a lab: A cell has three category 8 UEs. UE 1 with good channel
quality has an average channel quality indicator (CQI) of about 30, UE 2 with moderate channel
quality has an average CQI of about 25, and UE 3 with poor channel quality has an average CQI
of about 9. When all the UEs were performing full buffer services:
l
After UE 1 was configured with an SHBR of 1024 kbit/s, the cell throughput increased by
about 20%.
After UE 3 was configured with an SHBR of 1024 kbit/s, the cell throughput decreased by
about 30%.
Network Performance
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Iub traffic volume

330
WCDMA RAN
To use the WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption feature, the RNC needs to send QoS
parameters to the NodeB through private Iub HS-DSCH or E-DCH FP frames. This increases
the Iub traffic volume.
l
Feature gain
When radio resources or Iub resources are insufficient, the WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate
Adaption feature increases the data rates of video services using service-specific QoS policies.
This improves user experience of video services. However, this feature cannot improve user
experience for all types of services at the same time. To improve user experience of video
services, you may need to compromise the user experience of some low-value services.
In a simulation scenario, one user is processing online video services, three users are processing
FTP services, and congestion occurs on the Iub interface (with a limited bandwidth of 1 Mbit/
s). The configured initial SPI weight for the four users is 10. The video bit rate is 500 kbit/s. The
actual throughput of online video users is 250 kbit/s. It takes about two minutes to view a oneminute video, and the total pause time is one minute. When the WRFD-150252 Video Service
Rate Adaption feature is enabled and the configured happy bit rate is 500 kbit/s, the actual user
throughput can reach 500 kbit/s and the total pause time is reduced by 80%.
If the single-user throughput during busy hours is lower than 1 Mbit/s in a congested cell and
the percentage of online video traffic is smaller than 40%, this feature enables the average
throughput of online video to approach the configured happy bit rate. If the data rate of an online
video service is lower than the configured happy bit rate, the increase in the average throughput
reduces the average pause time of online video display. If the data rate of an online video service
is higher than the configured happy bit rate, the data rate decreases to approach the configured
happy bit rate. The saved bandwidth can be used by other users while ensuring satisfactory user
experience.
4.67.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC, NodeB, and CME.
This feature does not have any special requirements for the UE and CN.
4.67.4 Hardware
l

If the RAN performs service type awareness, the BSC6900 UMTS must be configured
with the NIUa board.
with the ENIUa board.
EBOI, EDLP, EULP, or EULPd board. The HBBI and HDLP boards do not support
this feature.
The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC, EBBM, or EBBCd board. The HBBU
board does not support this feature.
The 3900 series base stations, BTS3900C, and BTS3902E must be configured with the
WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board. The WBBPa board does not support this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

331
WCDMA RAN

This feature transmits private FP control frames for Iub user-plane QoS management between
the RNC and the NodeB. The private FP control frame type is 250.

License
feature.
Change Type
MML Command
NE
Description
New
ADD
USERVPROTID
BSC6900
Used to add a
protocol to a service
group
ADD
UCNDSCPSERV
BSC6900
ADD
UIPSERVICEQOS
BSC6900
ADD
UQOSPOLICY
BSC6900
SET
UUPALGOSWITC
H
BSC6900
New
Modified
New
New
BSC6910
BSC6910
BSC6910
BSC6910
BSC6910
Used to add an FPI

to a service group
Used to configure
QoS policy
matching entries
based on awareness
results
Used to define QoS
actions
corresponding to
QoS policy
matching entries
Used to set the
switches controlling
QoS management
actions
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

332
WCDMA RAN
Chan
ge
Type
Parameter
ID
MML Command
NE
Description
New
QoSPolicyTi
meSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UIPSERVICEQ
OS
BSC6900

whether to enable a QoS policy
group to take effect for video
services.
FirQoSPolic
yGroupID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UIPSERVICEQ
OS
FirTimeLen
gth
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UIPSERVICEQ
OS
SecQoSPolic
yGroupID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UIPSERVICEQ
OS
QoSPolicyGr
oupID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UQOSPOLICY
DLSGBR
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UQOSPOLICY
DLSHBR
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UQOSPOLICY
DLSpiWeigh
tAdjCoef
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UQOSPOLICY
New
New
New
New
New
New
New
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
BSC6910
MOD
UIPSERVICEQO
S
BSC6900
BSC6910
MOD
UIPSERVICEQO
S
BSC6900
BSC6910

ID of the QoS policy used by
video services in the first time
segment.

length of the first time segment.
MOD
UIPSERVICEQO
S
BSC6900
BSC6910
MOD
UIPSERVICEQO
S
BSC6900
BSC6910

ID of the QoS policy used by
video services in the second time
segment.
This parameter specifies the ID

of a QoS policy group.
MOD
UQOSPOLICY
BSC6900
BSC6910

downlink minimum bit rate.
MOD
UQOSPOLICY
BSC6900
BSC6910

downlink happy bit rate.
MOD
UQOSPOLICY
BSC6900
BSC6910
MOD
UQOSPOLICY


coefficient for adjusting the
downlink scheduling priority
weight.
333
WCDMA RAN
Chan
ge
Type
Parameter
ID
MML Command
NE
Description
New
DSCP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCPSERV
BSC6900

differentiated services code
point.
IPAddress
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCPSERV
IPMask
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCPSERV
QoSPolicyS
witch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SET
UUPALGOSWIT
CH
BSC6900
DPISourceP
rio
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SET
UUPALGOSWIT
CH
BSC6900
New
New
New
New
BSC6910
MOD
UCNDSCPSERV
BSC6900
BSC6910

source IP address.
MOD
UCNDSCPSERV
BSC6900
BSC6910
MOD
UCNDSCPSERV
BSC6910
BSC6910

mask of the source IP address
when the CN is matched.

whether to perform QoS
management for a QoS policy
group.
service protocol matching
priority.
None
Fault Management
None

None

None
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

334
WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
l
WRFD-020806 Differentiated HSPA Service Based on SPI Weight

The WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature adjusts SPI
weights based on user priorities to provide differentiated services. For the video service
type obtained by performing service type awareness, the WRFD-150253 VoIP Application
Management feature can also adjust the SPI weight. The WRFD-150252 Video Service
Rate Adaption feature and the WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight
feature can be used separately or together. When the two features are used together, the
effect of service differentiation depends on the combination of user priorities and service
types.
If the WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature has been enabled
in a network, you need to check the SPI weight configuration. When these two features are
used together, ensure that the SPI weight calculated based on the SPI weight configured
for the WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature and the value
of the DLSpiWeightAdjCoef(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter configured for video services
is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 100. Any value greater than 100 is
treated as 100, and any value less than 1 is treated as 1. The service differentiation effect
is counteracted in both situations.

When the WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption feature and the WRFD-020132
Web Browsing Acceleration feature are enabled together, they cannot simultaneously
obtain the maximum gains if congestion occurs in the network. The gains brought by these
features depend on the proportion of the web browsing traffic volume to the video traffic
volume.
In addition, the values of the SpiWeiStrategyFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
ServPriAdjCoefHigh(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters must be adjusted to achieve the
best service optimization effect. The recommended value of the SpiWeiStrategyFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is 100. The value of the ServPriAdjCoefHigh
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter needs to be changed to 70 if it is greater than 70. Changing
the values of the SpiWeiStrategyFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910) and ServPriAdjCoefHigh
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters changes the traffic volume of HTTP web page browsing.

When the WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption feature and the WRFD-150254
Differentiated Service Based on Application Resource Reservation feature are enabled
together, the gain brought by the WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption feature
depends on the HSDPA power usage and the configured proportion of the maximum
HSDPA transmit power of the resource group to which video services map. If the HSDPA
power usage of the resource group to which video services map exceeds the configured
proportion of the maximum HSDPA transmit power of the resource group, the user
experience of video services is affected.
WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location

The WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location feature is used to maximize
cell throughput, whereas the WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption feature is used
to improve the user experience of video services. If these two features are used together,
they affect each other and, as a result, neither can obtain the expected gains. Therefore,
these features should not be used together.
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
WRFD-01061020 Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service

335
WCDMA RAN
With the service rate management function, HSDPA low-traffic services may be affected
if the happy bit rate or guaranteed bit rate does not meet the user's bandwidth requirements.
When resources are severely insufficient, the WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption
feature affects the user experience of HSDPA low-traffic services.
l

The initial SPI weight of platinum users is fixed to 100%. When the WRFD-150252 Video
Service Rate Adaption feature is enabled, the RNC adjusts the SPI weights of both video
services and non-video services. If platinum users and non-platinum users are processing
different types of services, the data rates of platinum users may be lower than the data rates
of non-platinum users.
4.68 WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management (New/

Trial)
VoIP service is one of the most important data services in MBB networks. However, the
conventional mobile communication network cannot identify VoIP services and therefore cannot
provide differentiated user experience for VoIP services by means of radio resource allocation
and scheduling.
the core network to identify VoIP services.
For networks that are to be transformed into MBB networks, this feature guarantees a specified
bandwidth for VoIP services to improve user experience for these services. In addition, this
feature manages VoIP services' maximum downlink delay, within which downlink data must be
sent to UEs.
If the profits of voice services are affected by VoIP services, this feature limits the bandwidth
allocated to VoIP services by means of radio resource allocation and air interface scheduling so
that some bandwidth resources can be reserved for other types of services.

System Capacity
If service rate management is performed on VoIP users configured with SGBR in a cell, the cell
throughput may change, which depends on UE distribution, SGBR setting of VoIP users,
distribution of VoIP users, and SPI weight. VoIP users that have good channel quality and have
a data rate lower than SGBR are more likely to be scheduled, increasing the cell throughput.
VoIP users that have poor channel quality and have a data rate lower than SGBR are more likely
to be scheduled, reducing the cell throughput.
Although the blind signal sending function of VoIP services can reduce service delay and packet
loss, this function may reduce cell capacity. Drive testing data shows that the average traffic
volume of blind signal sending is about 1.8% of the total traffic volume. In extreme conditions,
the proportion may reach 18%. To minimize the impact of blind signal sending on cell capacity,
the proportion of services that can be enabled with blind signal sending needs to be determined.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

336
WCDMA RAN
The blind signal sending function should not be enabled when the traffic volume of such services
exceeds 40% of the total traffic volume.
Network Performance
l
Iub traffic volume
To use the WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management feature, the RNC needs to send QoS
parameters to the NodeB through private Iub HS-DSCH or E-DCH FP frames. This increases
the Iub traffic volume.
l
Feature gain
When radio resources or Iub resources are insufficient, the WRFD-150253 VoIP Application
Management feature increases the data rates of VoIP services and decreases the service delay
using service-specific QoS policies. This improves user experience of VoIP services.
Alternatively, this feature limits the data rates of VoIP services and thereby improves user
experience for other services. However, this feature cannot improve user experience for all types
of services at the same time. To improve user experience of VoIP services, you may need to
compromise the user experience of some low-value services.
4.68.3 NEs
4.68.4 Hardware
l

this feature.

Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

337
WCDMA RAN

License
feature.
Change Type
MML Command
NE
Description
New
ADD
USERVPROTID
BSC6900
Used to add a
protocol to a service
group
ADD
UCNDSCPSERV
BSC6900
ADD
UIPSERVICEQOS
BSC6900
ADD
UQOSPOLICY
BSC6900
SET
UUPALGOSWITC
H
BSC6900
New
Modified
New
New
BSC6910
BSC6910
BSC6910
BSC6910
BSC6910
Used to add an FPI

to a service group
Used to configure
QoS policy
matching entries
based on awareness
results
Used to define QoS
actions
corresponding to
QoS policy
matching entries
Used to set the
switches controlling
QoS management
actions
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
NE
Description
New
QoSPolicyTimeS
witch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UIPSERVI
CEQOS
BSC690
0

whether to enable a QoS policy
group to take effect for VoIP
services.
MOD
UIPSERVI
CEQOS
BSC691
0

338
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
NE
Description
New
FirQoSPolicyGroupID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UIPSERVI
CEQOS
BSC690
0

ID of the QoS policy used by VoIP
services.
QoSPolicyGroup
ID
ADD
UQOSPO
LICY
New
MOD
UIPSERVI
CEQOS
MOD
UQOSPO
LICY
New
DLSGBR
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UQOSPO
LICY
MOD
UQOSPO
LICY
New
ULSGBR
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UQOSPO
LICY
MOD
UQOSPO
LICY
New
New
DLSpiWeightAdj
Coef
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UQOSPO
LICY
DSCP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
MOD
UQOSPO
LICY
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
New
IPAddress
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
BSC691
0
BSC690
0
This parameter specifies the ID of

a QoS policy group.
BSC691
0
BSC690
0

downlink minimum bit rate.
BSC691
0
BSC690
0

uplink minimum bit rate.
BSC691
0
BSC690
0
BSC691
0

coefficient for adjusting the
downlink scheduling priority
weight.
BSC690
0

differentiated services code point.
BSC691
0
BSC690
0

source IP address.
BSC691
0

339
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
NE
Description
New
IPMask
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
BSC690
0

mask of the source IP address
when the CN is matched.
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
New
New
BSC691
0
QoSPolicySwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SET
UUPALG
OSWITC
H
BSC690
0
DPISourcePrio
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SET
UUPALG
OSWITC
H
BSC690
0
BSC691
0
BSC691
0

whether to perform QoS
management for a QoS policy
group.
service protocol matching
priority.
None
Fault Management
None

None

None
Impacted Features
l
WRFD-020806 Differentiated HSPA Service Based on SPI Weight

The WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature adjusts SPI
weights based on user priorities to provide differentiated services. For the VoIP service
type obtained by performing service type awareness, this feature can adjust the SPI weight.
The WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management feature and the WRFD-020806
Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature can be used separately or together.
When the two features are used together, the effect of service differentiation depends on
the combination of user priorities and service types.
If the WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature has been enabled
in a network, you need to check the SPI weight configuration. When these two features are
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

340
WCDMA RAN
used together, ensure that the SPI weight calculated based on the SPI weight configured
for the WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight feature and the value
of the DLSpiWeightAdjCoef(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter configured for video services
is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to 100. Any value greater than 100 is
treated as 100, and any value less than 1 is treated as 1. The service differentiation effect
is counteracted in both situations.
l

When the WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management feature and the WRFD-020132
Web Browsing Acceleration feature are enabled together, they cannot simultaneously
obtain the maximum gains if congestion occurs in the network. The gains brought by these
features depend on the proportion of the web browsing traffic volume to the VoIP traffic
volume.
In addition, the values of the SpiWeiStrategyFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
ServPriAdjCoefHigh(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters must be adjusted to achieve the
best service optimization effect. The recommended value of the SpiWeiStrategyFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is 100. The value of the ServPriAdjCoefHigh
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter needs to be changed to 70 if it is greater than 70. Changing
the values of the SpiWeiStrategyFactor(BSC6900,BSC6910) and ServPriAdjCoefHigh
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters changes the traffic volume of HTTP web page browsing.

When the WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management feature and the WRFD-150254
Differentiated Service Based on Application Resource Reservation feature are enabled
together, the gain brought by the WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management feature
depends on the HSDPA power usage and the configured proportion of the maximum
HSDPA transmit power of the resource group to which video services map. If the HSDPA
power usage of the resource group to which VoIP services map exceeds the configured
proportion of the maximum HSDPA transmit power of the resource group, the user
experience of VoIP services is affected.
WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location

The WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location feature is used to maximize
cell throughput, whereas the WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management feature is used
to improve the user experience of VoIP services. If these two features are used together,
they affect each other and, as a result, neither can obtain the expected gains. Therefore,
these features should not be used together.
WRFD-01061209 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B

The UE location-based HSUPA scheduling function of the WRFD-01061209 HSUPA
HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B feature improves the cell uplink capacity by
adjusting the scheduling opportunities of HSUPA BE service UEs in the soft handover
state. The HSUPA service rate management function of the WRFD-150253 VoIP
Application Management feature is used to improve the user experience of VoIP services.
When these features are used together, they affect each other and, as a result, neither can
obtain the expected gains. Therefore, these features should not be used together.
WRFD-01061020 Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service

With the service rate management function, HSDPA low-traffic services may be affected
if the happy bit rate or guaranteed bit rate does not meet the user's bandwidth requirements.
When resources are severely insufficient, the WRFD-150253 VoIP Application
Management feature affects the user experience of HSDPA low-traffic services.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

341
WCDMA RAN
WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission

When this feature is enabled, the maximum bit rate of large-retransmission 10 ms TTI users
is 900 kbit/s only. If some users' configured happy bit rate or guaranteed bit rate
approximates to or exceeds 900 kbit/s and such users are selected as large-retransmission
users, these users cannot reach the happy bit rate or guaranteed bit rate. Therefore, set the
ULSHBR(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter to a value less than 800 kbit/s.
WRFD-150222 HSUPA Time Division Scheduling

Users processing VoIP services are not time division scheduled.

The initial SPI weight of platinum users is fixed to 100%. When the WRFD-150253 VoIP
Application Management feature is enabled, the RNC adjusts the SPI weights of both VoIP
services and non-VoIP services. If platinum users and non-platinum users are processing
different types of services, the data rates of platinum users may be lower than the data rates
of non-platinum users.

Application Resource Reservation (New/Trial)
the core network to identify four basic types of services: HTTP service, P2P service, video
service, and VoIP service.
Each cell can be configured with four resource groups, each of which can be configured with
its own maximum ratio of HSDPA power resources.
This feature maps the four types of services to resource groups so that each resource group has
its own ratio of HSDPA power resources.
When downlink power resources are not congested, the power resources allocated to each service
can exceed the specified ratio. This avoids power waste.
When downlink power resources are congested, if the power resources allocated to all services
in a resource group exceed the specified maximum ratio, the scheduling priority of all services
in this resource group is decreased gradually until HSDPA power resources allocated to the
services become lower than the specified maximum ratio. This method limits the ratio of power
resources allocated to specific services. This feature guarantees the minimum ratio of power
resources allocated to low-value services, and allocates more power resources to high-value
services.
To accommodate more types of services, this feature also introduces service groups. It maps
service groups to resource groups so that HSDPA power resources can be limited in a
differentiated way for more types of services.

System Capacity
Cell capacity changes if the following conditions are met:
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

342
WCDMA RAN
When users in both resource groups A and B need to transmit data and users in A have
better signal quality than users in B, the amount of downlink power resources available to
downlink power resources are allocated to users in resource group B, decreasing the cell
throughput.
When users in both resource groups A and B need to transmit data and users in B have
better signal quality than users in A, the amount of downlink power resources available to
downlink power resources are allocated to users in resource group B, increasing the cell
throughput.
Network Performance
In the scenarios of insufficient downlink power resources, the data rates of users in a resource
group may be lower than the GBR if the resource group contains excessive users or the
configured maximum HSDPA power ratio for the resource group is low. In severe conditions,
low-priority users in the resource group may experience call drops because they are not
scheduled for a long period of time.
4.69.3 NEs
This feature is implemented on the RNC and NodeB.
4.69.4 Hardware
l

this feature.

Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

343
WCDMA RAN

License
None
feature.
Change
Type
MML
Command
NE
Description
New
ADD
UCELLRES
GRP
BSC6900
These new commands are used to add,

modify, remove, or query the maximum
HSDPA transmit power proportion of each
resource group in a cell and the method for
matching UEs and resource groups.
BSC6910
MOD
UCELLRE
SGRP
RMV
UCELLRE
SGRP
LST
UCELLRE
SGRP
Change
Type
Paramet
er ID
MML
Command
NE
Description
New
ServProt
GroupID
(
BSC6900
,
BSC6910
)
ADD
UIPSERVIC
EQOS
BSC6900
This new parameter

service group.
ResGrou
pId
(
BSC6900
,
BSC6910
)
ADD
UIPSERVIC
EQOS
New
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
BSC6910
MOD
UIPSERVIC
EQOS
BSC6900
BSC6910
This new parameter

resource group.
MOD
UIPSERVIC
EQOS

344
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Paramet
er ID
MML
Command
NE
Description
Modified
TrafficT
ype
(
BSC6900
,
BSC6910
)
ADD
UIPSERVIC
EQOS
BSC6900
A new value
SERVPROTGROUPID
is added to this parameter.
When the TrafficType
parameter is set to this
value, you can specify the
service group for a service
data flow.
BSC6910
MOD
UIPSERVIC
EQOS
None
Fault Management
None

WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package

None
Impacted Features
l
WRFD-140223 MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
This feature does not apply to cells where the WRFD-140223 MOCN Cell Resource
Demarcation feature has been activated.
l
WRFD-020806 Differentiated HSPA Service Based on SPI Weight / WRFD-150255

Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
These features adjust SPI weights based on user priorities to provide differentiated services.
If the WRFD-150254 Differentiated Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
feature and the WRFD-150255 Differentiated Service Based on Terminal feature are used
together, service differentiation may be affected by the WRFD-150254 Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation feature. For example, when downlink
power congestion occurs in a cell, the data of high-priority users is unlikely to be scheduled
because the HSDPA transmit power of the resource group is limited. In this case, the data
of high-priority users is not preferentially scheduled and service differentiation is not well
implemented.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

345
WCDMA RAN
The power used by platinum users is not limited by the configured proportion of the maximum
HSDPA transmit power. That is, the power consumption of a resource group to which platinum
users' services map may exceed the configured proportion of the maximum HSDPA transmit
power.

Terminal (New/Trial)
HSPA users share Uu interface resources, CE resources, and Iub interface resources, which are
allocated according to their respective resource scheduling algorithms. If this feature is not
enabled, the resource scheduling algorithms mainly ensure the fairness between BE services
(interactive and background services). That is, the resource scheduling algorithms fairly allocate
resources between users based on the guaranteed bit rate (GBR) and maximum bit rate (MBR)
required.
After this feature is enabled, the type approval codes (TACs) in the IMEIs of different terminals
can be configured into different terminal groups, and the Scheduling Priority Indicator (SPI)
weight of the BE services for each terminal group can be configured by the operator. The SPI
weight determines the probability that UEs in each terminal group are allocated HSPA power
resources. In this way, the service quality of these UEs can be adjusted. The quality of services
with high SPI weight is preferentially ensured. For example, if Uu interface resources are
insufficient, higher data rate or shorter transmission delay is achieved preferentially for services
with high SPI weight.

System Capacity
WRFD-150255 Differentiated Service Based on Terminal impacts the downlink system capacity
in the following ways:
l
Differentiated service is based on an SPI weight during HSDPA scheduling over the Uu
interface and flow control over the Iub interface. UEs with a larger SPI weight are allowed
to use more Uu interface power resources, code resources, and Iub bandwidth resources,
and therefore achieve a higher downlink throughput. When there is a large amount of data
to transmit, the downlink throughput ratio of the UEs with the same conditions, such as the
same GBR configuration and location, is approximately equal to their SPI weight ratio.
Increasing the SPI weight for UEs in weak coverage areas increases scheduling chances
for the UEs, reduces cell resource usage efficiency, and reduces cell throughput. Increasing
the SPI weight for UEs in strong coverage areas increases scheduling chances for the UEs,
increases cell resource usage efficiency, and increases cell throughput.
WRFD-150255 Differentiated Service Based on Terminal impacts the uplink system capacity
in the following ways:
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Differentiated service is based on an SPI weight during HSUPA scheduling over the Uu
interface, flow control over the Iub interface, and CE scheduling (if Dynamic CE Resource
346
WCDMA RAN
Management is enabled). UEs with a larger SPI weight are allowed to use more Uu interface
resources, Iub bandwidth resources, and CE resources, and therefore achieve a higher
uplink throughput. When there is a large amount of data to transmit and the rate is not
limited by the transmit power, UE capabilities, and QoS-related configurations (such as the
GBR and MBR), the uplink throughput ratio of the UEs is approximately equal to their SPI
weight ratio.
l
In scenarios with the same number of UEs and the same configurations, the uplink system
throughput when the UEs are assigned different SPI weight values is larger than when they
are assigned the same SPI weight.
Network Performance
No impact.
4.70.3 NEs
No impact.
4.70.4 Hardware
No impact.

No impact.

License
This is a trial feature and therefore not under license control.
No impact.
No impact.
Fault Management
No impact.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

347
WCDMA RAN

l
WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR must be configured before

WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight can be applied in the downlink
over the Uu interface.
WRFD-01061402 Enhanced Fast UL Scheduling or WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource

Management must be configured before WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on
SPI Weight can be applied in the uplink over the Uu interface. When WRFD-020806
Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is used with WRFD-01061402 Enhanced Fast
UL Scheduling, only uplink Uu interface resources can be differentially scheduled.
However, when WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is used with
WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management, both uplink Uu interface resources
and CE resources can be differentially scheduled.
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM

Transmission, or WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-050408
Overbooking on IP Transmission must be configured before WRFD-020806 Differentiated
Service Based on SPI Weight can be applied in the downlink over the Iub interface.
WRFD-01061212 HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion and WRFD-010612
HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before WRFD-020806 Differentiated
Service Based on SPI Weight can be applied in the uplink over the Iub interface.

None
Impacted Features
This feature is affected by the following features:
l
HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location, which is an enhancement to WRFD-01061209

HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in NodeB: HSUPA scheduling based on UE
locations reduces the SPI weight for UEs in soft handovers.
WRFD-150204 Platinum User Prioritizing: The SPI weight for platinum users is always
100.
WRFD-150233 Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation

WRFD-150233 Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation introduced the
function of identifying service types so that the SPI weight adjustment factor can be
calculated for a specific service type. The actual SPI weight equals the original SPI
weight multiplied by the SPI weight adjustment factor. That is, the actual SPI weight
depends on the original SPI weight and the service type.
WRFD-150233 Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation introduced the
function of bandwidth management. For a user queue where the attribute of user data
rate is service GBR (SGBR) or service HBR (SHBR), if the user data rate is less than
SGBR or SHBR, the scheduling weight of the user queue will be multiplied by an
adjustment factor that is greater than 1 to raise the scheduling probability and thereby
to increase the user data rate for the queue; if the user data rate is greater than SHBR,
the scheduling weight of the user queue will be multiplied by an adjustment factor that
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

348
WCDMA RAN
is less than 1 to reduce the scheduling probability and thereby to decrease the user data
rate for the queue.
For details about the features HSUPA Scheduling Based on UE Location, Platinum User
Prioritizing, and Differentiated Service Based on Resource Reservation, see HSUPA Feature
Parameter Description, Platinum User Prioritizing Feature Parameter Description, and Service
Awareness-based QoS Management Feature Parameter Description.
4.71 WRFD-020132 Web Browsing Acceleration

(Enhancement/Optional)
This feature recognizes web browsing services by using service awareness technique and then
preferentially allocates higher bandwidth to these services. As a result, the load time for web
pages decreases and the user experience improves.

System Capacity
This feature does not affect system capacity in most cases. When resources are insufficient, this
feature preferentially schedules HTTP packets. When applied to certain traffic models, this
feature may slightly affect system capacity.
Network Performance
This feature decreases the delay in web-page loading, improving user experience. However, this
feature prolongs the delay of FTP and P2P services but does not significantly affect user
experience. This is because these two types of services are not delay-sensitive.
This feature adjusts service SPI weight and adjusts user fairness and differentiation accordingly.
However, fairness and differentiation are not affected if users use the same type of service.
If the Uu interface or Iub interface resources are congested, this feature improves the user
experience of web browsing services by implementing differentiated scheduling of services. If
the single-user throughput during busy hours is lower than 1 Mbit/s and the proportion of web
browsing traffic to the total service traffic is less than 40% in a congested cell, this feature reduces
the average delay in opening web pages by more than 10% during busy hours, according to drive
test results.
4.71.3 NEs
Dependency on the CN:
l
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
This feature does not have any special requirements for the CN if the RAN performs service
type awareness.
349
WCDMA RAN
When the CN performs service type awareness, this feature requires the CN to contain the
DSCPs for web browsing services in the UE IP packet headers.
4.71.4 Hardware
l
The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI, EDLP, EBOI, EULP,
or EULPd board. The HBBI and HDLP boards do not support this feature.
The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. The HBBU board does
not support this feature.
3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. The
WBBPa board does not support this feature.

This feature transmits SPI weight adjustment information through private FP control frames
over the Iub interface for QoS management.

License
Web Browing Acceleration in RAN15.0 has no impact on the license.
Table 4-84 lists parameter changes in this function.
Table 4-84 Parameter changes
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
NE
Description
Added
DSCP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
BSC690
0
DSCP in an IP packet header

designated for a UE. The CN
identifies the type of a service,
determines the DSCP for the
service, and inform the UTRAN
of the DSCP using an IP packet
header designated for the UE in
question.
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
Added
IPAddress
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
BSC691
0
BSC690
0
BSC691
0

Source IP address corresponding

to the service. When this
parameter is set to
255.255.255.254, it indicates that
the IP address is not considered
and the data packets of the same
DSCP are categorized into a
service group.
350
WCDMA RAN
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
NE
Description
Added
IPMask
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
BSC690
0
Source IP address mask when the

CN is matched.
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
Added
ServProtGroupI
D
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
BSC691
0
BSC690
0
BSC691
0
A service protocol group consists

of service protocols with the same
QoS characteristic. You can run
the ADD USERVPROTGROUP
command to add a service
protocol group.
None
Fault Management
None

Impacted Features
None
Affected Features
The feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight provides differentiated
QoS in the RAN based on user priorities. QoS management based on service awareness provides
differentiated QoS based on service types. The two features can work separately or together.
If they are used together, the RAN provides differentiated QoS based on a combination of user
priorities and service types.
4.72 WRFD-020133 P2P Downloading Rate Control During

Busy Hour (Enhancement/Optional)
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

351
WCDMA RAN

This feature recognizes the P2P download traffic by using service awareness technique. When
the system load is high, rate restriction limits the rate of P2P download services to release the
occupied resources for other services. When the system load is low, resources for P2P are
unrestricted and P2P services are still able to engage in high speed downloads. This allows
multiple users and services to fully utilize network resources.
This feature is applicable to P2P rate restriction where HSDPA users take priority over other
users and combined services over other services.

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
This feature limits the P2P service rate, which significantly improves user experience for delaysensitive services. This feature increases the delay of P2P services and decreases the Round Trip
Time (RTT) of other services.
This feature adjusts service SPI weight based on system congestion status and adjusts user
fairness and differentiation accordingly. However, fairness and differentiation are not affected
if users use the same type of service.
If the Uu interface or Iub interface resources are congested, this feature reduces the data rate of
P2P services by implementing differentiated scheduling of services, thereby improving the user
experience of other services. If the single-user throughput during busy hours is lower than 1
Mbit/s in a congested cell, this feature reduces the average throughput of P2P services by more
than 10% during busy hours, according to drive test results.
4.72.3 NEs
Dependency on the CN:
l
This feature does not have any special requirements for the CN if the RAN performs service
type awareness.
When the CN performs service type awareness, this feature requires the CN to contain the
DSCPs for P2P services in the UE IP packet headers.
4.72.4 Hardware
l
The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI, EDLP, EBOI, EULP,
or EULPd board. The HBBI and HDLP boards do not support this feature.
The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. The HBBU board does
not support this feature.
3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. The
WBBPa board does not support this feature.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

352
WCDMA RAN

This feature transmits SPI weight adjustment information through private FP control frames
over the Iub interface for QoS management.

License
P2P Downloading Rate Control During Busy Hour in RAN15.0 has no impact on the license.
Table 4-85 lists parameter changes in this function.
Table 4-85 Parameter changes
Change
Type
Parameter ID
MML
Command
NE
Description
Added
DSCP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
BSC690
0
DSCP in an IP packet header

designated for a UE. The CN
identifies the type of a service,
determines the DSCP for the
service, and inform the UTRAN
of the DSCP using an IP packet
header designated for the UE in
question.
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
Added
IPAddress
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
Added
IPMask
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
Added
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
ServProtGroupI
D
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
ADD
UCNDSCP
SERV
MOD
UCNDSCP
SERV
BSC691
0
BSC690
0
BSC691
0
BSC690
0
Source IP address corresponding

to the service. When this
parameter is set to
255.255.255.254, it indicates that
the IP address is not considered
and the data packets of the same
DSCP are categorized into a
service group.
Source IP address mask when the
CN is matched.
BSC691
0
BSC690
0
BSC691
0

A service protocol group consists

of service protocols with the same
QoS characteristic. You can run
the ADD USERVPROTGROUP
command to add a service
protocol group.
353
WCDMA RAN
None
Fault Management
None


None
Impacted Features
The feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight provides differentiated
QoS in the RAN based on user priorities. QoS management based on service awareness provides
differentiated QoS based on service types. The two features can be used separately or together.
If they are used together, the RAN provides differentiated QoS based on a combination of user
priorities and service types.
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

354
WCDMA RAN
5 Glossary
Glossary
A
AC
AP Controller
ARP
Allocation/Retention Priority
B
BCCH
Broadcast Control Channel
BSC
Base Station Controller
C
CME
CM Express
CPU
Central Processing Unit
CQI
Channel Quality Indication
CSFB
CS FallBack
D
DB-HSDPA
Dual Band HSDPA
DPC
Destination Point Code
DRD
Directed Retry Decision
DSP
Destination Signaling Point
F
FTP
File Transfer Protocol
G
GBR
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
Guaranteed Bit Rate

355
WCDMA RAN
5 Glossary
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
GPS
Global Positioning System
GSM
Global System for Mobile communications
GTP-U
GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User plane
H
HSDPA
High Speed Downlink Packet Access
HS-DPCCH
High Speed Downlink Physical Control

Channel
I
IMSI
International Mobile Subscriber Identity
IP
Internet Protocol
K
KPI
Key Performance Indication
L
LA
Location Area
LDR
Load Reshuffling
LMT
Local Maintenance Terminal
M
MAC
Media Access Control
MC-HSDPA
Multiple Cell HSDPA
MGW
Media Gateway
MIMO
Multiple Input Multiple Output
MML
Man-machine Language
MO
Managed Object
MOCN
Multiple Operator Core Network
MSC
Mobile Switching Center
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
NBAP
NodeB Application Part
NI
Network Indicator
NodeB
NodeB
356
WCDMA RAN
5 Glossary
P
PARC
Platform of Advanced Radio Controller
PDCH
Packet Data Channel
PDCP
Packet Data Convergence Protocol
PS
Packet Switched
Q
QoS
Quality of Service
R
RA
Routing Area
RAB
Radio Access Bearer
RB
Radio Bearer
RIM
RAN Information Management
RL
Radio Link
RLC
Radio Link Control
RNC
Radio Network Controller
S
SCTP
Streaming Control Transmission Protocol
SDH
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SGSN
Serving GPRS Support Node
SHO
Soft Handover
SIR
Signal/Interference Ratio
SPC
Source Point Code
SPI
Scheduling Priority Indicator
SRVCC
Single Radio Voice Call Continuity

(SRVCC)
T
TDM
Time Division Multiplexing
U
UE
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
User Equipment

357
WCDMA RAN
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)
5 Glossary
UMTS
Universal Mobile Telecommunications

System/Universal Mobile Telecommunication System/Universal Mobile
Telecommunication Services
UP
User Plane
URA
User Registration Area

358
WCDMA RAN
6 Reference Documents
Reference Documents
1.
RAN15.0 Feature List
2.
RAN15.0 Feature Description
3.
SRAN8.0&GBSS15.0&RAN15.0&eRAN6.0 DBS3900 Configuration Principle
4.
RAN15.0 BTS3900C WCDMA Product Description
5.
RAN15.0 BSC6900 Product Description
6.
BSC6900/BSC6910 V9R015 UMTS Release Notes (for a specific patch)
7.
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB V200R015 Release Notes (for a specific patch)
8.
BSC6900/BSC6910 UMTS Product Documentation
9.
3900 Series WCDMA NodeB Product Documentation
10. RAN15.0 Feature Documentation

11. M2000 V200R013 Network Impact Report
12. M2000 Product Documentation
Issue 05 (2013-12-30)

359

Network Impact Report (RAN15.0 - 05)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Network Impact Report (RAN15.0 - 05)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WCDMA RAN

Network Impact Report

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Huawei Industrial Base

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

3 Summary of Feature Impacts.....................................................................................................39

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.1.5 Inter-NE Interfaces....................................................................................................................................................46

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.6.6 Operation and Maintenance.......................................................................................................................................62

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.11.5 Inter-NE Interface....................................................................................................................................................78

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.16.6 Operation and Maintenance...................................................................................................................................117

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.21.7 Related Features....................................................................................................................................................167

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.27 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE (New/Optional)...................................................179

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.32.1 Feature Description................................................................................................................................................225

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.37 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package (Enhanced/Optional)......................................................................246

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.43 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Enhanced/Optional).......................261

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.48.1 Feature Description................................................................................................................................................277

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

4.53.2 System Capacity and Network Performance.........................................................................................................290

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

About This Document

1.2 Intended Audience

Network planning engineers

1.3 Change History

Added the network impact of the following features:

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

WRFD-150253 VoIP Application Management

Added the network impact of the following features:

Modified the network impact of the following features:

Added the network impact of the following features:

Deleted the network impact of the following feature:

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

WRFD-150238 Azimuth Adjustment

Added the network impact of the following features:

Deleted the network impact of the following feature:

Added the modified specifications on the number of neighboring cells of BSC6900.

Updated the modified specifications on the number of neighboring cells of BSC6910.

Updated the management capability of M2000.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

2.1 Version Requirements

3812 series base stations:

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

l iManager M2000 V200R013C00

l iManager M2000-CME V200R013C00

2.2 Capacity and Performance